As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 12, 2012August 18, 2020.


SEC FileRegistration No. __________333-             


U.S. UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


SPLASH BEVERAGE GROUP, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Colorado208034-1720075

Colorado

8082

34-1720075

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation)

incorporation or organization)

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

(IRSI.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)No.)


4120 Boardman-Canfield RoadSPLASH BEVERAGE GROUP, INC.

Canfield, Ohio 44406Robert Nistico

1314 E Las Olas Blvd.

Suite 221

Fort Lauderdale, 33301

Phone: (330) 533-1914

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,

including area code, of the registrant’s principal executive offices)


Michael J. West, PresidentRobert Nistico

Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.Chief Executive Officer

4120 Boardman-Canfield Road1314 E Las Olas Blvd.

Canfield, Ohio 44406Suite 221

Fort Lauderdale, 33301

Phone: (330) 533-1914

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,

Including including area code, of agent for service)


With a CopyCopies to:


Jon D. Sawyer,Darrin Ocasio, Esq.

Jin Schauer & Saad LLCSichenzia Ross Ference LLP

600 Seventeenth St., Suite 2700S1185 Avenue of the Americas, 37th Floor

Denver, Colorado 80202New York, NY 10036

Office (720) 889-2211(212) 930-9700

Fax (720) 889-2222


Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable From time to time after the effective date of this Registration Statement.Statement becomes effective.


If any of the securities being registered on this formForm are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box. [X]box: 


If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [  ]


If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act Registration Statementregistration statement number of the earlier effective Registration Statementregistration statement for the same offering. [  ]




If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act Registration Statementregistration statement number of the earlier effective Registration Statementregistration statement for the same offering. [  ]


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, emerging growth company, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer”, “emerging growth company”, and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.


Large accelerated filer

[  ]

Accelerated filer

[  ]

Non-accelerated filer

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

[  ]

x

Smaller reporting company

[X]

x
Emerging growth company



If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE



Title of Each Class of

Securities to be

Registered(1)

 



Amount

to be Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum

Offering Price

Per Share

 

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price(2)

 


Amount of

Registration

Fee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

2,700,000

 

$0.25

 

$675,000

 

$77.36

Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price(1)
  Amount of
Registration
Fee(2)
 
Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share      
Common Stock issuable upon exercise of warrants $15,000,000  $1,947 
Warrants to purchase common stock to be issued to the Underwriter(3)(4)      
Common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase common stock to be issued to the Placement Agent(3)(5) $1,440,000  $186.92 
Total: $16,440,000  $2,133.92 


(1)Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes shares of common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.
(2)Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price of the securities registered hereunder to be sold by the registrant.
(3)We have agreed to issue to the underwriters, upon closing of this offering, warrants to purchase 8% of the number of shares of common stock sold in this offering (excluding shares of common stock sold to cover over-allotments, if any). Resales of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the underwriter warrants are being similarly registered on a delayed or continuous basis. We have calculated the proposed maximum aggregate offering price of the common stock underlying the underwriter’s warrants by assuming that such warrants are exercisable at a price per share equal to 120% of the price per share sold in this offering.
(4)No fee required pursuant to Rule 457(g).
(5)Pursuant to Rule 416 under the Securities Act, there is also being registered hereby such indeterminate number of additional shares of common stock of the Registrant as may be issued or issuable because of stock splits, stock dividends, stock distributions, and similar transactions.

(1)

We intend to offer a minimum of 160,000 shares of our common stock (the “Shares”) up to a maximum of 1,200,000 Shares. We will establish an escrow account and all proceeds will be deposited into said account until such time as the minimum subscription or $40,000 is raised, at which time the funds will be released to us for use in operations. In the event we do not raise the minimum proceeds before the expiration date of the offering, all funds raised will be returned promptly to the subscribers without deductions or interest.


(2)

This amount represents the proposed maximum aggregate offering price of the securities registered hereunder to be sold by the Registrant and the selling shareholders.  Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o).

________________________


The Registrantregistrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Sectionsection 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to suchsaid Section 8(a), may determine.






PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED JULY 12, 2012.


PROSPECTUS


CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.

is registering

1,500,000 shares of its Common Stock already issued

and offering

1,200,000 shares of its Common Stock on a “self-underwritten,”

“best efforts” basis

with a minimum of 160,000 shares and a maximum of 1,200,000 shares


We are registering 1,500,000 shares for sale on behalf of selling shareholders and 1,200,000 shares for sale on behalf of our company.  We intend to offer the 1,200,000 shares at $0.25 per share for up to 120 days, which may be extended an additional 90 days, after the date of this prospectus, and once this offering is closed we will deregister any shares of such 1,200,000 shares remaining unsold to the public by a post-effective amendment to the registration statement, prior to the commencement of the secondary offering on behalf of the selling shareholders.  This post-effective amendment will also indicate the results of the offering by the company and indicate that once the shares are trading on the over-the-counter Bulletin Board the selling shareholders may sell at prevailing market prices or privately negotiated prices.  


This is the initial offering of common stock of Canfield Medical Supply, Inc. No public market currently exists for these shares. Canfield Medical Supply, Inc. is offering for sale a minimum of 160,000 shares, up to a maximum of 1,200,000 shares of its common stock on a “self-underwritten,” best efforts basis, which means our officers and directors will attempt to sell the shares. The shares will be offered at a price of $0.25 per share for a period of one hundred and twenty (120) days from the date of this prospectus, subject to a ninety (90) day extension. There is no minimum amount of shares required to be purchased by any particular investor.


Any investment in the shares offered herein involves a high degree of risk. You should only purchase shares if you can afford a complete loss of your investment. Before investing, you should carefully read this prospectus and, particularly, the “Risk Factors” section, beginning on page 7.


After our offering of 1,200,000 shares to the public and after a market develops for our common stock, of which there is no assurance, our selling shareholders plan to sell their shares at such prices as the market may dictate from time to time.  If any selling shareholder determines to sell before the shares are quoted on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board or listed on a national securities exchange, they will sell at the stated, fixed price of $.25 per share; and thereafter, the selling shareholders may sell at prevailing market prices or privately negotiated prices.  The selling shareholders are not paying any of the offering expenses and we will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares by the selling shareholders.  There is no market price for our common stock now and our pricing is arbitrary with no relation to market value, liquidation value, earnings or dividends.  The price for our public offering was arbitrarily set at $.25 per share, based on speculative concept unsupported by any other comparables.







Neither the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities division has approved or disapproved these securities, passed upon the truthfulness or accuracy, or determined if this prospectus is current or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


 

 

Public

Offering

Price

 

Underwriting

or Sales

Commissions

 

Proceeds to

Canfield Medical

Supply, Inc.

Common Stock(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Offering

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Minimum Offering (2)(3)

 

$0.25

 

$0

 

$  40,000

   Maximum Offering

 

$0.25

 

$0

 

$300,000


The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. WeThese securities may not sell these securitiesbe sold until the registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state or other jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

______________________

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUSSUBJECT TO COMPLETION

DATED August 18, 2020


SPLASH BEVERAGE GROUP, INC.

(1)

As

Up to       Shares of Common Stock

Warrants to Purchase      Shares of Common Stock

Splash Beverage Group, Inc. is offering a minimum of         0  shares of our common stock and warrants to purchase          shares of common stock (the “Minimum Shares Offering”) for gross proceeds of $        (the “Minimum Offering Amount”) before deduction of commissions and offering expenses and a maximum of up to           0   shares and Warrants to purchase 1,875,000 shares (“Maximum Shares Offering”) of our common stock for gross proceeds of $            before deduction of commissions and offering expenses (“Maximum Offering Amount”).

All funds sent to us by investors to purchase the common stock will be deposited in a non-interest-bearing escrow account, maintained at and by (the “Escrow Agent”). Within three business days of receipt of the Minimum Offering Amount in escrow, we will close on the subscription amounts in escrow as of such date subject to the Maximum Offering Amount. Thereafter, from time to time, we will have additional closings until the earlier of the date on which the Maximum Offering Amount has been sold or. If we do not sell and receive payments for the Minimum Offering Amount prior to                   , investor subscriptions will be returned without interest or deduction.

Our common stock is quoted on the OTC Pink over-the-counter market. under the symbol “OTC Pink: SBEV”.

We have retained                                                 to act as our placement agent in connection with this offering and to use their “best efforts” to solicit offers to purchase all or nothing with respect to the Minimum Shares Offering and “best efforts” with respect to the Maximum Shares Offering. The Placement Agent is not purchasing or selling any securities pursuant to this offering. The closing of the offering will only occur if at least the Minimum Share Offering amount of common stock are being sold. See “Plan of Distribution beginning on page of this prospectus for more information regarding these arrangements.

Our business and an investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 6 of this prospectus for a discussion of information that you should consider before investing in our securities.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Public Offering

Price

Placement Agent

Fees (1)

Proceeds, before

expenses

Proceeds, before

expenses

Per sharePer SharePer ShareTotal
and warrantand warrantand warrant
Minimum Share Offering $$$$
Maximum Share Offering$$$$

(1)

We will reimburse the Placement Agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the performance of its services under the placement agent agreement not to exceed $        .

The date of this prospectus is         , 2020.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS1
SUMMARY OF THE OFFERING5
RISK FACTORS6
RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS6
USE OF PROCEEDS23
MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS23
DIVIDEND POLICY24
CAPITALIZATION24
DILUTION24
BUSINESS25
COMPANY OVERVIEW AND HISTORY27
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS34
MANAGEMENT43
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION45
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS49
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES50
LEGAL MATTERS51
EXPERTS51
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION52
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION53
SIGNATURESII-4
EXHIBIT INDEXII-5

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus that we may specifically authorize to be delivered or made available to you. We have not, and the Placement Agent has not, authorized anyone to provide you with any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. We take no responsibility for and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus may only be used where it is legal to offer and sell our securities. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of securities. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date. We are not, and the Placement Agent is not making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted.

For investors outside the United States: We have not and the Placement Agent has not done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of securities and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

i

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains “forward-looking statements”. Forward-looking statements give the Company’s current expectations or forecasts of future events. Words such as “expect,” “may,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “would,” “plan,” “believe,” “estimate,” “should,” and similar words and expressions identify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements in the Memorandum include express or implied statements concerning our future revenues, expenditures, capital or other funding requirements, the adequacy of our current cash and working capital to fund our present and planned operations and financing needs, expansion of and demand for our product offerings, and the growth of our business and operations through acquisitions or otherwise, as well as future economic and other conditions both generally and in our specific geographic and product markets. These statements are based on estimates, projections, beliefs and assumptions and are not guarantees of future performance.

The Company cautions that the risk factors described herein, among others, could cause the Company’s actual results to differ materially from those expressed in forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of the Company in this Memorandum, press releases, communications with investors and oral statements. Any of these risk factors, among others, also could, among other materially adverse consequences; negatively impact our operating results and financial condition, and even result in our failure.

The Company’s forward-looking statements relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, even if experience or future changes make it clear that any projected results or events expressed or implied therein will not be realized. You are advised, however, to consult any further disclosures the Company makes in future public statements and press releases.

We lease office space at 1500 Cordova Rd; Fort Lauderdale, FL 33316. Our phone number is (330) 533-1914 and our website address is www.splashbeveragegroup.com. The references to our website in this prospectus are inactive textual references only. The information on our website is neither incorporated by reference into this prospectus nor intended to be used in connection with this offering.

1

Risks Associated with Our Business, the offering and our Common Stock.

Our business is subject to numerous risks described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. You should carefully consider these risks before making an investment. Some of these risks include:

An occurrence of an uncontrollable event such as the COVID-19 pandemic may negatively affect our operations and our ability to raise capital.
If we are unable to continue as a going concern, our securities will have little or no value.
We will need significant additional capital, which we may be unable to obtain.
We have experienced recurring losses from operations and negative cash flows from operating activities and anticipate that we will continue to incur significant operating losses in the future.
If we are not able to successfully execute on our future operating plans, our financial condition and results of operation may be materially adversely affected, and we may not be able to continue as a going concern.
Demand for our products may be adversely affected by changes in consumer preferences or any inability on our part to innovate, market or distribute our products effectively, and any significant reduction in demand could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Volatility in the price or availability of the inputs we depend on, including raw materials, packaging, energy and labor, could adversely impact our financial results.
Changes in government regulation or failure to comply with existing regulations could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We compete in an industry that is brand-conscious, so brand name recognition and acceptance of our products are critical to our success.
Our brands and brand images are keys to our business and any inability to maintain a positive brand image could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
Competition from traditional and large, well-financed non-alcoholic and alcoholic beverage manufacturers may adversely affect our distribution relationships and may hinder development of our existing markets, as well as prevent us from expanding our markets.
We compete in an industry characterized by rapid changes in consumer preferences and public perception, so our ability to continue developing new products to satisfy our consumers’ changing preferences will determine our long-term success.
Legislative or regulatory changes that affect our products, including new taxes, could reduce demand for products or increase our costs.
Our reliance on distributors, retailers and brokers could affect our ability to efficiently and profitably distribute and market our products, maintain our existing markets and expand our business into other geographic markets.
It is difficult to predict the timing and amount of our sales because our distributors are not required to place minimum orders with us.
If we do not adequately manage our inventory levels, our operating results could be adversely affected.
If we fail to maintain relationships with our independent contract manufacturers, our business could be harmed.
Increases in costs or shortages of raw materials could harm our business and financial results.
The volatility of energy and increased regulations may have an adverse impact on our gross margin.


Disruption within our supply chain, contract manufacturing or distribution channels could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We rely upon our ongoing relationships with our key flavor suppliers. If we are unable to source our flavors on acceptable terms from our key suppliers, we could suffer disruptions in our business.
If we are unable to attract and retain key personnel, our efficiency and operations would be adversely affected; in addition, management turnover causes uncertainties and could harm our business.
If we lose the services of our Chief Executive Officer, our operations could be disrupted and our business could be harmed.
If we fail to protect our trademarks and trade secrets, we may be unable to successfully market our products and compete effectively.
If we encounter product recalls or other product quality issues, our business may suffer.
Our business is subject to many regulations and noncompliance is costly.
Litigation or legal proceedings could expose us to significant liabilities and damage our reputation.
We are subject to risks inherent in sales of products in international markets.
Climate change may negatively affect our business.
Our business and operations would be adversely impacted in the event of a failure or interruption of our information technology infrastructure or as a result of a cybersecurity attack.
Our results of operations may fluctuate from quarter to quarter for many reasons, including seasonality.
Changes in our effective tax rate may impact our results of operations.
Changes in accounting standards and subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by management related to complex accounting matters could significantly affect our financial results.
If we are unable to maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, our stock price and investor confidence could be materially and adversely affected.
We are dependent on a distiller in Mexico, to provide us with our finished SALT tequila product. Failure to obtain satisfactory performance from them or a loss of their services could cause us to lose sales, incur additional costs, and lose credibility in the marketplace.
Regulatory decisions and changes in the legal, regulatory and tax environment where our tequila is produced and where we operate could limit our business activities or increase our operating costs and reduce our margins.
We face substantial competition in the alcoholic beverage industry and we may not be able to effectively compete.
Our business operations may be adversely affected by social, political and economic conditions affecting market risks and the demand for and pricing of our tequila products.
Uncertainty in the financial markets and other adverse changes in general economic or political conditions in any of the major countries in which we do business could adversely affect our industry, business and results of operations.
Our limited operating history makes it difficult to forecast our future results, making any investment in us highly speculative.
An investment in the Securities is speculative and there can be no assurance of any return on any such investment.
The offering price and other terms of the Securities has been determined by the Company and may not be indicative of the Company’s actual value or the value of the Shares.
Future sales of common stock, or the perception of such future sales, by some of our existing stockholders could cause our stock price to decline.
Additional stock offerings in the future may dilute then-existing shareholders’ percentage ownership of the Company.


There is currently a limited liquid trading market for the Company’s Common Stock.
Our Board of Directors may issue and fix the terms of shares of our Preferred Stock without stockholder approval, which could adversely affect the voting power of holders of our Common Stock or any change in control of our Company.
Because certain principal stockholders own a large percentage of our voting stock, other stockholders’ voting power may be limited.
We do not expect to pay dividends and investors should not buy our Common Stock expecting to receive dividends.
Our common stock may be considered a “penny stock”, and thereby be subject to additional sale and trading regulations that may make it more difficult to sell.
We will have broad discretion on how we use the proceeds we receive in this Offering.
The "best efforts" nature of the offering means that the Company may not be able to raise the funds it expects to raise which would have material adverse impact on the Company’s prospects.
If the Company only raises the minimum amount its ability to raise funds in the future may be materially adversely affected and an investor’s investment may be lost.
Our common stock could be further diluted as the result of the issuance of additional Common Shares, convertible securities, warrants or options.
Common Shares eligible for future sale may adversely affect the market.
If we are not able to achieve our objectives for our business, the value of an investment in our company could be negatively affected.
Any future equity or debt issuances by us may have dilutive or adverse effects on our existing shareholders.
You should consult your independent tax advisor regarding any tax matters arising with respect to the Securities.
If the Company only raises the Minimum Offering Amount, we may not have sufficient capital to execute our business strategy.
Investor funds will not accrue interest while in escrow prior to closing.
You will experience immediate and substantial dilution as a result of this offering and may experience additional dilution in the future.
The purchase warrants are speculative in nature.
There is no public market for the warrants being offered in this offering.


SUMMARY OF THE OFFERING

Amount of this Offering

We will not sell any securities pursuant to this offering unless we sell at least                 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase             shares of common stock. The Company will not sell more than 3,750,000 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase 1,875,000 shares of common stock.

Minimum Offering Amount$

Maximum Offering Amount$

Common Stock to be Outstanding after this Offering

              shares if we sell the Minimum Offering Amount (assuming exercise of full of warrants to purchase 625,000 shares of common stock)

              shares if we sell the Maximum Offering Amount (assumes the exercise in full of warrants to purchase               shares of common stock)

Use of Proceeds

After deducting the commission payable to the Placement Agent and the estimated offering expenses that are payable by us, we estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of the common stock offered by us pursuant to this prospectus will be $                   if the Minimum Offering Amount is sold and $                    if the Maximum Offering Amount is sold. We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering for the following purposes:

For additional information on the use of proceeds, please see “Use of Proceeds”.
Placement Agents Warrants

We have agreed to issue the Placement Agent warrants to purchase up to the number of shares of our common stock equal to      % of the aggregate number of shares sold in the offering. The warrants are exercisable at a per share price equal to      % of the public offering price per share, at any time, and from time to time, in whole or in part, during the three-year period commencing at the effective date of the registration statement.

EscrowAll funds sent to the Company by investors to purchase the common stock after the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part will be deposited in a non-interest bearing account, maintained at and by         (the “Escrow Agent”). If we do not sell and receive payments for the Minimum Offering Amount prior to     , investor subscriptions will be returned without interest or deduction.

Subscription Procedures

Investors interested in subscribing for the common stock in this offering must complete and deliver to the Placement Agent a completed subscription agreement to the address provided in the subscription agreement and deliver the purchase price in the amount of $         per share of common stock and warrant being purchased by wire transfer in immediately available funds using the wire transfer instructions provided in the subscription agreement. Funds and subscription documents will be held in escrow until the closing of this offering at which time the escrowed funds and subscription documents will be released by the Escrow Agent. Promptly following the closing the common stock purchased by the investor in the offering will issued to the investor. If this offering is not completed for any reason all proceeds deposited into escrow will be returned to the investor without interest or deduction.

Risk FactorsSee “Risk Factors” beginning on page 6 and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before investing in our securities.

Determination of Offering Price

Our common stock is quoted on the OTC Pink under the symbol “SBEV”.  There is no established public market for the warrants and none is expected to develop. The offering price has been arbitrarily determined and does not bear any relationship to our assets, results of operations, or book value, or to any other generally accepted criteria of valuation. The fixed price of $ at which our common stock and warrants are being offered pursuant to this prospectus was determined based on, inter alia, the estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of the Company and the consideration of such potential earnings in relation to market valuations of comparable companies, as well as the price of stock in our recent private offering.

Market

Our common stock is quoted or listed on the OTC Pink under the symbol “SBEV”.

5

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risks described below as well as other information provided to you in this document, including information in the section of this document entitled “Information Regarding Forward Looking Statements.” If any of the following risks actually occur, the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected, the value of the Company’s Common Stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS

An occurrence of an uncontrollable event such as the COVID-19 pandemic may negatively affect our operations and our ability to raise capital.

The occurrence of an uncontrollable event such as the COVID-19 pandemic may negatively affect our operations. A pandemic typically results in social distancing, travel bans and quarantine, and this may limit access to our facilities, customers, management, support staff and professional advisors. This event may also limit our ability to raise capital which as noted above could trigger certain rescission rights which could result in the Company’s incurring additional debt and preferred holders who may take preference over other common holders. These factors, in turn, may not only impact our operations, financial condition and demand for our products but our overall ability to react timely to mitigate the impact of this event. Also, it may hamper our efforts to comply with our filing obligations with the Commission.

If we are unable to continue as a going concern, our securities will have little or no value.

Although our audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019 were prepared under the assumption that we would continue our operations as a going concern, the report of our independent registered public accounting firm that accompanies our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019 contains a going concern qualification in which such firm expressed substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern, based on the financial statements at that time. Specifically, we have experienced recurring losses and we have had a working capital and stockholders’ equity deficits. These prior losses and expected future losses have had, and will continue to have, an adverse effect on our financial condition. In addition, continued operations and our ability to continue as a going concern may be dependent on our ability to obtain additional financing in the near future and thereafter, and there are no assurances that such financing will be available to us at all or will be available in sufficient amounts or on reasonable terms. Our financial statements do not include any adjustments that may result from the outcome of this uncertainty. If we are unable to generate additional funds in the future through sales of our products, financings or from other sources or transactions, we will exhaust our resources and will be unable to continue operations. If we cannot continue as a going concern, our shareholders would likely lose most or all of their investment in us.

We will need significant additional capital, which we may be unable to obtain.

Our current liquidity position raises substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. If we are unable to raise additional capital and/or obtain financing sufficient to meet current and future obligations, we may not be able to continue as a going concern. Additionally, if the Company shall fail to raise $9,000,000 of additional capital no later than six months from the date of the Merger, then the preferred stock and debt holders may seek to rescind the Promissory Note Conversion Agreement, return the Note Conversion Shares and receive a replacement promissory note from the Company and the parties to the Preferred Stock Note Conversion Agreements may seek to rescind the Preferred Stock Conversion Agreement, return the Preferred Stock Conversion Shares and receive replacement shares of preferred stock from the Company. There can be no assurance that such funding will be available to the Company in the amount required at any time or, if available, that it can be obtained on terms satisfactory to the Company. 

We have experienced recurring losses from operations and negative cash flows from operating activities and anticipate that we will continue to incur significant operating losses in the future.

We have experienced recurring losses from operations and negative cash flows from operating activities.  We expect to continue to incur significant expenses related to our ongoing operations and generate operating losses for the foreseeable future. The size of our losses will depend, in part, on the rate of future expenditures and our ability to generate revenues.  We incurred a net loss of $5.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. Our accumulated deficit increased to $35.6 million as of December 31, 2019 compared to the prior year’s deficit of $30.5 million.

We may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays, and other unknown factors that may adversely affect our financial condition. Our prior losses and expected future losses have had, and will continue to have, an adverse effect on our financial condition. If our products do not achieve sufficient market acceptance and our revenues do not increase significantly, we may never become profitable. Even if we achieve profitability in the future, we may not be able to sustain profitability in subsequent periods. Our failure to become and remain profitable would decrease the value of our company and could impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business, diversify our product offerings or continue our operations. A decline in the value of our company could cause you to lose all or part of your investment.


If we are not able to successfully execute on our future operating plans, our financial condition and results of operation may be materially adversely affected, and we may not be able to continue as a going concern.

It is important that we meet our sales goals and increase sales going forward as our operating plan already reflects prior significant cost containment measures and may make it difficult to achieve top-line growth if further significant reductions become necessary. If we do not meet our sales goals, our available cash and working capital will decrease and our financial condition will be negatively impacted. 

Demand for our products may be adversely affected by changes in consumer preferences or any inability on our part to innovate, market or distribute our products effectively, and any significant reduction in demand could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations..

Our beverage portfolio is comprised of a number of unique brands with reputations and consumer imagery that have been built over time. Our investments in marketing as well as our strong commitment to product quality are intended to have a favorable impact on brand image and consumer preferences. Unfavorable publicity, or allegations of quality issues, even if false or unfounded, could tarnish our reputation and brand image and may cause consumers to choose other products. In addition, if we do not adequately anticipate and react to changing demographics, consumer and economic trends, health concerns and product preferences, our financial results could be adversely affected.

Volatility in the price or availability of the inputs we depend on, including raw materials, packaging, energy and labor, could adversely impact our financial results.

Our financial results could be adversely impacted by changes in the cost or availability of raw materials and packaging. Continued growth would require us to hire, retain and develop a highly skilled workforce and talented management team. Any unplanned turnover or our failure to develop an adequate succession plan for current positions could erode our competitiveness. In addition, our financial results could be adversely affected by increased costs due to increased competition for employees, higher employee turnover or increased employee benefit costs.

Changes in government regulation or failure to comply with existing regulations could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business and properties are subject to various federal, state and local laws and regulations, including those governing the production, packaging, quality, labeling and distribution of beverage products. In addition, various governmental agencies have enacted or are considering additional taxes on soft drinks and other sweetened beverages. Changes in existing laws or regulations could require material expenses and negatively affect our financial results through lower sales or higher costs.

We compete in an industry that is brand-conscious, so brand name recognition and acceptance of our products are critical to our success.

Our business is dependent upon awareness and market acceptance of our products and brands by our target market, trendy, young consumers looking for a distinctive tonality in their beverage choices. In addition, our business depends on acceptance by our independent distributors and retailers of our brands as beverage brands that have the potential to provide incremental sales growth. If we are not successful in the revitalization and growth of our brand and product offerings, we may not achieve and maintain satisfactory levels of acceptance by independent distributors and retail consumers. In addition, we may not be able to effectively execute our marketing strategies in light of the various closures and event cancellations caused by the COVID-19 outbreak. Any failure of our brand to maintain or increase acceptance or market penetration would likely have a material adverse effect on our revenues and financial results.


Our brands and brand images are keys to our business and any inability to maintain a positive brand image could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Our success depends on our ability to maintain brand image for our existing products and effectively build up brand image for new products and brand extensions. We cannot predict whether our advertising, marketing and promotional programs will have the desired impact on our products’ branding and on consumer preferences. In addition, negative public relations and product quality issues, whether real or imagined, could tarnish our reputation and image of the affected brands and could cause consumers to choose other products. Our brand image can also be adversely affected by unfavorable reports, studies and articles, litigation, or regulatory or other governmental action, whether involving our products or those of our competitors.

Competition from traditional and large, well-financed non-alcoholic and alcoholic beverage manufacturers may adversely affect our distribution relationships and may hinder development of our existing markets, as well as prevent us from expanding our markets.

The beverage industry is highly competitive. We compete with other beverage companies not only for consumer acceptance but also for shelf space in retail outlets and for marketing focus by our distributors, all of whom also distribute other beverage brands. Our products compete with all non-alcoholic beverages and alcoholic, most of which are marketed by companies with substantially greater financial resources than ours. Some of these competitors are placing severe pressure on independent distributors not to carry competitive brands such as ours. We also compete with regional beverage producers and “private label” hydration suppliers.

Increased competitor consolidations, market-place competition, particularly among branded beverage products, and competitive product and pricing pressures could impact our earnings, market share and volume growth. If, due to such pressure or other competitive threats, we are unable to sufficiently maintain or develop our distribution channels, we may be unable to achieve our current revenue and financial targets. Competition, particularly from companies with greater financial and marketing resources than ours, could have a material adverse effect on our existing markets, as well as on our ability to expand the market for our products.

We compete in an industry characterized by rapid changes in consumer preferences and public perception, so our ability to continue developing new products to satisfy our consumers’ changing preferences will determine our long-term success.

Failure to introduce new brands, products or product extensions into the marketplace as current ones mature and to meet our consumers’ changing preferences could prevent us from gaining market share and achieving long-term profitability. Product lifecycles can vary and consumers’ preferences and loyalties change over time. Although we try to anticipate these shifts and innovate new products to introduce to our consumers, we may not succeed. Customer preferences also are affected by factors other than taste, such as health and nutrition considerations and obesity concerns, shifting consumer needs, changes in consumer lifestyles, increased consumer information and competitive product and pricing pressures. Sales of our products may be adversely affected by the negative publicity associated with these issues. In addition, there may be a decreased demand for our product as a result of the COVID-19 outbreak. If we do not adequately anticipate or adjust to respond to these and other changes in customer preferences, we may not be able to maintain and grow our brand image and our sales may be adversely affected.

Legislative or regulatory changes that affect our products, including new taxes, could reduce demand for products or increase our costs.

Taxes imposed on the sale of certain of our products by federal, state and local governments in the United States, or other countries in which we operate could cause consumers to shift away from purchasing our beverages. Several municipalities in the United States have implemented or are considering implementing taxes on the sale of certain “sugared” beverages, including non-diet soft drinks, fruit drinks, teas and flavored waters to help fund various initiatives. These taxes could materially affect our business and financial results.


Our reliance on distributors, retailers and brokers could affect our ability to efficiently and profitably distribute and market our products, maintain our existing markets and expand our business into other geographic markets.

Our ability to maintain and expand our existing markets for our products, and to establish markets in new geographic distribution areas, is dependent on our ability to establish and maintain successful relationships with reliable distributors, retailers and brokers strategically positioned to serve those areas. Most of our distributors, retailers and brokers sell and distribute competing products, including non-alcoholic and alcoholic beverages, and our products may represent a small portion of their businesses. The success of this network will depend on the performance of the distributors, retailers and brokers of this network. There is a risk that the mentioned entities may not adequately perform their functions within the network by, without limitation, failing to distribute to sufficient retailers or positioning our products in localities that may not be receptive to our product. Our ability to incentivize and motivate distributors to manage and sell our products is affected by competition from other beverage companies who have greater resources than we do. To the extent that our distributors, retailers and brokers are distracted from selling our products or do not employ sufficient efforts in managing and selling our products, including re-stocking the retail shelves with our products, our sales and results of operations could be adversely affected. Furthermore, such third-parties’ financial position or market share may deteriorate, which could adversely affect our distribution, marketing and sales activities.

Our ability to maintain and expand our distribution network and attract additional distributors, retailers and brokers will depend on a number of factors, some of which are outside our control. Some of these factors include:

the level of demand for our brands and products in a particular distribution area;
our ability to price our products at levels competitive with those of competing products; and
our ability to deliver products in the quantity and at the time ordered by distributors, retailers and brokers.

We may not be able to successfully manage all or any of these factors in any of our current or prospective geographic areas of distribution. Our inability to achieve success with regards to any of these factors in a geographic distribution area will have a material adverse effect on our relationships in that particular geographic area, thus limiting our ability to maintain or expand our market, which will likely adversely affect our revenues and financial results.

It is difficult to predict the timing and amount of our sales because our distributors are not required to place minimum orders with us.

Our independent distributors and national accounts are not required to place minimum monthly or annual orders for our products. In order to reduce their inventory costs, independent distributors typically order products from us on a “just in time” basis in quantities and at such times based on the demand for the products in a particular distribution area. Accordingly, we cannot predict the timing or quantity of purchases by any of our independent distributors or whether any of our distributors will continue to purchase products from us in the same frequencies and volumes as they may have done in the past. Additionally, our larger distributors and national partners may make orders that are larger than we have historically been required to fill.  Shortages in inventory levels, supply of raw materials or other key supplies could negatively affect us.


If we do not adequately manage our inventory levels, our operating results could be adversely affected.

We need to maintain adequate inventory levels to be able to deliver products to distributors on a timely basis. Our inventory supply depends on our ability to correctly estimate demand for our products. Our ability to estimate demand for our products is imprecise, particularly for new products, seasonal promotions and new markets. If we materially underestimate demand for our products or are unable to maintain sufficient inventory of raw materials, we might not be able to satisfy demand on a short-term basis. If we overestimate distributor or retailer demand for our products, we may end up with too much inventory, resulting in higher storage costs, increased trade spend and the risk of inventory spoilage. If we fail to manage our inventory to meet demand, we could damage our relationships with our distributors and retailers and could delay or lose sales opportunities, which would unfavorably impact our future sales and adversely affect our operating results. In addition, if the inventory of our products held by our distributors and retailers is too high, they will not place orders for additional products, which would also unfavorably impact our sales and adversely affect our operating results.

If we fail to maintain relationships with our independent contract manufacturers, our business could be harmed.

We do not manufacture our products but instead outsource the manufacturing process to third-party bottlers and independent contract manufacturers (co-packers). We do not own the plants or the majority of the equipment required to manufacture and package our beverage products, and we do not anticipate bringing the manufacturing process in-house in the future. Our ability to maintain effective relationships with contract manufacturers and other third parties for the production and delivery of our beverage products in a particular geographic distribution area is important to the success of our operations within each distribution area. We may not be able to maintain our relationships with current contract manufacturers or establish satisfactory relationships with new or replacement contract manufacturers, whether in existing or new geographic distribution areas. The failure to establish and maintain effective relationships with contract manufacturers for a distribution area could increase our manufacturing costs and thereby materially reduce gross profits from the sale of our products in that area. Poor relations with any of our contract manufacturers could adversely affect the amount and timing of product delivered to our distributors for resale, which would in turn adversely affect our revenues and financial condition. In addition, our agreements with our contract manufacturers are terminable at any time, and any such termination could disrupt our ability to deliver products to our customers.

Increases in costs or shortages of raw materials could harm our business and financial results.

The principal raw materials we use include glass bottles, aluminum cans, labels and cardboard cartons, aluminum closures, flavorings, sucrose/inverted pure cane sugar and sucralose. In addition, certain of our contract manufacturing arrangements allow such contract manufacturers to increase their charges to us based on their own cost increases. These manufacturing and ingredient costs are subject to fluctuation. Substantial increases in the prices of our ingredients, raw materials and packaging materials, to the extent that they cannot be recouped through increases in the prices of finished beverage products, would increase our operating costs and could reduce our profitability. If our supply of these raw materials is impaired or if prices increase significantly, it could affect the affordability of our products and reduce sales.

If we are unable to secure sufficient ingredients or raw materials including glass, sugar, and other key supplies, we might not be able to satisfy demand on a short-term basis. Moreover, in the past there have been industry-wide shortages of certain concentrates, supplements and sweeteners and these shortages could occur again from time to time in the future, which could interfere with and delay production of our products and could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.


In addition, suppliers could fail to provide ingredients or raw materials on a timely basis, or fail to meet our performance expectations, for a number of reasons, including, for example, disruption to the global supply chain as a result of the COVID-19 outbreak, which could cause a serious disruption to our business, increase our costs, decrease our operating efficiencies and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The volatility of energy and increased regulations may have an adverse impact on our gross margin.

Over the past few years, volatility in the global oil markets has resulted in variable fuel prices, which many shipping companies have passed on to their customers by way of higher base pricing and increased fuel surcharges.  If fuel prices increase, we expect to experience higher shipping rates and fuel surcharges, as well as energy surcharges on our raw materials.  It is hard to predict what will happen in the fuel markets in 2020 and beyond. Due to the price sensitivity of our products, we may not be able to pass such increases on to our customers.

Disruption within our supply chain, contract manufacturing or distribution channels could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability, through our suppliers, business partners, contract manufacturers, independent distributors and retailers, to make, move and sell products is critical to our success. Damage or disruption to our suppliers or to manufacturing or distribution capabilities due to weather, natural disaster, fire or explosion, terrorism, pandemics such as influenza and the novel coronavirus (COVID-19), labor strikes or other reasons, could impair the manufacture, distribution and sale of our products. Many of these events are outside of our control. Failure to take adequate steps to protect against or mitigate the likelihood or potential impact of such events, or to effectively manage such events if they occur, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely upon our ongoing relationships with our key flavor suppliers. If we are unable to source our flavors on acceptable terms from our key suppliers, we could suffer disruptions in our business.

We currently purchase our flavor concentrate from various flavor concentrate suppliers, and continually develop other sources of flavor concentrate for each of our products. Generally, flavor suppliers hold the proprietary rights to their flavor specific ingredients. Although we have the exclusive rights to flavor concentrates developed with our current flavor concentrate suppliers, while we have the rights to the ingredients for our products, we do not have the list of ingredients for our flavor extracts and concentrates. Consequently, we may be unable to obtain these exact flavors or concentrates from alternative suppliers on short notice. If we have to replace a flavor supplier, we could experience disruptions in our ability to deliver products to our customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

If we are unable to attract and retain key personnel, our efficiency and operations would be adversely affected; in addition, management turnover causes uncertainties and could harm our business.

Our success depends on our ability to attract and retain highly qualified employees in such areas as finance, sales, marketing and product development. We compete to hire new employees, and, in some cases, must train them and develop their skills and competencies. We may not be able to provide our employees with competitive salaries, and our operating results could be adversely affected by increased costs due to increased competition for employees, higher employee turnover or increased employee benefit costs.

Recently, we have experienced significant changes in our key personnel, especially on our finance team, and more could occur in the future. Changes to operations, policies and procedures, which can often occur with the appointment of new personnel, can create uncertainty, may negatively impact our ability to execute quickly and effectively, and may ultimately be unsuccessful. In addition, management transition periods are often difficult as the new employees gain detailed knowledge of our operations, and friction can result from changes in strategy and management style. Management turnover inherently causes some loss of institutional knowledge, which can negatively affect strategy and execution. Until we integrate new personnel, and unless they are able to succeed in their positions, we may be unable to successfully manage and grow our business, and our financial condition and profitability may suffer. 


Further, to the extent we experience additional management turnover, our operations, financial condition and employee morale could be negatively impacted.  In addition, competition for top management is high and it may take months to find a candidate that meets our requirements. If we are unable to attract and retain qualified management personnel, our business could suffer. Moreover, our operations could be negatively affected if employees are quarantined as the result of exposure to a contagious illness such as COVID-19.

If we lose the services of our Chief Executive Officer, our operations could be disrupted and our business could be harmed.

Our business plan relies significantly on the continued services of Robert Nistico, our Chief Executive Officer. If we were to lose the services of Mr. Nistico, our ability to execute our business plan could be materially impaired. We are not aware of any facts or circumstances that suggest he might leave us.

If we fail to protect our trademarks and trade secrets, we may be unable to successfully market our products and compete effectively.

We rely on a combination of trademark and trade secrecy laws, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect our intellectual property rights. Failure to protect our intellectual property could harm our brand and our reputation, and adversely affect our ability to compete effectively. Further, enforcing or defending our intellectual property rights, including our trademarks, copyrights, licenses and trade secrets, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources. We regard our intellectual property, particularly our trademarks and trade secrets to be of considerable value and importance to our business and our success, and we actively pursue the registration of our trademarks in the United States and internationally. However, the steps taken by us to protect these proprietary rights may not be adequate and may not prevent third parties from infringing or misappropriating our trademarks, trade secrets or similar proprietary rights. In addition, other parties may seek to assert infringement claims against us, and we may have to pursue litigation against other parties to assert our rights. Any such claim or litigation could be costly. In addition, any event that would jeopardize our proprietary rights or any claims of infringement by third parties could have a material adverse effect on our ability to market or sell our brands, profitably exploit our products or recoup our associated research and development costs.

As part of the licensing strategy of our brands, we enter into licensing agreements under which we grant our licensing partners certain rights to use our trademarks and other designs. Although our agreements require that the use of our trademarks and designs is subject to our control and approval, any breach of these provisions, or any other action by any of our licensing partners that is harmful to our brands, goodwill and overall image, could have a material adverse impact on our business.

If we encounter product recalls or other product quality issues, our business may suffer.

Product quality issues, real or imagined, or allegations of product contamination, even when false or unfounded, could tarnish our image and could cause consumers to choose other products. In addition, because of changing government regulations or implementation thereof, or allegations of product contamination, we may be required from time to time to recall products entirely or from specific markets. Product recalls could affect our profitability and could negatively affect brand image.


Our business is subject to many regulations and noncompliance is costly.

The production, marketing and sale of our beverages, including contents, labels, caps and containers, are subject to the rules and regulations of various federal, provincial, state and local health agencies. If a regulatory authority finds that a current or future product or production batch or “run” is not in compliance with any of these regulations, we may be fined, or production may be stopped, which would adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Similarly, any adverse publicity associated with any noncompliance may damage our reputation and our ability to successfully market our products. Furthermore, the rules and regulations are subject to change from time to time and while we closely monitor developments in this area, we cannot anticipate whether changes in these rules and regulations will impact our business adversely. Additional or revised regulatory requirements, whether labeling, environmental, tax or otherwise, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Litigation or legal proceedings could expose us to significant liabilities and damage our reputation.

We may become party to litigation claims and legal proceedings. Litigation involves significant risks, uncertainties and costs, including distraction of management attention away from our business operations. We evaluate litigation claims and legal proceedings to assess the likelihood of unfavorable outcomes and to estimate, if possible, the amount of potential losses. Based on these assessments and estimates, we establish reserves and disclose the relevant litigation claims or legal proceedings, as appropriate. These assessments and estimates are based on the information available to management at the time and involve a significant amount of management judgment. Actual outcomes or losses may differ materially from those envisioned by our current assessments and estimates. Our policies and procedures require strict compliance by our employees and agents with all U.S. and local laws and regulations applicable to our business operations, including those prohibiting improper payments to government officials. Nonetheless, our policies and procedures may not ensure full compliance by our employees and agents with all applicable legal requirements. Improper conduct by our employees or agents could damage our reputation or lead to litigation or legal proceedings that could result in civil or criminal penalties, including substantial monetary fines, as well as disgorgement of profits.

We are subject to risks inherent in sales of products in international markets.

Our operations outside of the United States, contribute to our revenue and profitability, and we believe that developing and emerging markets could present future growth opportunities for us.  However, there can be no assurance that existing or new products that we manufacture, distribute or sell will be accepted or be successful in any particular foreign market, due to local or global competition, product price, cultural differences, consumer preferences or otherwise.  There are many factors that could adversely affect demand for our products in foreign markets, including our inability to attract and maintain key distributors in these markets; volatility in the economic growth of certain of these markets; changes in economic, political or social conditions, the status and renegotiations of the North American Free Trade Agreement, imposition of new or increased labeling, product or production requirements, or other legal restrictions; restrictions on the import or export of our products or ingredients or substances used in our products; inflationary currency, devaluation or fluctuation; increased costs of doing business due to compliance with complex foreign and U.S. laws and regulations. If we are unable to effectively operate or manage the risks associated with operating in international markets, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected.

Climate change may negatively affect our business.

There is growing concern that a gradual increase in global average temperatures may cause an adverse change in weather patterns around the globe resulting in an increase in the frequency and severity of natural disasters. While warmer weather has historically been associated with increased sales of our products similar to ours, changing weather patterns could have a negative impact on agricultural productivity, which may limit availability or increase the cost of certain key ingredients. Also, increased frequency or duration of extreme weather conditions may disrupt the productivity of our facilities, the operation of our supply chain or impact demand for our products. In addition, the increasing concern over climate change may result in more regional, federal and global legal and regulatory requirements and could result in increased production, transportation and raw material costs. As a result, the effects of climate change could have a long-term adverse impact on our business and results of operations.


Our business and operations would be adversely impacted in the event of a failure or interruption of our information technology infrastructure or as a result of a cybersecurity attack.

The proper functioning of our own information technology (IT) infrastructure is critical to the efficient operation and management of our business. We may not have the necessary financial resources to update and maintain our IT infrastructure, and any failure or interruption of our IT system could adversely impact our operations. In addition, our IT is vulnerable to cyberattacks, computer viruses, worms and other malicious software programs, physical and electronic break-ins, sabotage and similar disruptions from unauthorized tampering with our computer systems. We believe that we have adopted appropriate measures to mitigate potential risks to our technology infrastructure and our operations from these IT-related and other potential disruptions. However, given the unpredictability of the timing, nature and scope of any such IT failures or disruptions, we could potentially be subject to downtimes, transactional errors, processing inefficiencies, operational delays, other detrimental impacts on our operations or ability to provide products to our customers, the compromising of confidential or personal information, destruction or corruption of data, security breaches, other manipulation or improper use of our systems and networks, financial losses from remedial actions, loss of business or potential liability, and/or damage to our reputation, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our cash flows, competitive position, financial condition or results of operations.

Our results of operations may fluctuate from quarter to quarter for many reasons, including seasonality.

Our sales are seasonal and we experience fluctuations in quarterly results as a result of many factors. companies similar to ours have historically generated a greater percentage of our revenues during the warm weather months of April through September. Timing of customer purchases will vary each year and sales can be expected to shift from one quarter to another. As a result, management believes that period-to-period comparisons of results of operations are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as any indication of future performance or results expected for the fiscal year. 

Changes in accounting standards and subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by management related to complex accounting matters could significantly affect our financial results.

The United States generally accepted accounting principles and related pronouncements, implementation guidelines and interpretations with regard to a wide variety of matters that are relevant to our business, such as, but not limited to, stock-based compensation, trade spend and promotions, and income taxes are highly complex and involve many subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by our management. Changes to these rules or their interpretation or changes in underlying assumptions, estimates or judgments by our management could significantly change our reported results.

If we are unable to maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, our stock price and investor confidence could be materially and adversely affected.

We are required to maintain both disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting that are effective. Because of their inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting, however well designed and operated, can only provide reasonable, and not absolute, assurance that the controls will prevent or detect misstatements. Because of these and other inherent limitations of control systems, there is only the reasonable assurance that our controls will succeed in achieving their goals under all potential future conditions. The failure of controls by design deficiencies or absence of adequate controls could result in a material adverse effect on our business and financial results, which could also negatively impact our stock price and investor confidence.

Due to the size of the Company, we have an inherent material weakness relating to Internal Controls over Financial Reporting. 


We are dependent on a distiller in Mexico, to provide us with our finished SALT tequila product. Failure to obtain satisfactory performance from them or a loss of their services could cause us to lose sales, incur additional costs, and lose credibility in the marketplace.

We depend on a distiller in Mexico, a company in Jalisco, for the production, bottling, labeling, capping and packaging of our finished tequila product. We do not have a written agreement with our distiller in Mexico obligating it to produce our product. The termination of our relationship with our distiller in Mexico distiller or an adverse change in the terms of its services could have a negative impact on our business. If our distiller in Mexico increases its prices, we may not have alternative sources of supply at comparable prices and may not be able to raise the prices of our products to cover all, or even a portion, of the increased costs. In addition, if our distiller in Mexico fails to perform satisfactorily, fails to handle increased orders, or the loss of the services of our distiller in Mexico, along with delays in shipments of products, could cause us to fail to meet orders, lose sales, incur additional costs, and/or expose us to product quality issues. In turn, this could cause us to lose credibility in the marketplace and damage our relationships with our customers and consumers, ultimately leading to a decline in our business and results of operations.

Regulatory decisions and changes in the legal, regulatory and tax environment where our tequila is produced and where we operate could limit our business activities or increase our operating costs and reduce our margins.

Our business is subject to extensive regulation regarding production, distribution, marketing, advertising and labeling of beverage alcohol products in the U.S. and in Mexico, where our tequila is produced. We are required to comply with these regulations and maintain various permits and licenses. We are also required to conduct business only with holders of licenses to import, warehouse, transport, distribute, and sell spirits. We cannot assure you that these and other governmental regulations, applicable to our industry, will not change or become more stringent. Moreover, because these laws and regulations are subject to interpretation, we may not be able to predict when, and to what extent, liability may arise. Additionally, due to increasing public concern over alcohol-related societal problems, including driving while intoxicated, underage drinking, alcoholism and health consequences from the abuse of alcohol, various levels of government may seek to impose additional restrictions or limits on advertising or other marketing activities promoting beverage alcohol products. Failure to comply with any of the current or future regulations and requirements relating to our industry and products, could result in monetary penalties, suspension or even revocation of our licenses and permits. Costs of compliance with changes in regulations could be significant and could harm our business, as we may find it necessary to raise our prices in order to maintain profit margins, which could lower the demand for our products and reduce our sales and profit potential.

In addition, the distribution of beverage alcohol products is subject to extensive taxation both in the United States and internationally (and, in the United States, at both the federal and state government levels), and beverage alcohol products themselves are the subject of national import and excise duties in most countries around the world. An increase in taxation or in import or excise duties could also significantly harm our sales revenue and margins, both through the reduction of overall consumption and by encouraging consumers to switch to lower-taxed categories of beverage alcohol.

We face substantial competition in the alcoholic beverage industry and we may not be able to effectively compete.

Consolidation among spirits producers, distributors, wholesalers, or retailers could create a more challenging competitive landscape for our products. Consolidation at any level could hinder the distribution and sale of our products as a result of reduced attention and resources allocated to our brands, both during and after transition periods, because our brands might represent a smaller portion of the new business portfolio.  Expansion into new product categories by other suppliers, or innovation by new entrants into the market, could increase competition in our product categories.  Changes to our route-to-consumer models or partners in important markets could result in temporary or longer-term sales disruption, higher implementation-related or fixed costs, and could negatively affect other business relationships we might have with that partner.  Distribution network disruption or fluctuations in our product inventory levels with distributors, wholesalers, or retailers could negatively affect our results for a particular period.  


Our competitors may respond to industry and economic conditions more rapidly or effectively than we do.  Our competitors offer products that compete directly with ours for shelf space, promotional displays, and consumer purchases.  Pricing, (including price promotions, discounting, couponing, and free goods), marketing, new product introductions, entry into our distribution networks, and other competitive behavior by our competitors could adversely affect our sales margins, and profitability.  

Our business operations may be adversely affected by social, political and economic conditions affecting market risks and the demand for and pricing of our tequila products.  These risks include:

Unfavorable economic conditions and related low consumer confidence, high unemployment, weak credit or capital markets, sovereign debt defaults, sequestrations, austerity measures, higher interest rates, political instability, higher inflation, deflation, lower returns on pension assets, or lower discount rates for pension obligations;

Changes in laws, regulations, or policies – especially those that affect the production, importation, marketing, sale, or consumption of our beverage alcohol products;

Tax rate changes (including excise, sales, tariffs, duties, corporate, individual income, dividends, capital gains), or changes in related reserves, changes in tax rules or accounting standards, and the unpredictability and suddenness with which they can occur;

Dependence upon the continued growth of brand names;

Changes in consumer preferences, consumption, or purchase patterns – particularly away from tequila, and our ability to anticipate and react to them; bar, restaurant, travel, or other on premise declines;

Unfavorable consumer reaction to our products, package changes, product reformulations, or other product innovation;

Decline in the social acceptability of beverage alcohol products in our markets;

Production facility or supply chain disruption;

Imprecision in supply/demand forecasting;

Higher costs, lower quality, or unavailability of energy, input materials, labor, or finished goods;

Route-to-consumer changes that affect the timing of our sales, temporarily disrupt the marketing or sale of our products, or result in higher implementation-related or fixed costs;

Inventory fluctuations in our products by distributors, wholesalers, or retailers;
Competitors’ consolidation or other competitive activities, such as pricing actions (including price reductions, promotions, discounting, couponing, or free goods), marketing, category expansion, product introductions, or entry or expansion in our geographic markets;

Insufficient protection of our intellectual property rights;

Product recalls or other product liability claims; product counterfeiting, tampering, or product quality issues;

Significant legal disputes and proceedings; government investigations (particularly of industry or company business, trade or marketing practices);

Failure or breach of key information technology systems;

Negative publicity related to our company, brands, marketing, personnel, operations, business performance or prospects; and

Business disruption, decline, or costs related to organizational changes, reductions in workforce, or other cost-cutting measures, or our failure to attract or retain key executive or employee talent.


Risks Related to this Offering

Uncertainty in the financial markets and other adverse changes in general economic or political conditions in any of the major countries in which we do business could adversely affect our industry, business and results of operations.

Global economic uncertainties, including foreign currency exchange rates, affect businesses such as ours in a number of ways, making it difficult to accurately forecast and plan our future business activities. There can be no assurance that economic improvements will occur, or that they would be sustainable, or that they would enhance conditions in markets relevant to us.

Our limited operating history makes it difficult to forecast our future results, making any investment in us highly speculative.

We have a limited operating history, and our historical financial and operating information is of limited value in predicting our future operating results. We may not accurately forecast customer behavior and recognize or respond to emerging trends, changing preferences or competitive factors facing us, and, therefore, we may fail to make accurate financial forecasts. Our current and future expense levels are based largely on our investment plans and estimates of future revenue. As a result, we may be unable to adjust our spending in a timely manner to compensate for any unexpected revenue shortfall, which could then force us to curtail or cease our business operations.

An investment in the Securities is speculative and there can be no assurance of any return on any such investment.

An investment in the Securities is speculative and there is no publicassurance that investors will obtain any return on their investment. Investors will be subject to substantial risks involved in an investment in the Company, including the risk of losing their entire investment.

The offering price and other terms of the Securities has been determined by the Company and may not be indicative of the Company’s actual value or the value of the Shares.

The offering price per shares of common stock and the terms of the Warrants have been determined by the Company and may not be indicative of the Company’s actual value or the value of such securities. Such terms bear no relationship to the assets, book value, net worth or any other recognized criteria of the Company’s value or the value of such securities.


Future sales of common stock, or the perception of such future sales, by some of our existing stockholders could cause our stock price to decline.

The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of our common stock in the market or the perception that these sales may occur. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell shares in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.

Additional stock offerings in the future may dilute then-existing shareholders’ percentage ownership of the Company.

Given our plans and expectations that we will need additional capital and personnel, we anticipate that we will need to issue additional shares of common stock or securities convertible or exercisable for shares of common stock, including convertible preferred stock, convertible notes, stock options or warrants. The issuance of additional securities in the future will dilute the percentage ownership of then current stockholders. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company may conduct other offerings concurrent with this offering.

There is currently a limited liquid trading market for the Company’s Common Stock.

Our common stock is quoted on the OTC Pink tier under the symbol “SBEV.” Trading in stocks quoted on the OTC Pink is often thin and is characterized by wide fluctuations in trading prices due to many factors that may be unrelated to a company’s operations or business prospects. We cannot assure you that there will be a market in the future for our common stock.

OTC Pink securities are not listed or traded on the floor of an organized national or regional stock exchange. Instead, OTC Pink securities transactions are conducted through a telephone and computer network connecting dealers in stocks. OTC Pink issuers are traditionally smaller companies that do not meet the financial and other listing requirements of a regional or national stock exchange.


Our Board of Directors may issue and fix the terms of shares of our Preferred Stock without stockholder approval, which could adversely affect the voting power of holders of our Common Stock or any change in control of our Company.

Our Articles of Incorporation authorize the issuance of up to 5,000,000 shares of “blank check” preferred stock, with no par value per share, with such designation rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors is empowered, without shareholder approval, to issue shares of preferred stock with dividend, liquidation, conversion, voting or other rights which could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our Common Stock. In the event of such issuances, the preferred stock could be used, under certain circumstances, as a method of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change in control of our company.

Because certain principal stockholders own a large percentage of our voting stock, other stockholders’ voting power may be limited.

As of June 19, 2020 our ten (10) largest shareholders own or controlled approximately 52% of our outstanding common stock. If those stockholders act together, they would have the ability to have a substantial influence on matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election and removal of directors and the approval of any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. As a result, our other stockholders may have little or no influence over matters submitted for shareholder approval. In addition, the ownership of such stockholders could preclude any unsolicited acquisition of us, and consequently, adversely affect the price of our common stock. These stockholders may make decisions that are adverse to your interests.

We do not expect to pay dividends and investors should not buy our Common Stock expecting to receive dividends.

We do not anticipate that we will declare or pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, you will only realize an economic gain on your investment in our common stock if the price appreciates. You should not purchase our common stock expecting to receive cash dividends. Since we do not pay dividends, and no assurance that aif we are not successful in establishing an orderly trading market for our shares, then you may not have any manner to liquidate or receive any payment on your investment. Therefore, our failure to pay dividends may cause you to not see any return on your investment even if we are successful in our business operations. In addition, because we do not pay dividends we may have trouble raising additional funds which could affect our ability to expand our business operations.

Our common stock may be considered a “penny stock”, and thereby be subject to additional sale and trading regulations that may make it more difficult to sell.

Our common stock may be considered to be a “penny stock” if it does not qualify for one of the exemptions from the definition of “penny stock” under Section 3a51-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Our common stock may be a “penny stock” if it meets one or more of the following conditions: (i) the stock trades at a price less than $5 per share; (ii) it is not traded on a “recognized” national exchange; or (iii) is issued by a company that has been in business less than three years with net tangible assets less than $5 million.


The principal result or effect of being designated a “penny stock” is that securities broker-dealers participating in sales of our common stock will ever develop.


(2)

Pendingbe subject to the “penny stock” regulations set forth in Rules 15g-2 through 15g-9 promulgated under the Exchange Act. For example, Rule 15g-2 requires broker-dealers dealing in penny stocks to provide potential investors with a document disclosing the risks of penny stocks and to obtain a manually signed and dated written receipt and paymentof the document at least two business days before effecting any transaction in a penny stock for the investor’s account. Moreover, Rule 15g-9 requires broker-dealers in penny stocks to approve the account of any checks gatheredinvestor for transactions in such stocks before selling any penny stock to satisfythat investor. This procedure requires the $40,000broker-dealer to: (i) obtain from the investor information concerning his or her financial situation, investment experience and investment objectives; (ii) reasonably determine, based on that information, that transactions in penny stocks are suitable for the investor and that the investor has sufficient knowledge and experience as to be reasonably capable of evaluating the risks of penny stock transactions; (iii) provide the investor with a written statement setting forth the basis on which the broker-dealer made the determination in (ii) above; and (iv) receive a signed and dated copy of such statement from the investor, confirming that it accurately reflects the investor’s financial situation, investment experience and investment objectives. Compliance with these requirements may make it more difficult and time consuming for holders of our common stock to resell their shares to third parties or to otherwise dispose of them in the market or otherwise.

We will have broad discretion on how we use the proceeds we receive in this Offering.

Our management will have broad discretion on how to use any proceeds we receive from this Offering and may use the proceeds in ways that differ from the proposed uses discussed in this Memorandum. Our stockholders may not agree with our decision on how to use such proceeds. If we fail to spend the proceeds effectively, our business and financial condition could be harmed.

The "best efforts" nature of the offering means that the Company may not be able to raise the funds it expects to raise which would have material adverse impact on the Company’s prospects.

The Shares are being offered hereby on an all or none basis until the minimum Offering Amount is raised, if at all, proceedsand then on a "best efforts, minimum/maximum” basis and not on a "firm commitment" basis. As a result, in the event the Company is not able to raise the minimum offering amount, it will not consummate the Offering. There can be no assurance that the minimum offering amount will be raised, in which event the Company will require additional financing which it may not be able to obtain on satisfactory terms.

If the Company only raises the minimum amount its ability to raise funds in the future may be materially adversely affected and an investor’s investment may be lost.

If only the minimum amount is raised the Company will only have enough cash to operate for approximately 12 months. The Company’s ability to obtain additional financing thereafter may have a materially adverse effect on the Company’s ability to remain in business and your investment may be lost.

Our common stock could be further diluted as the result of the issuance of additional Common Shares, convertible securities, warrants or options.

Our issuance of additional common stock, convertible securities, options and warrants could affect the rights of our stockholders, result in a reduction in the overall percentage holdings of our stockholders, could put downward pressure on the market price of our common stock, could result in adjustments to conversion and exercise prices of outstanding notes and warrants, and could obligate us to issue additional Common Stock to certain of our stockholders.

Common Shares eligible for future sale may adversely affect the market.

From time to time, certain of our stockholders may be eligible to sell all or some of their Common Shares by means of ordinary brokerage transactions in the open market pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, subject to certain limitations. In general, pursuant to Rule 144, non-affiliate stockholders may sell freely after six months subject only to the current public information requirement. Affiliates may sell after six months subject to the Rule 144 volume, manner of sale (for equity securities), and current public information and notice requirements.


If we are not able to achieve our objectives for our business, the value of an investment in our company could be negatively affected.

In order to be successful, we believe that we must, among other things:

increase the sales volume and gross margins for our products;
maintain efficiencies in operations;
manage our operating expenses to sufficiently support operating activities;
maintain fixed costs at or near current levels; and
avoid significant increases in variable costs relating to production, marketing and distribution.

We may not be able to meet these objectives, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. We have incurred significant operating expenses in the past and may do so again in the future and, as a result, will need to increase revenues in order to improve our results of operations. Our ability to increase sales will depend primarily on success in expanding our current markets, improving our distribution base, entering into Direct-To-Retail (DTR) arrangements with national accounts, and introducing new brands, products or product extensions to the market. Our ability to successfully enter new distribution areas and obtain national accounts will, in turn, depend on various factors, many of which are beyond our control, including, but not limited to, the continued demand for our brands and products in target markets, the ability to price our products at competitive levels, the ability to establish and maintain relationships with distributors in each geographic area of distribution and the ability in the future to create, develop and successfully introduce one or more new brands, products, and product extensions.

Any future equity or debt issuances by us may have dilutive or adverse effects on our existing shareholders.

From time to time, we may issue additional shares of common stock or convertible securities. The issuance of these securities could dilute our shareholders’ ownership in our company and may include terms that give new investors rights that are superior to those of our current shareholders. Moreover, any issuances by us of equity securities may be at or below the prevailing market price of our common stock and in any event may have a dilutive impact on our shareholders’ ownership interest, which could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

You should consult your independent tax advisor regarding any tax matters arising with respect to the Securities.

All prospective purchasers of the Securities are advised to consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences relevant to the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Securities.


If the Company only raises the Minimum Offering Amount, we may not have sufficient capital to execute our business strategy.

If we close on the Minimum Offering Amount, we may not have sufficient capital to execute on our business strategy the way we intended. Our ability to obtain additional financing thereafter may have a materially adverse effect on our ability to execute its overall plan and your investment may be lost.

Investor funds will not accrue interest while in escrow prior to closing.

All funds delivered in connection with subscriptions for the common stock will be held in a non-interest bearing escrow account bywith the Escrow Agent until the closing of the offering, if any. If we are unable to sell and receive payments for this offering. The Escrow Agent is Corporate Stock Transfer, Inc., who has the sole signature authority over this account and determines whether the minimum offering requirements are satisfied. Funds will be deposited in this escrow account no later than noon on the business day following receipt. In the event the minimum is not sold within the 120-day offering period or any extension of an additional 90 days at our discretion, this offering will terminate and all fundsMinimum Offering Amount prior to investor subscriptions will be returned promptlywithout interest or deduction. Investors in the common stock offered hereby may not have the use of such funds or receive interest thereon pending the completion of the offering.

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution as a result of this offering and may experience additional dilution in the future.

You will incur immediate and substantial dilution as a result of this offering. After giving effect to subscribersthe sale by us of 1,250,000 shares at an assumed public offering price of $       and warrants to purchase        shares of common stock and after deducting the Escrow Agent withoutPlacement Agent’s commission and estimated offering expenses payable by us, investors in this offering can expect an immediate dilution of $              per share in the case of the Minimum Shares Offering and after giving effect to the sale by us of 3,750,000 shares offered in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $8.00  per share and warrants to purchase 1,875,000   shares of common stock and after deducting the Placement Agents’ commission and estimated offering expenses payable by us, investors in this offering can expect an immediate dilution of $                per share in the case of the Maximum Shares Offering. In addition, in the past, we issued options and warrants to acquire shares of common stock. To the extent these options or warrants are ultimately exercised, you will sustain future dilution.

The purchase warrants are speculative in nature.

The purchase warrants do not confer any deductionsrights of common stock ownership on their holders, such as voting rights or paymentthe right to receive dividends, but rather merely represent the right to acquire shares of interest. Subscribers will not be entitled tocommon stock at a return of funds from such escrow during the 120-day offering period or any extension period,fixed price for a potential totallimited period of 210 days. See “Usetime. Specifically, commencing six months from the date of Proceeds”issuance, holders of the warrants may exercise their right to acquire the common stock and “Planpay an initial exercise price of Distribution.”$                           , subject to adjustment, for a period of eighteen months or 3 years from the date the purchase warrants are initially exercisable, as applicable, after which date any unexercised purchase warrants will expire and have no further value. Moreover, following this offering, there can be no assurance that the market price of the common stock will ever equal or exceed the exercise price of the purchase warrants, and consequently, whether it will ever be profitable for holders of the warrants to exercise the warrants.


(3)

The proceeds to the Company are shown before deduction for legal, accounting, printing, and other expenses, estimated at $32,500. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Dilution.”

________________________


Subject to Completion, Dated ___________, 2012.




2





TABLE OF CONTENTS


Page


SUMMARY OF PROSPECTUS

 5

General Information about Our CompanyThere is no public market for the warrants being offered in this offering.

 5

The OfferingThere is no established public trading market for the pre-funded warrants or the purchase warrants being offered in this offering, and we do not expect a market to develop. In addition, we do not intend to apply to list the pre-funded warrants or purchase warrants on any securities exchange or nationally recognized trading system. Without an active market, the liquidity of the pre-funded warrants and the purchase warrants will be limited.

 5


22

RISK FACTORS

  7

Risks Associated with Our Company

  7

Risks Associated with this Offering

17


USE OF PROCEEDS

19


DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

20


DILUTION OF THE PRICE YOU PAY FOR YOUR SHARES

20


SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

22

 

INVESTOR SUITABILITY REQUIREMENTS

22


PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

23


LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

25


DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS AND CONTROL

  PERSONS

25

Background Information about Our Officers and Directors

25


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

26


SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS

  AND MANAGEMENT

26

Future Sales by Existing Stockholders

26


DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

27

Capital Stock

27

Common Stock

27

Preferred Stock

27

Options

27

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

27

Rule 144

28


INDEMNIFICATION

28


DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

29

General Information

29




3





Business

29

Industry Overview

30

Our Competitive Strength

31

Our Business Strategy

31

Organization and Operations

31

Marketing

32

Sales

33

Website

33

Competition

33

Government and Industry Regulation

34

Employees

44


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL

  CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

44

Results of Operations forAfter deducting the year ended December 31, 2011 as

  comparedcommissions payable to the year ended December 31, 2010

44

ResultsPlacement Agent and the estimated offering expenses that are payable by us, we estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2012common stock warrants offered pursuant to this prospectus will be approximately $       if only the Minimum Offering Amount is sold and $          if the Maximum Offering Amount is sold.

 

The chart below represents how the Company plans to use the proceeds from this Offering based on the sale of the Minimum Offering Amount, Maximum Offering Amount and if the Maximum Offering Amount is increased to $                 .. The Company’s management will have broad discretion over the use of the funds received in this Offering and such uses may deviate from the chart below.

PurposeAssuming the Sale of Minimum Offering AmountAssuming of the Maximum Offering Amount
Inventory
General Working Capital
Professional fees
Total:

We may also use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash to in-license, acquire or invest in complementary businesses, technologies, products or assets. However, we have no current plans, commitments or obligations to do so. Other than as comparedset forth, we do not anticipate requiring any material amounts of other funds to accomplish the three months ended March 31, 2011specified purposes.

45

LiquidityWe believe that the net proceeds from this offering (whether from the Minimum Offering Amount or the Maximum Offering Amount) and Capital Resourcesour existing cash will be sufficient to fund our operations through at least the next 24 months. This expected use of the net proceeds from the offering represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions. We cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses of the net proceeds that we will receive from this offering, or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth above. We may find it necessary or advisable to use the net proceeds for other purposes, and we will have broad discretion in using these proceeds. Investors will be relying on our judgment regarding the use of the net proceeds from this offering. Pending the use of proceeds as described above, we plan to invest the net proceeds that we receive in short-term and intermediate-term interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade investments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government. We cannot predict whether the invested proceeds will yield a favorable return.

45

PlanFactors or events that could cause our actual results to differ may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of Operationthem. We cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. Except as required by applicable law, including the securities laws of the United States, we do not intend to update any of the forward-looking statements to conform these statements to actual results.

46

Proposed Milestones to Implement Business Operations

47

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

48

Seasonality

48


DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

48


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

48


MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 MATTERS

48The Company’s Common Stock is quoted on the OTC Pink under the symbol “        ”. There is no trading market for the warrants.

Reports

49As of                                              , 2020, there were                                              shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding. As of                                              , 2020, there were approximately                                              holders of record of our Common Stock.

Stock Transfer


Equity Compensation Plan Information

The Company did have a “Stock Incentive Plan” which was adopted in 2012.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have not declared any cash dividends on our common stock since inception and do not anticipate paying such dividends in the foreseeable future. We plan to retain any future earnings for use in our business operations. Any decisions as to future payment of cash dividends will depend on our earnings and financial position and such other factors as the Board of Directors deems relevant.

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization, as of March 31, 2020:

on an actual basis; and
on a pro forma basis to give effect to the sale of the shares in this offering at the assumed public offering price of $       per share, after deducting commissions payable to the Placement Agent and other estimated offering expenses payable by us.

DILUTION

If you invest in our securities, your interest will be immediately and substantially diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock after giving effect to this offering.

Our net tangible book value as of March 31, 20 was $              , or approximately $                                         per share of common stock, based upon                          shares outstanding as                                                 .

If the minimum amount is raised, after giving effect to the sale of the shares in this offering at the assumed public offering price of $                        per share and after deducting commissions paid to the Placement Agents and other estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma net tangible book value at                                              would have been approximately $                             or $                        per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of approximately $                       per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $                           per share to investors purchasing securities in this offering.

If the maximum amount is raised, after giving effect to the sale of the shares in this offering at the assumed public offering price of $                        per share and after deducting commissions paid to the Placement Agent and other estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma net tangible book value at                                     would have been approximately $                           or $                           per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of approximately $                      per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $                                    per share to investors purchasing securities in this offering.

50


Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of our common stock in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.


SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT AND PROCEDURESThe following table illustrates the per share dilution to investors purchasing shares in the offering if the minimum and maximum number of shares are sold in this offering:

50

Assumed public offering price per shareMinimum Maximum 
Net tangible book value per share as of$$
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering$$
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering$$
Amount of dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering$$


If we sell the minimum number of shares in the offering, each $                          increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of $                          would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of                          by $                          , or $                          per share, and the dilution (benefit) purchase to purchasers in this offering by $                          per share.

EXPERTS AND LEGAL COUNSEL

50If we sell the maximum number of shares in the offering, each $                          increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of $                          would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of                          by $                          , or $                          per share, and the dilution (benefit) purchase to purchasers in this offering by $                          per share.


AVAILABLE INFORMATIONIf any shares are issued upon exercise of outstanding options or warrants, new investors will experience further dilution.

50


BUSINESS

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

F-1Overview




4





CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.

4120 Boardman-Canfield Road

Canfield, Ohio 44406


SUMMARY OF PROSPECTUS


General Information about Our Company


Canfield Medical Supply, Inc. was incorporated in the State of Ohio on September 3, 1992, and changed domicile to Colorado on April 18, 2012. ReferencesCMS is in this documentthe business of home health services, primarily the selling of durable medical equipment and medical supplies to “us,the public, nursing homes, hospitals and other end users.

On December 31, 2019, Canfield entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement “we,) with SBG Acquisition Inc. (“Merger Sub”), a Nevada Corporation wholly-owned by Canfield, and Splash Beverage Group, Inc. a Nevada corporation (“Splash” or “Company” refer"SBG”) pursuant to which Merger Sub merged with and into Splash (the “Merger”) with Splash as the surviving company and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Canfield. The Merger was consummated on March 31, 2020.


As the owners and management of Splash have voting and operating control of CMS following the Merger, the Merger transaction was accounted for as a reverse acquisition (that is with Splash as the acquiring entity), followed by a recapitalization.

In connection with the Merger, Splash entered into Lock-Up Agreements with officers, directors, employees, consultants and beneficial owners of more than 10% of the outstanding shares of Splash prior to the Merger (the “Lock-Up Holder”). Pursuant to the Lock-Up Agreements, the Lock-Up Holder agreed that for a period of 180 days (“Lock-Up Period”) from the Merger the Lock-Up Holder will not offer, pledge, sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of the common stock of the Company that the Lock-Up Holder receives in connection with the Merger( the “Lock-Up Securities”). Upon termination of the Lock-up Period the Lock-Up Holder may release from the sale restrictions in the Lock-Up agreements contained up to twenty-five percent (25%) of the Lock-up Securities during ninety (90) days after expiration of Lock Up Period and (ii) release from the sale restrictions contained in the Lock-Up Agreement all remaining Lock-up Securities six months after the Lock Up Period (collectively these six months are, the “Leak-Out Period”).

The Lock-up Securities may be released from the sale restrictions contained in the Lock-Up Agreement at any time following the Lock-up Period when both (a) the volume of Canfield shares traded are at least 50,000 shares of common stock per day and (b) the closing price per share determined on a volume weighted average price basis equals not less than 300% of deemed value per share for 20 consecutive trading days have been met. The “deemed value per share” shall equal the aggregate Canfield enterprise value post-Merger divided by the total number of shares outstanding but in any event shall be not less than $1.00 per share (before giving effect to a proposed reverse stock split discussed below).

The Lock-Up Agreements apply to approximately 4,734,334 shares of the common stock of the Company.

In connection with the Merger, Splash entered into Promissory Note Conversion Agreements (with approximately eighteen (18) holders who held $7,748,720 in principal and interest amount of debt. Pursuant to the Promissory Note Conversion Agreements, the holders agreed to convert the outstanding amount including principal and interest of the promissory notes held by them and receive common stock of Splash at a conversion rate of $1.00 per share. As a result of the conversions, 10,560,900 shares of the common stock of Splash (the “Note Conversion Shares”) were issued in exchange for the Outstanding Promissory Notes. Pursuant to the Promissory Note Conversion Agreements, the holders were given piggyback rights with respect to the Note Conversion Shares, which would require that the Note Conversion Shares are included on a registration statement that the Company files with the Commission seeking to register other shares. Under the Promissory Note Conversion Agreement, if the Company shall fail to raise $9,000,000 of additional capital no later than six months from the date of the Merger, then the holder may seek to rescind the Promissory Note Conversion Agreement, return the Note Conversion Shares and receive a replacement promissory note from the Company.

In connection with the Merger, Splash entered into Preferred Stock Conversion Agreements with the three (3) holders of 1,000,000 shares of its Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and thirty-eight (38) holders of 3,913,418 shares of its Series B Convertible Preferred Stock. Pursuant to the conversion agreements the holders agreed to convert their Preferred Stock into 13,930,413 shares (the “Preferred Stock Conversion Shares”) of the common stock of Splash. Pursuant to the Preferred Stock Conversion Agreements, the holders were given piggyback rights with respect to the Preferred Stock Conversion Shares, which would require that the Preferred Stock Conversion Shares are included on a registration statement that the Company files with the Commission seeking to register other shares. Under the Preferred Stock Conversion Agreement, if the Company shall fail to raise $9,000,000 of additional capital no later than six months from the date of the Merger, then the holder may seek to rescind the Preferred Stock Conversion Agreement, return the Preferred Stock Conversion Shares and receive replacement shares of preferred stock from the Company.


In connection with the Merger, the Company issued (i) warrants to purchase 1,838,745 shares of its common stock to the holders of 1,349,120 shares of Splash Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (“Preferred B Warrants”) and (ii) warrants to purchase 96,664 shares of its common stock to certain debt holders of Splash in connection with a previous repurchase of Splash debt by such lenders. The original Preferred B warrants had an exercise price of $1.50 per share subject to adjustment as set forth in the warrant and may be exercised on a cashless basis as set forth in the Warrant. The warrants are exercisable until five years from the date of issuance. The warrants contain a dilutive issuance provision such that in the event that the Company sells or issue shares of common stock for consideration that is less than the current exercise price the exercise price shall be reduced concurrently with such issue.

In connection with the Merger, the company issued warrants to purchase 4,088,766 shares of its common stock to the holders of warrants to purchase 3,000,000 shares of Splash common stock. The warrants have an exercise price of $0.25 per share subject to adjustment as set forth in the warrant. If at any time after the warrant is issued, there is no effective registration statement registering or no current prospectus available for the resale of the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrant and the fair market value of one (1) share of Warrant Stock is greater than the exercise price the warrants may be exercised on a cashless basis. The warrants may be exercised until three years from the issuance date.

At the Closing for the Merger, each outstanding share of common stock, was converted into such amount of fully paid and non-assessable shares of the common stock of the Company so that, upon completion of the Merger, the Company issued to Splash’s equity holders common stock equaling approximately 85% of the Company on a fully diluted basis in exchange for the common stock of Splash and the current shareholders of the Company will own approximately 15% of the Company.

In connection with entering the plan of merger with Splash Beverage, the Company agreed to tender and offer to sell to Mr. Michael West its existing home health services business. That transaction pursuant to which the Company will transfer its existing home health services business has not yet occurred. When the transfer does occur, the Company believes that the assets comprising the home health services business constitute less than substantially all of the Company’s assets.

The Company’s common stock is quoted on the OTC Pink under the symbol SBEV.

Company Overview and History

Splash was incorporated in the State of Nevada under the name TapouT Beverages, Inc. for the purpose of acquiring the rights under a license agreement with TapouT, LLC (Authentic Brands Group and now the WWE) for the right to use the TapouT brand in connection with manufacturing and selling certain beverages. Robert Nistico was hired as CEO and the name was changed to Splash Beverage Group, Inc. (SBG) to reflect the revised business plan of being a manufacturer and distributor of several brands of beverages including both non-alcoholic and spirits brands.

Robert Nistico has over 28 years of experience in all levels of the three-tier distribution system used in the beverage industry. Prior to joining the Company, he led the Marley Beverage Company from startup to over $47 million in annual revenues and ultimately profitability in three and one-half years. Before that he was the 5th employee at Red Bull North America, Inc. and served as General Manager, VP of Field Marketing and Sr. Vice President & General Manager during his 11 years there. He was instrumental in building the Red Bull brand in North and Central America and the Caribbean from $0 revenue to $1.6 billion in annual revenues. Nistico began his career with the Gallo Winery, quickly ascending within that system between winery and senior positions in distribution with Premier Beverage and RNDC Texas.


Mr. Nistico has assembled a team of experienced beverage industry professionals with the goal of replicating the business model of companies like Diageo of owning some brands and managing others where there are synergies among a distribution standpoint. SBG however, has an additional strategic advantage of “brand incubation” with its own ecommerce platform.

SBG has license rights to the TapouT brand for the United States and several other countries and we have joint venture with SALT Flavored Tequila. Mr. Nistico and SBG understand the proven strategy of infusing beverage brands with strong pop culture and lifestyle elements which drives trial, belief and most importantly repeat purchase.

Our Strategy

Our strategy is to combine the traditional approach of manufacturing, distributing, and marketing of beverages, but with brands that have a reasonable level of pre-existing brand awareness (market presence) or have attributes that we believe to be purely innovative. These are SBG’s core values. We believe this allows SBG to break through the clutter of numerous brand introductions and dilute risk. This philosophy is applied regardless as to whether the brand is to be 100% owned or a joint venture.

For acquisition or joint venture consideration, we prefer to work with brands that already have one or more of the following in place:

Some level of preexisting brand awareness
Regional presence that can be expanded
Licensing an existing brand name (TapouT for example)
Add to an underdeveloped and growing category
Innovation to an existing attractive category (Flavored Tequila)

We believe offering brand founders access to our shared services model, provides us with two paths to success: one, developing our wholly owned core brands and two the ability to tap into high growth early stage brands ready to scale. By managing joint venture brands, we can significantly reduce their development expense while simultaneously increasing efficiencies for all brands in the SBG portfolio.

Most new single beverage brands have limited access to distribution and thus find it extremely difficult to obtain meaningful retail shelf presence. With decades of successful brand introductions (Gallo, Red Bull, Bacardi, DIAGEO, Sparkling Ice, Jones Soda, FUZE Beverage, NOS Energy, SoBe Beverages, Muscle Milk, Marley Beverages) our ability to break through the distribution and retail bottlenecks makes us an attractive joint venture partner to many new brand owners.

Our business ventures are typically structured with a revenue split, a marketing spend commitment from the brand founder and an earned equity position that constitutes control. Most are happy to award an equity position in their brand in exchange for distribution, sales and marketing management within the distribution network which eliminates their need to invest in infrastructure. Our partners only need to manage a small base of corporate operations.

We benefit by avoiding the development costs for new products. This model spreads our risk over several brands, contributes to our economies of scale, and it improves our relationship with distribution because we can provide them with a broader line of proven beverage products.


Since our inception we have seen very good deal flow having been offered over 20 brands. SBG is only engaging with brands that fit comfortably within the above guidelines and are in some way complementary to each other categorically or from a distribution standpoint.

We also believe the distribution landscape in the beverage category is changing rapidly and see that tech-enabled business models are thriving. Direct to consumer, office or home solutions are projected to continue to gain traction in the future. A core strategy for SBG is to build onto the early success we’re seeing with the Qplash online platform.

Products

We produce, distribute and market two beverages brands, “TapouT Performance”, a hydration & recovery isotonic sport drink and SALT Naturally Flavored Tequila, a 100% agave 80 proof line of flavored tequilas. The following is a description of these products.

SALT Flavored Tequila

We produce, distribute, and market the following flavors under the brand name SALT Naturally Flavored Tequila:

Citrus flavor

Berry flavor

Chocolate flavor

SALT Tequila is the first line of 100% agave 80-proof flavored tequilas. Tequila, vodka, rum, and now even brown spirits have experienced significant growth when flavors were introduced, and we expect significant growth as the tequila category is already growing at double digits.

SALT is currently being launched and distributed by RNDC, Youngs Market and Major Brands to Walmart and Total Wine to date in 6 U.S. states and is for sale in Mexico. Several South American countries will also launch SALT during fall 2020.


SALT is a business venture between SBG and SALT USA, LLC. All aspects of manufacturing, logistics, distribution and marketing are the responsibility of SBG.

TapouT Isotonic Sports Drinks

SBG will produce, market, sell and distribute the following sports beverages under the brand name TapouT in the coming two years:

TapouT Performance: Flavors completed

Flavor Cherry Lemonade Orange Citrus Kick
Some Sugar / 120 Calories 2021 2021 In Production
Zero Sugar / 10 Calories In Production In Production 2021

TapouT Elite: In development for 2022
TapouT Energy: Under consideration also for 2022

TapouT Performance is a unique advanced performance functional beverage that has recuperative and cell regeneration capabilities that increase hydration and cellular recovery. It is formulated with all GRAS (FDA Designation “Generally Regarded As Safe) ingredients versus controversial ingredients used in many competitive products. It can be taken before, during or after activity to enhance activation, hydration, and recovery. TapouT Performance is all natural and is perfectly balanced with a proprietary blend of 5 electrolytes, amino acids and a proprietary specialized ingredient blend of minerals and nutrients.


TapouT, formally associated with the UFC and mixed martial arts (MMA) has been producing branded clothing and light equipment for over 23 years and has a very high level of aided and unaided brand awareness.

Now associated with the WWE, Authentic Brands Group, LLC (“ABG TapouT”), the original owner of the TapouT brand IP, represents the biggest WWE stars, produces reality TV shows, Pod Casts, and other media and TapouT is the official training partner of the WWE.

TapouT License Agreement

We have the rights under a License Agreement to North, Central and South America, US military bases, Australia, South Africa and the EU. The beverages covered by the License Agreement include sports drinks, energy drinks, energy shots, water, protein, teas, etc.

We pay a 6% royalty of net sales or a guaranteed minimum royalty of $540,000 whichever is greater. This agreement goes through December 31, 2022.

We have the right to use the TapouT brand to market, advertise and promote for sale our TapouT beverages, and TapouT agrees to provide us with certain materials which we can use in connection with our advertising and promotion. We are required to spend 2% of our net sales on marketing expenditures such as expenses attributable to trade shows, catalogs and websites, point-of-sale advertising featuring TapouT products and other retail advertising. TapouT has certain relationships with certain celebrity and athletic talent and, if requested, it agrees to use its reasonable efforts to request the celebrities and/or athletes to be present at autograph signings, tradeshows and other similar events.

Manufacturing and Distribution

SBG is responsible for the manufacturing of the TapouT Performance Beverage and SALT Naturally Flavored Tequila.

Although we are responsible for manufacturing TapouT and SALT, we do not directly manufacture these products, but instead we outsource such manufacturing to third party bottlers and contract packers.

We purchase concentrates, flavors, dietary ingredients, cans, bottles, caps, labels, and other ingredients for our beverage products from our suppliers, which are delivered to our various third-party bottlers and co-packers. In some cases, certain common supplies may be purchased by our various third-party bottlers and co-packers. Depending on the product, the third-party bottlers or packers add filtered water and/or other ingredients (including dietary ingredients) for the manufacture and packaging of the finished products into our approved containers in accordance with our formulas.


Co-Packing Arrangements

Our TapouT products are manufactured by various third-party bottlers and co-packers situated throughout the United States under separate arrangements with each party. Our co-packaging arrangements are generally on a month-to-month basis or are terminable upon request and do not typically obligate us to produce any minimum quantities of products within specified periods.

In some instances, subject to agreement, certain equipment may be purchased by us and installed at the facilities of our co-packers to enable them to produce certain of our products. In general, such equipment remains our property and is returned to us upon termination of the packing arrangements with such co-packers, unless we are reimbursed by the co-packer via a per-case credit over a predetermined number of cases that are produced at the facilities concerned.

We are generally responsible for arranging for the purchase and delivery to our third-party bottlers and co-packers the containers in which our beverage products are packaged.

We pack some of our products in multiple locations to enable us to produce finished goods closer to the markets where they are sold, with the objective of reducing freight costs as well as transportation-related product damages. As distribution volumes increase, we will continue to source additional packing arrangements closer to such markets to further reduce logistics costs. Our ability to estimate demand for our products is imprecise, particularly with new products, and may be less precise during periods of rapid growth, particularly in new markets. If we materially underestimate demand for our products and/or are unable to secure sufficient ingredients or raw materials including, but not limited to aluminum cans, PET plastic bottles, labels, flavors, juice concentrates, dietary ingredients, and other ingredients, and/or procure adequate packing arrangements and/or obtain adequate or timely shipment of our products, we might not be able to satisfy demand on a short-term basis.

Our production arrangements are generally of short duration or are terminable upon our request. For some of our products, there may be limited co-packing facilities in our domestic market with adequate capacity and/or suitable equipment to package our products. We believe a short disruption or delay in production would not significantly affect our revenues; however, as alternative co-packing facilities in our domestic market with adequate long-term capacity may not be available for such products, either at commercially reasonable rates and/or within a reasonably short time period, if at all, a lengthy disruption or delay in production of any of such products could significantly affect our revenues.

We continue to actively seek alternative and/or additional advantageously located co-packing facilities with adequate capacity and capability for the production of our various products to minimize transportation costs and transportation-related damages as well as to create redundancies to mitigate the risk of a disruption in production and/or importation.

Distribution

In the United States we operate within what is referred to as the “Three Tier Distribution System” where manufacturers do not typically sell directly to retailers, but instead contract for local and regional distribution with independent distributors. These distributors typically have geographic rights to distribute major beverage brands such as Budweiser, Pepsi, and Red Bull and call on every store in a given area such as major cities or regions. However, due to increasing costs over the last 20 years for these distributors to call on every store (sometimes referred to in the industry as “DSD” or direct store delivery), there has been a great deal of consolidation which has limited the options for new brands to gain distribution and retail shelf presence. Our management team believes that their history of success and experience working within this channel will allow SBG to be successful in building a strong network of these distributors.

In addition to working with these independent distributors, we also have distribution arrangements with national retail accounts to distribute some of our products directly through their warehouse operations.


E-commerce

“Qplash” is the consumer-packaged goods retail division of Splash Beverage Group and our first entry point into the growing e-commerce channel. The division sells beverages & groceries online through qplash.com, and third-party storefronts such as Amazon.com and Walmart.com. Inside of the division, there are two primary customer groups, B-to-B retail businesses, which in turn offer the products to their customers, and B-to-C, selling direct to end users.

Qplash sells to retailers through www.qplash.com. These retailers, generally in the high-end apparel space, are working to enhance their customers in store shopping experience. They offer high end beverages to for customers to enjoy while shopping or to take on the go. This program allows businesses to control inventory, order with payment terms, and the convenience of delivery directly to each store.

To the end user, we ship orders from our warehouses direct to their home or office. We offer competitive pricing, an easy & convenient transactional process, and a wide selection of products. Consumers can order from qplash.com, from our storefront on Amazon, or other third-party platforms. Amazon is a valuable revenue source as it allows us to access their loyal customer base and a high conversion rate as they are comfortable navigating and checking out.

Currently we offer over 350 listings and ship from Ontario, California. Later this year, we plan to activate additional warehouse partnerships, thus reducing shipping costs and the transit times while gaining access to several thousand additional items. Our objective is to offer 1,500 items by the end of 2020.

Additionally, this vertically integrated platform affords SBG a unique opportunity to incubate, accelerate and ultimately migrate brands to traditional distribution.

The Qplash division is managed by Jeremy and Albert Reichmann. Together they have over 15 years of ecommerce experience building and managing ecommerce companies and related projects. Their extensive knowledge of logistics, beverage & grocery products, and B-to-B and B-to-C marketing allows us to tap into a $58.6 billion industry (US online CPG sales grew 35.4% in 2018 and represented 11% of the total market).

Splash Beverage Group, Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.


We provideCanfield Medical Supply, Inc. is a provider of home medical equipment, supplies and services (which relate to patientsthe equipment sales) in theOhio's Mahoning Valley, of Northeastern Ohio, Western Pennsylvania and Northern West Virginia.  We specialize in all types of manual and powered mobility. We also supply threshold ramps, folding ramps, modular ramps, porch lifts and stair lifts to facilitate better accessVirginia, with an emphasis on providing for patients in their homes.  We also providewith mobility-related limitations who have had strokes, hip or knee replacements, and other surgeries after they are discharged from a variety of home medical supplies including diabetic testing, incontinence, ostomy, wound care and catheter supplies.  hospital or rehab center.

Corporate Information

Our headquartersprincipal offices are located at 4120 Boardman-Canfield Road, Canfield, Ohio  44406.1314 E. Las Olas Blvd, Suite 221, Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33301. Our phonemain telephone number atis (954) 745-5815. Our website address is splashbeveragegroup.com. We have not incorporated by reference into this Memorandum the information that can be assessed though our headquarters is (330) 533-1914. Our fiscal year end is December 31.


The Offering


Following is a brief summarywebsite and you should not consider it to be part of this offering. Please seeMemorandum. Our shareholders recently approved an amendment to our Articles of Incorporation to change our name to Splash Beverage Group Inc., which has occured in July 2020.

33

Employees

We have 9 full-time employees, includingnon-officer employees, our executive officers, and we retain the services of additional personnel on an independent contractor basis. We do not have any part-time employees but work with several consultants.

Facilities

We currently lease office space at 1500 Cordova Rd; Fort Lauderdale, FL 33316.

Legal Proceedings

No legal proceedings are currently pending or threatened to the best of our knowledge.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with our financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical financial information, the following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties, and assumptions. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated by these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors. We discuss factors that we believe could cause or contribute to these differences below and elsewhere in this prospectus, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements.”

BUSINESS OVERVIEW

Splash Beverage Group (“SBG”), f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc. (the “CMS”), was incorporated in the State of Ohio on September 3, 1992, and changed domicile to Colorado on April 18, 2012. CMS is in the business of home health services, primarily the selling of durable medical equipment and medical supplies to the public, nursing homes, hospitals and other end users.

On December 31, 2019, CMS entered into an Agreement and Plan of Distribution sectionMerger (the “Merger Agreement”) with SBG Acquisition Inc. (“Merger Sub”), a Nevada Corporation wholly-owned by CMS, and Splash Beverage Group, Inc. a Nevada corporation (“Splash”) pursuant to which Merger Sub merged with and into Splash (the “Merger”) with Splash as the surviving company and a wholly-owned subsidiary of CMS. The Merger was consummated on March 31, 2020.

As the owners and management of Splash have voting and operating control of CMS following the Merger, the Merger transaction was accounted for as a more detailed descriptionreverse acquisition (that is with Splash as the acquiring entity), followed by a recapitalization.

As part of the recapitalization, previously issued shares of SBG preferred stock have been reflected as shares of common stock that were received in the Merger. These common shares have been retrospectively presented as outstanding for all periods.

Splash specializes in the manufacturing, distribution, and sales & marketing of various beverages across multiple channels. Splash operates in both the non-alcoholic and alcoholic beverage segments. Additionally, Splash operates its own vertically integrated B-to-B and B-to-C e-commerce distribution platform called Qplash, further expanding its distribution abilities and visibility.

On July 2, 2020, CMS received a Certificate of Good Standing from the State of Colorado. This certificate allowed us to change our name from Canfield Medical Supply, Inc. to Splash Beverage Group, Inc. a Colorado company. On July 31, 2020, we received approval from FINRA to change the Company’s name from Canfield Medical Supply, Inc. to Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

Critical Accounting Policies

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable are carried at their estimated collectible amounts and are periodically evaluated for collectability based on past credit history with clients and other factors. We establish provisions for losses on accounts receivable on the basis of loss experience, known and inherent risk in the account balance, and current economic conditions.  At December 31, 2019 and 2018, our accounts receivable amounts are reflected net of allowances of $11,430 and $0, respectively.

34

Critical Accounting Policies, continued

Inventory

Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, accounted for using the weighted average cost method. The inventory balances at December 31, 2019 and 2018 consisted of finished goods held for distribution. The cost elements in inventory consist of purchase of products, transportation, and warehousing. Inventory valuation is impacted by excess or inventory near expiration based on management’s estimates for excess or inventory near expiration based on management’s estimates of forecast turnover of inventories on hand and under contract. A significant change in the timing or level of demand for certain products as compared to forecast amounts may result in recording expense for excess or expired inventory in the future. The costsfor excess inventory are included in cost of goods sold and have historically been adequate to provide for losses on inventory. We manage inventory levels and purchase commitments in an effort to maximize utilization of inventory on hand and under commitments.

35

Critical Accounting Policies, continued

Convertible Instruments

U.S. GAAP requires the bifurcation of certain conversion rights contained in convertible indebtedness and account for them as free standing derivative financial instruments according to certain criteria. This criteria include circumstances in which (a) the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative instrument are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract, (b) the hybrid instrument that embodies both the embedded derivative instrument and the host contract is not re-measured at fair value under otherwise applicable generally accepted accounting principles with changes in fair value reported in earnings as they occur and (c) a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative instrument would be considered a derivative instrument. An exception to this rule is when the host instrument is deemed to be conventional as that term is described under applicable U.S. GAAP.

When bifurcation is required, the embedded conversion options are bifurcated from the convertible note, resulting in the recognition of discounts to convertible notes for the intrinsic value of conversion options embedded in debt instruments based upon the differences between the fair value of the underlying common stock at the commitment date of the note transaction and the effective conversion price embedded in the note.  Debt discounts under these arrangements are amortized over the term of the related debt to their stated date of redemption.

36

Critical Accounting Policies, continued

Convertible Instruments, continued

With respect to convertible preferred stock, we record a dividend for the intrinsic value of conversion options embedded in preferred securities based upon the differences between the fair value of the underlying common stock at the commitment date of the transaction and the effective conversion price embedded in the preferred shares.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue under ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). This guidance sets forth a five-step model which depicts the recognition of revenue in an amount that reflects what we expect to receive in exchange for the transfer of goods or services to customers.

We recognize revenue when our performance obligations under the terms of a contract with the offering.


Securities Being Offered

We are offering 1,200,000 shares of our common stock on a “best-efforts” basis with a minimum of 160,000 shares and a maximum of 1,200,000 shares.  After the offering is closed we will cease the offering of our shares by the Company and file a post-effective amendmentcustomer are satisfied. Product sales occur once control of our products is transferred upon delivery to the customer. Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration that we expect to the Registration Statement to deregister any unsold shares and our selling shareholders may then commence to sell their 1,500,000 shares in market sales, if a market ever develops after the offering closes.

Offering Price per Share

$0.25

Offering Period

The 1,200,000 shares are being offered for a period not to exceed 120 days, unless extended by our board of directors for an additional 90 days.  The 1,500,000 shares which are being offered by selling shareholders will be offered after our offering is closed and a market has developed, of which there is no assurance, and their offering will continue indefinitely.




5






Gross Proceeds to Our

Company

$  40,000 (Minimum Offering)

$300,000 (Maximum Offering

Use of Proceeds

We intend to use the proceeds of this offering to develop an online store to sell our products, to pay general administrative expenses, sales and marketing expenses, and for the costs of the offering.  See “Use of Proceeds.” We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling shareholders.

Number of Shares Outstanding Before the Offering

9,500,000

Number of Shares Outstanding After the Offering

  9,660,000 (Minimum Offering)

10,700,000 (Maximum Offering)

Plan of Distribution

This is a self-underwritten offering. This prospectus is part of a registration statement that permits our officers and directors to sell the Shares directly to the public, with no commission or other remuneration payable to them for any Shares they sell. The officers and directors will not purchase Shares in this offering, including, but not limited to, purchases of Shares in order to reach the minimum offering amount.

Escrow Account

Pending sale of the $40,000 minimum, all proceeds will be held in a non-interest bearing escrow account by the Escrow Agent for this offering. The Escrow Agent is Corporate Stock Transfer, Inc.  Funds will be deposited in this escrow account no later than noon on the business day following receipt. In the event the minimum is not sold within the 120-day offering period or any extension of an additional 90 days at our discretion, this offering will terminate and all funds will be returned promptly to subscribers by the Escrow Agent without any deductions or payment of interest. Subscribers will not be entitled to a return of funds from such escrow during the 120-day offering period or any extension period, for a potential total of 210 days. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Plan of Distribution.”

Investor Suitability

Requirements

This offering is limited to investors resident in Colorado, ________ and __________.  Purchasers in any subsequent trading market must comply with the applicable securities laws of the State in which they purchase our common stock.




6






Subscription Agreement and

Procedures

We will accept no subscriptions or indications of interest until our registration statement is effective. At that point, all subscriptions must be made by the execution and delivery of a subscription agreement, a form of which is attached to this prospectus as Annex A.  Subscriptions are not binding until accepted.

Risk Factors

An investment in these securities involves an exceptionally high degree of risk and is extremely speculative in nature. You should carefully consider the information set forth in the “Risk Factors” section.


RISK FACTORS


An investment in these securities involves an exceptionally high degree of riskexchange for transferring goods and is extremely speculativepresented net of provisions for customer returns and allowances. The amount of consideration we receive and revenue we recognize varies with changes in nature. Followingcustomer incentives we offer to our customers and their customers. Sales taxes and other similar taxes are what we believeexcluded from revenue.

Distribution expenses to transport our products, where applicable, and warehousing expense after manufacture are allaccounted for within operating expenses.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold include the costs of products, packaging, transportation, warehousing, and costs associated with valuation allowances for expired, damaged or impaired inventory.

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, “Compensation - Stock Compensation” and ASU 2018-07, “Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting”. Under the fair value recognition provisions, cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the material risks involved if you decideaward and is recognized as expense ratably over the requisite service period, which is generally the option vesting period. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to purchase shares in this offering.determine the fair value of stock options.


RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH OUR COMPANY:

37


WeCritical Accounting Policies, continued

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (Topic 606). This ASU supersedes the previous revenue recognition requirements in ASC Topic 605—Revenue Recognition and most industry-specific guidance. The core principle within Topic 606 is to recognize revenues when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration expected to be received for those goods or services. Transition methods under ASU 2014-09 must be through either (i) retrospective application to each prior reporting period presented, or (ii) retrospective application with a cumulative effect adjustment at the date of initial application.

On January 1, 2018, we adopted ASU 2014-09 Revenue from Contracts with Customers and all subsequent amendments to the ASU (collectively, “ASC 606”), using the retrospective application with a cumulative effect adjustment at the date of initial application, which (i) creates a single framework for recognizing revenue from contracts with customers that fall within its scope and (ii) revises when it is appropriate to recognize a gain (loss) from the transfer of nonfinancial asset. The adoption did not have a historymaterial effect on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases” (Topic 842). We adopted the standard effective January 1, 2019 using the modified retrospective method. The adoption of limitedthis standard resulted in recognition of a right-of-use asset and a lease liability, initially measured at the present value of the lease payments, for all leases with a term greater than 12 months. When available, we would use the rate implicit in the lease to discount lease payments to present value. However, our leases generally do not provide a readily determinable implicit rate. Therefore, our management estimates the incremental borrowing rate to discount lease payments based on the information at the lease commencement. The accounting for finance leases is substantially unchanged. Given the nature of our operation, the adoption of Topic 842 did not have a material impact on our balance sheet, statement of operations, or liquidity. Refer to Note 11 – Operating Lease Obligations for information regarding our adoption of Topic 842 and the Company’s undiscounted future lease payments and the timing of those payments.

38

.


Critical Accounting Policies, continued

We commenced our operations

Recent Accounting Pronouncements, continued

Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards could have a material effect on the accompanying financial statements. As new accounting pronouncements are issued, we will adopt those that are applicable under the circumstances.

Results of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2019 compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2018

Revenue

Revenues for the year ended December 31, 2019 were $20,387 compared to revenues of $16,176 for the year ended December 31, 2018. The $4,211 increase in September 1992.  Initially we operated as a compounding pharmacy providing Intradialytic parental Nutrition to patients with End Stage Renal Disease who had experienced excessive weight losssales is due to intestinal malabsorption.  We also provided pharmacy servicesan increase within our vertically integrated B2B and B2C e-commerce distribution platform called Qplash. This platform sells goods on both Amazon and Shopify. Cost of goods sold for the year ended December 31, 2019 were $245,500 compared to patients requiring intravenous antibiotic therapy, home total parenteral nutrition and home enteral nutrition.  We also provided various nebulizer medicationscost of goods sold for patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.  We ceased pharmacy operationsthe year ended December 31, 2018 of $109,706. The $135,794 increase in May 2002 in responsecost of goods sold for the year ended December 31, 2019 is primarily due to significant reductions in reimbursement by Medicare, Medicaid and Private Insurance Companies.  Forour increased additional warehouse costs compared to 2018.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses for the past 10 years, we have been providing quality home medical equipment and suppliesyear ended December 31, 2019 were $4,261,946 compared to patients$3,003,168 for the year ended December 31, 2018. The $1,258,778 increase in our geographical area.operating expenses was primarily a result of $616,000 in contracted services and $570,000 in salaries and wages. The net loss for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $5,135,731 as compared to a net loss of $3,823,913 for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in net loss is due to the increases in operating expenses and cost of goods sold slightly offset by the increase in revenues.


Other Income/(Expense)

Other Income/(Expense) for the year ended December 31, 2019 were $648,672 compared to $727,215 for the year ended December 31, 2018. The $19,638 increase in our interest expenses was primarily a result of adding new note holders in 2019.


LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Liquidity is the ability of a company to generate funds to support its current and future operations, satisfy its obligations, and otherwise operate on an ongoing basis. Significant factors in the management of liquidity are funds generated by operations, levels of accounts receivable and accounts payable and capital expenditures.

As of December 31, 2019, we had total cash and cash equivalents of $42,639, as compared with $938,040 at December 31, 2018. The decrease is primarily due to operating expenses to run the business.

Net cash used for operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2019 was $2,658,328 as compared to the net cash used by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 of $2,471,195. The primary reasons for the change in net cash used is due to losses sustained offset by changes in working capital and non-cash transactions.

Net cash used for investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2019 was $12,552 as compared to the net cash used by investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 of $1,336. The net cash used in the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily due to additional computers purchased.

Net cash provided by financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2019 was $1,775,479 compared to $3,406,766 provided from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2018. During the year ended December 31, 20112018, we hadreceived $2,500,000 from debt issuances offset by payments/costs associated with debt holders. 


Results of Operations for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2020 compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2019.

Revenue

Revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2020 were $ $724,311 compared to revenues of $48,105 for the six months ended June 30, 2019. The $676,206 increase in sales was due to Salt Tequila $122,151, Qplash – our vertically integrated B2B and B2C e-commerce distribution platform which sells their products on Amazon and Shopify ($300,148) and Canfield’s medical device business $199,579. Cost of goods sold for the six months ended June 30, 2020 were $ 394,987 compared to cost of goods sold for the six months ended June 30, 2019 of $74,418. The $ 320,569 increase in cost of goods sold for the six-month period ended June 30, 2020 was primarily due to our increased sales, and as our sales increased, our cost of sales for those sales correspondingly increased.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2020 were $2,268,819 compared to $1,177,527 for the six months ended June 30, 2019. The $1,091,292 increase in our operating expenses was primarily a result of recording $500,000 in consulting fees for one of our investors, $188,053 in professional fees, $132,453 in consulting fees relating to the Qplash business, $100,000 for treasury stock issuanceand $108,516 of payments made for our TapouT license. The net loss for the six months ended June 30, 2020 was $3,823,668 as compared to a net loss of $46,796$1,624,364 for the six months ended June 30, 2019. The increase in net loss is due to our increase in operating expenses slightly offset by our increase in revenues.

Other Income/(Expense)

Other interest/(expense) for the six months ended June 30, 2020 were $1,884,173 compared to $420,524 for the six months ended June 30, 2019. The $1,463,649 increase in our interest expenses was primarily a result of recording a finance charge of $1,657,805 associated with warrants issued to one of our note holders.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Liquidity is the ability of a company to generate funds to support its current and future operations, satisfy its obligations, and otherwise operate on an ongoing basis. Significant factors in the management of liquidity are funds generated by operations, levels of accounts receivable and accounts payable and capital expenditures.

As of June 30, 2020, we had total cash and cash equivalents of $ $118,751, as compared with $42,639 at December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily due to issuances of notes payable offset by expenses relating to the operating the business.

Net cash used for operating activities during the threesix months ended June 30, 2020 was $ 1,783,007 as compared to the net cash used by operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2019 of $1,399,485. The primary reasons for the change in net cash used was due to losses sustained and increases for issuance of warrants, offset by non-cash expenses.

Net cash used for investing activities during the six months ended June 30, 2020 was $81,999 as compared to the net cash used by operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2019 of $4,526. The net cash used in the first half of 2020 was primarily due to the $150,000 payment made to SALT Tequila USA, offset by $72,422 of cash obtained in the acquisition of Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.

Net cash provided by financing activities during the six months ended June 30, 2020 was $1,941,018 compared to $535,413 provided from financing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2019. During the six months ended June 30, 2020, we received $2,162,249 from investors and related parties, which was offset by repayments to shareholders of $120,106 and a settlement payment of $61,248.


CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

Information not required.

Inventory Purchase Commitments:

None.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements (as that term is defined in Item 303 of Regulation S-K) that are reasonably likely to have a current or future material effect on our financial condition, revenue or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.


MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth our executive officers and directors, their ages and position(s) with the Company.

NameAgePosition
Robert Nistico57CEO, and Director
Dean Huge64Chief Financial Officer
Justin Yorke54Director

Directors are elected annually and hold office until the next annual meeting of the stockholders of the Company and until their successors are elected. Officers are elected annually and serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

Robert Nistico, age 57, on March 31, 2020 became the Chief Executive Officer and a member of the board of directors of the Company. Since 2012, we hadMr. Nistico has served as the Chief Executive Officer and a member of the board of directors of Splash Beverage Group, Inc. Mr. Nistico also served as the president of Viva Beverages, LLC. Mr. Nistico was the fifth employee at Red Bull North America, Inc. where he worked for 10 years and served as Vice President of Field Marketing and Sr. Vice President/General Manager. Mr. Nistico was instrumental in building the Red Bull brand in North and Central America and the Caribbean from no revenues to $1.45 billion in annual revenues. Earlier, he held the brand position of Regional Portfolio V.P and Division Manager for Diageo (formerly I.D.V. / Heublein), General Sales Manager for Republic National (formerly The Julius Schepps Company) and North Texas State Manager for The E & J Gallo Winery (and a variety of other management positions for those companies). Mr. Nistico serves as a Director of Apollo Brands. Mr. Nistico has more than 27 years of experience in the beverage industry, including direct and indirect sales management, strategic brand management & marketing, finance, operations, production and logistics. Mr. Nistico holds a B.A. from the University of Colorado.

Dean Huge, age 64, became the Chief Financial Officer of the Company on March 31, 2020 and since June 2018 has been the Chief Financial Officer of Splash Beverage Group, Inc. From 2017 to June 2018 Mr. Huge was the Interim Chief Financial Officer of Splash Beverage Group, Inc. Mr. Huge was the President of D&H Energy Development, Inc. where he developed a toxic waste processing plant to create electrical energy from May 2013 to May 2017. With 35 years of experience, Mr. Huge’s career started on Wall Street in the private and public sectors. Mr. Huge has been involved with in-depth work in accounting, audits, IPOs, secondary offerings and complex partnership matters. Mr. Huge’s experience includes expertise in financial services, manufacturing, distribution and SAAS type programs and he has degrees in Accounting and Finance.

Justin Yorke, age 54, became a member of the board of directors of the Company on the Merger date and serves as Director of Splash Beverage Group, Inc. Since March 31, 2020, Mr. Yorke has also served as the Company’s Secretary. Mr. Yorke has over 25 years of experience in finance. Based in Hong Kong for a little over 10 years, he managed funds for a private Swiss Bank, Darier Henstch. Prior to that, Mr. Yorke managed funds for Peregrine Investments and Unifund, a high net lossworth family based in Switzerland. For the past 10 years, Mr. Yorke has been a partner in San Gabriel Advisors and is the manager of $14,056.  Our business was adversely affected bythe San Gabriel Fund, JMW Fund and Richland Fund. He has a January 2011 change in Medicare’s reimbursement policy for power wheel chairs when Medicare quit reimbursingB.A. degree from UCLA. Mr. Yorke is the purchaseprincipal of power wheel chairs and started only reimbursing the rental of such wheel chairs.  This has forced us to adjust the focus of our businessWesBev LLC, which prior to the other products we carry.  We are gradually making this change and we will continue to focus on our more profitable products and services.  We are also attempting to increase our private pay business in our primary market and we are seeking to win one or more competitive bids in Round 2Merger was the majority shareholder of Medicare Competitive Bidding in four more markets in Ohio.the Company.


Family Relationships

None.

Corporate Governance

Committees of the Board of Directors

 

Our abilityshares are currently quoted on the OTC Pink under the symbol “SBEV.”   We have no separately designated standing audit committee, compensation committee, nominating committee, executive committee or any other committees of our Board of Directors. The functions of those committees are currently undertaken by our Board of Directors. 

Our Board of Directors believes that, considering our size, decisions relating to generate and sustain significant additional revenues will depend upondirector nominations can be made on a case-by-case basis by all members of the factors discussed elsewhereBoard of Directors without the formality of a nominating committee or a nominating committee charter. To date, we have not engaged third parties to identify or evaluate or assist in this “Risk Factors” section. We cannot assure you thatidentifying potential nominees, although we will achieve or sustain profitability or that our operating losses will not increasereserve the right to do so in the future. If we do achieve profitability, we cannot

The Board of Directors does not have an express policy with regard to the consideration of any director candidates recommended by stockholders since the Board of Directors believes that it can adequately evaluate any such nominees on a case-by-case basis; however, the Board of Directors will evaluate stockholder recommended candidates under the same criteria as internally generated candidates. Although the Board of Directors does not currently have any formal minimum criteria for nominees, substantial relevant business and industry experience would generally be certain that we can sustainconsidered important, as would the ability to attend and prepare for board, committee and stockholder meetings. Any candidate must state in advance his or increase profitabilityher willingness and interest in serving on athe board of directors.




Code of Ethics 

7





quarterly or annual basis in the future.  Failure to generate sufficient revenues or additional financing when needed could cause us to go out of business.


We may need to invest in marketing efforts in order to grow our business, which will be expensive.


In order to grow our business, we will need to develop and maintain wider spread recognition and acceptance of our Company and our products. We plan to rely primarily on word of mouth from our existing contacts we have developed to promote and market ourselves. To date, marketing and advertising expenses have been negligible. If we fail to successfully market and promote our business, we could lose potential business to our competitors, or our growth efforts may be ineffective. If we incur significant expenses promoting and marketing ourselves, it could delay or completely forestall our profitability.


We may need to raise additional funds, and these funds may not be available when we need them.


We believe that we can operate near break even for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2013, because we are making extra efforts to increase our revenues by attempting to increase private pay business and we have a relatively low overhead which we can control.  Based upon our current plans, we believe that we can control our expenses which are closely tied to our level of business activity so that cash generated from operations is expected to be sufficient for the foreseeable future to fund our operations at our currently forecasted levels. To try to operate at a break-even level based upon our current level of anticipated business activity, we believe that we must generate approximately $350,000 in revenue per year. However, if our forecasts are inaccurate, we will need to raise additional funds. On the other hand, we may choose to scale back our operations to operate at break-even with a smaller level of business activity, while adjusting our overhead to meet the revenue from current operations.  In addition, we expect that we will most likely need to raise additional funds if we decide to pursue more rapid expansion into new markets, or if we must respond to unanticipated events that require us to make additional investments.  Should we be awarded one or more competitive bids by Medicare we are confident that our current facility in Canfield, Ohio will be sufficient to handle any additional business that may result as we are currently operating well below our capacity for providing service.  We cannot assure that additional financing will be available when needed on favorable terms, or at all.


Because we are small and do not have much capital, we do not anticipate any need for expansion.


Because we are small and do not have much capital, we are limited in our ability to expand our business beyond the Mahoning Valley into other geographical areas. Although we are bidding for Medicare qualification in Akron, Columbus, Dayton and Toledo, we have kept our bid capacities within a range that we do not anticipate will create a need to expand our current facility in Canfield, Ohio and our current staff of employees should have no difficulty handling the additional business that may result.




8






Continued Reductions in Medicare and Medicaid Reimbursement Rates Could Have a Material Adverse Effect on Our Business Results of Operations and Financial Condition.


There are ongoing legislative and regulatory efforts to reduce or otherwise adversely affect Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement rates for products and services we provide. For example, the regulations implementing the mandates under the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005 (“DRA”); the Medicare Improvements for Patients and Providers Act (“MIPPA”), which became law in 2008 and the comprehensive healthcare reform law signed in March 2010 (“the Reform Package”), reduced the reimbursement for a number of products and services we provide and established or expanded a competitive bidding program for certain durable medical equipment under Medicare Part B.  The Medicare competitive bidding program for providers of durable medical equipment, prosthetics, orthotics, and supplies (“DMEPOS”) is intended to further reduce reimbursement for certain products and to decrease the number of companies permitted to serve Medicare beneficiaries. In July 2008, MIPPA was passed and included a delay to the competitive bidding program. In order to ensure that the delay would achieve the same level of savings projected for the DMEPOS competitive bidding program, Congressyet adopted a nationwide average payment reductioncode of 9.5% in the DMEPOS fee schedule for those product categories included in Round 1, effective January 1, 2009.


In 2009, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) released an interim final rule implementing certain MIPPA provisions requiring CMSethics but intend to conduct the Round 1 Rebid and mandated certain changes for both the Round 1 Rebid and subsequent rounds of the program.  In November 2010, CMS published a final rule containing several provisions related to the competitive bidding program. We were not affected by Round 1 Competitive Bidding as our geographical area was not included.  However, in August 2011, CMS announced that Round 2 would include the majority of the same product categories, but also include (i) a new product category including standard power wheelchairs and manual wheelchairs, and (ii) Support Surfaces (Group 2 mattresses and overlays) in all Round 2 markets.  Assuming the bidding rules for Round 2 are similar to the Round 1 Rebid, we estimate that approximately $50,000 of our net revenues for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2011 would be subject to Round 2 competitive bidding. The bidding process for Round 2 was completed in January 2012 and the new Round 2 rates and guidelines are currently scheduled to take effect in July of 2013. We cannot estimate the impact of potential Round 2 rate reductions or our ability to win competitively bid contracts on our business until more specific information is published by CMS and its contractors and results of the Round 2 bidding process are announced. However, we will likely experience significant pricing reductions on any bids we win and loss of revenue for bids we did not win.


There are also ongoing state and federal legislative and regulatory efforts to reduce or otherwise adversely affect Medicaid reimbursement rates for products and services we provide. For a number of years, some states have adopted alternative pricing methodologies for certain drugs, biologicals and home medical equipment reimbursed under the Medicaid program.  We are currently not aware of any reimbursement reductions planned for Ohio Medicaid, but that could changedo so in the near future.  We will periodically evaluate the possibility of stopping or reducing our Medicaid business

Involvement in Ohio if reimbursement policies make it difficult for us to conduct operations profitably. Moreover, the Reform Package increases Medicaid enrollment over a number of years and imposes additional requirements on states, which could further strain state budgets and therefore result in additional policy changes or rate reductions.  The President’sCertain Legal Proceedings




9





most recent budget proposal would limit the amount state Medicaid programs pay for DMEPOS services and products to be no higher than Medicare’s rates, including those impacted by the competitive bidding program. We cannot currently predict the adverse impact, if any, that any such changes to or reduction in our Medicaid business might have on our operations, cash flow and capital resources, but such impact could be material.


We cannot estimate the ultimate impact of all legislated and contemplated Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement changes or provide assurance to investors that additional reimbursement reductions will not be made or will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, capital resources and liquidity. However, given the recent significant increases in industry audit volume, auditors’ interpretation and enforcement of documentation requirements and the increasing regulatory burdens associated with responding to those audits, it is likely that the negative pressures from legislative and regulatory changes will continue and accelerate.


For further information, see “Business—Government Regulation.”


The Comprehensive Healthcare Reform Law and Other Federal and State Legislative Efforts Could Have a Material Adverse Effect on Our Business, Results of Operations and Financial Condition.


Federal and state legislative and regulatory activities may materially affect reimbursement policies and rates for other items and services we provide and may otherwise affect our business results of operations and financial condition. For example, in March 2010, Congress enacted the Reform Package which includes comprehensive healthcare reform. Among many other provisions, the Reform Package expands the Medicaid program, mandates extensive insurance market reforms, creates new health insurance access points (e.g., insurance exchanges), provides certain insurance subsidies (e.g., premiums and cost sharing), imposes individual and employer health insurance requirements and makes a number of changes to the Code.


There are various provisionsExcept as disclosed in the Reform Package that impactbios above, our business. For example, the Reform Package requires certain medical device manufacturers to pay an excise tax to the government, which may,Directors and Executive Officers have not been involved in turn, increase our costs for these products. The Reform Package also provides for cuts in some Medicare payments made to certain providers and substantial cuts to Medicare Advantage plans, through which we contract to provide services to Medicare beneficiaries. Also included in the Reform Package are (i) an expansionany of the Recovery Audit Contractor Program, (ii) certain fraud and abuse prevention measures and (iii) expanded regulatory authority concerningfollowing events during the types of conduct that can result in additional fines and penalties for those healthcare providers who do not comply with applicable laws and regulations.  Furthermore, the Reform Package grants the Secretary of Health and Human Services authority to set a date by which certain providers and suppliers will be required to establish a compliance program.past ten years:

1.any bankruptcy petition filed by or against such person or any business of which such person was a general partner or executive officer either at the time of the bankruptcy or within two years prior to that time;
2.any conviction in a criminal proceeding or being subject to a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses);
3.being subject to any order, judgment, or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any court of competent jurisdiction, permanently or temporarily enjoining him from or otherwise limiting his involvement in any type of business, securities or banking activities or to be associated with any person practicing in banking or securities activities;


4.being found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action, the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to have violated a federal or state securities or commodities law, and the judgment has not been reversed, suspended, or vacated;
5.being subject of, or a party to, any federal or state judicial or administrative order, judgment decree, or finding, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, relating to an alleged violation of any federal or state securities or commodities law or regulation, any law or regulation respecting financial institutions or insurance companies, or any law or regulation prohibiting mail or wire fraud or fraud in connection with any business entity; or
6.being subject of or party to any sanction or order, not subsequently reversed, suspended, or vacated, of any self-regulatory organization, any registered entity or any equivalent exchange, association, entity or organization that has disciplinary authority over its members or persons associated with a member.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The Reform Package makes a number of changes to how certain of our products will be reimbursed by Medicare. As discussed above,following table sets forth the Reform Package made changes to the Medicare durable medical equipment CPI adjustment for 2011 and each subsequent year based upon the CPI-U reduced by a new multi-factor productivity adjustment which may result in




10





negative updates. The law also includes changes to the Medicare DMEPOS competitive bidding program.


In an effort to further strengthen the integrity of the Medicare program, the Reform Package includes additional requirements concerning physician enrollment and certain mandatory face-to-face patient/physician visits in conjunction with the ordering of durable medical equipment. These provisions have been and will continue to be the subject of rulemaking and are a high priority for the American Association for Homecare and other industry representative organizations. We expect the Administration to continue to enhance its oversight efforts and we strive to incorporate any necessary changes into its overall policies, procedures, corporate compliance and internal audit programs on a regular basis.


The effective dates of the various provisions within the Reform Package are staggered over several years. Much of the interpretation of what the Reform Package requires will be subject to administrative rulemaking, the development of agency guidance and court interpretations. We cannot currently predict the full impact of the Reform Package on our operations, cash flow and capital resources, but such impact could be material. In addition, other legislative and regulatory changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, capital resources and liquidity.


Also, the number of the uninsured in the United States has had an impact on certain healthcare services and products that may be more discretionary in nature. This has resulted in a slowing down of certain growth rates due to the patients’ more limited ability to pay the associated out-of-pocket fees. This could continue as the number of uninsured persons remains high.


We Believe That Continued Pressure to Reduce Healthcare Costs Could Have a Material Adverse Effect on Us.


As a result of continuing reductions in payor reimbursement, we, like many other healthcare companies, are making substantial efforts to reduce our costs in providing healthcare services and products. Many managed care organizations and insurers also regularly attempt to seek reductions in the prices at which we provide services to them and their patients. Some managed care organizations and insurers also propose to limit coveragecompensation for our products and services and implement onerous payment rules, policies, administrative burdens, audits and other requirements that adversely impact our reimbursement and increase our costs of providing services and products. In addition to this increasing pressure to reduce costs, the use by managed care payors of benefit managers and other intermediaries is also increasing and may adversely impact us, including for example by imposing of burdensome reimbursement policies we must comply with and adverse changes in our participation status with managed care organizations and insurers.  We only have 3 contractual arrangements with managed care organizations and other parties, which represented approximately 5% of our total net revenues for each of thefiscal years ended December 31, 20112019 and 2010,2018 earned by or awarded to, as applicable, our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and our other most highly compensated executive officers as of December 31, 2019 In this prospectus, we expect that we will continuerefer to enter into moresuch officers as our “Named Executive Officers.”

The following table sets forth information for our two most recently completed fiscal years concerning all of these contractual arrangements.  Some of these contracts allow, usually after due notice, for payorsthe compensation awarded to, alter their payment policies (or newly enforced policies that were previously enacted). We could be materially adversely affectedearned by adverse payment policy practices. Also,or paid to the Reform Package significantly reduces the government’s payment rates to Medicare Advantage plans. Other provisions impose minimum medical-loss ratios, state and federal premium review




11





procedures and benefit requirements on insurers. These public policy changes have unpredictable effects on the insurance industry on which we rely. There can be no assurance that we will retain or obtain Medicare Advantage orexecutive officers named below.  No other such managed care contracts or that such plans will not attempt to further reduce the rates they pay to providers. In addition, if we are unable to successfully reduce our costs, we may be unable to continue to provide services directly to patients of certain payors or through these contractual arrangements. This would haveemployees earned a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, capital resources and liquidity.


Non-Compliance With Laws and Regulations Applicable to Our Business and Future Changes in or Interpretations of Those Laws and Regulations Could Have a Material Adverse Effect on Us.


We are subject to many stringent and frequently changing laws and regulations, and interpretations thereof, at both the federal and state levels, requiring compliance with burdensome and complex billing and payment, substantiation and record-keeping requirements. Examples of such documentation requirements are containedsalary over $100,000 in the Durable Medical Equipment Medicare Administrative Contractor (“DME MAC”) supplier manuals which provide that clinical informationlast two completed fiscal years.

Name and Principal Position Year  Salary
($)
  Bonus
($)
  Stock
Awards($)
  Option
Awards($)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
  Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings($)
  All Other
Compensation
($)
  Total($) 
                            
Michael West 2019   72,908                          $72,908 
  2018   72,775                    $72,775 
                                   
Steve West 2019                       $ 
  2018                       $ 
                                   
Amy J. Atkinson 2019            24,118           $24,118 
  2018                       $ 
                                   
John M. Lepo 2019            64,315           $64,315 
  2018                                
                                   
Michael Long 2019            24,118           $24,118 
  2018                       $ 
                                   
Heather Kearns(1) 2019                       $ 
  2018                       $ 

(1)Heather Kearns resigned from all officers positions with the Company effective November 19, 2019.


On March 31, 2020, John M. Lepo resigned as our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. On March 31, 2020, Michael West, Steve West, Amy J. Atkinson and Michael Long resigned from the “patient’s medical record” is required to justify the medical necessity for the provision of DME. Some DME MACs and other government auditors have recently taken the position, among other things, that the “patient’s medical record” refers not to documentation maintained by the DME supplier but instead to documentation maintained by the patient’s physician, healthcare facility, or other clinician, and that clinical information created by the DME supplier’s personnel and confirmed by the patient’s physician is not sufficient to establish medical necessity. It may be difficult, and sometimes impossible, for us to obtain such documentation from other healthcare providers. Also, auditors’ interpretations of these policies are inconsistent and subject to individual interpretations leading to high supplier and industry error rates. In fact, DME MACs have continued to conduct significant pre-payment reviews across the DME industry and have determined a wide range of error rates. For example, error rates for CPAP claims have ranged from 50% to 80%.  DME MACs have repeatedly cited medical necessity documentation insufficiencies as the primary reason for claim denials.  In addition, certain states including Ohiohave established unique documentation requirements concerning direct patient care activities provided by DME suppliers’ staff. In the absence of such documentation, the state may request a refund or impose sanctions such as fines. If these or other challenging positions continue to be adopted by auditors, DME MACs, states, CMS or its contractors in administering the Medicare program, we have the right to contest thesetheir respective positions as being contrary to law. Such appeal processes may be protracted and costly, even whenofficers as of Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.

Employment Agreements

Robert Nistico

Consulting Agreement

Dean Huge

William Meissner

Sanjeev Javia  


Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

Option Awards Stock Awards 
Name Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Exercisable  Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Unexercisable  Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Unearned Options (#)  Option Exercise Price ($)  Option Expiration Date Number of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested (#)  Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested ($)  Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested (#)  Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Market or Payout Value of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested 
J. Matthias Lepo  120,000               —               —  $0.55  11/28/24  -   -   -   - 
Amy Joanne Atkinson  45,000        $0.55  11/28/24  -   -   -   - 
Michael Long  45,000        $0.55  11/28/24  -   -   -   - 

Directors Compensation

During the initial determinations are overturned. If these interpretationsfiscal year ended December 31, 2019, our directors were not paid any compensation for serving as Directors of the documentation requirements are ultimately upheld, it could result in our making significant refunds and other payments to Medicare and/or Medicaid and our future revenues from Medicare and/or Medicaid would likely be reduced. We cannot currently predict the adverse impact, if any, that these new, more onerous interpretations of the Medicare and/or Medicaid documentation requirements, or revised internal operational policies to address them, might have on our relationships with referral sources, operations, cash flow and capital resources, but such impact could be material.Company.


The federal False Claims Act imposes civil and criminal liability on individuals or entities that submit false or fraudulent claims for payment to the government. The federal government and a number of courts also have taken the position that claims presented inEquity Compensation Plan Information




12





violation of certain other statutes, including the federal anti-kickback statute or the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993 (the “Stark Law”), can be considered a violation of the federal False Claims Act. Violations of the federal civil False Claims Act may result in treble damages, civil monetary penalties and exclusion from the Medicare, Medicaid and other federally funded healthcare programs. If certain criteria are satisfied, the federal civil False Claims Act allows a private individual to bring a qui tam suit on behalf of the government and, if the case is successful, to share in any recovery.  Federal False Claims Act suits brought directly by the government or private individuals against healthcare providers, like us, are increasingly common and are expected to continue to increase.


The Reform Package also includes certain fraud and abuse prevention measures and expands regulatory authorities concerning the types of conduct that can result in additional fines and penalties for those healthcare providers who do not comply with applicable laws and regulations. The federal government also announced that it will apply real-time monitoring technologies to the Medicare claim management process, similar to technologies used in other industries. Although we cannot quantify at this time what, if any, impact such processes might have on our relationships with referral sources, operations, cash flow and capital resources, such impact could be material.


Financial relationships between us and physicians and other referral sources are also subject to strict limitations under laws such as the Stark Law and anti-kickback laws. In addition, strict licensure, accreditation, safety and marketing requirements apply to the provision of services, and medical equipment.


Violations of these laws and regulations could subject us to civil and criminal enforcement actions; licensure revocation, suspension or non-renewal; severe fines; facility shutdowns; repayment of amounts received from third party payors and possible exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. We cannot assure you that we are in compliance with all applicable existing laws and regulations or that we will be able to comply with any new laws or regulations that may be enacted in the future. In addition, from time to time, we may be the subject of investigations or audits or be a party to qui tam or other False Claims Act litigation which alleges violations of law. If any of those matters were successfully asserted against us, there could be a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, capital resources, liquidity or prospects.


Changes in public policy, healthcare law, new interpretations of existing laws, or changes in payment methodology may have a material effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, capital resources and liquidity.


Expanded Government Auditing and Oversight of Medicare and Medicaid Suppliers and More Stringent Interpretations by Those Auditors of Regulations and Rules Concerning Billing for Our Services and Products Could Have a Material Adverse Effect on Us.


Current law, including the recent Reform Package and an executive order signed by the President, provides for a significant expansion of the government’s auditing and oversight of suppliers who care for patients covered by various government healthcare programs. Examples of this expansion include audit programs being implemented by the DME MACs, the Zone Program Integrity Contractors (“ZPICs”), the Recovery Audit Contractors (“RACs”) and the




13





Comprehensive Error Rate Testing contractors (“CERTs”) operating under the direction of CMS. We work cooperatively with these auditors and have long maintained a process for centrally tracking and managing our responses to their audit requests. However, unlike other government programs that are subject to a formal rulemaking process, there are only limited publicly-available guidelines and methodologies for determining errors or for providing clear and timely communications to DMEPOS suppliers in connection with these new types of audits. As a result, there is significant lack of clarity regarding the authority of the auditors, their expectations for document production requested during audits and the methodology for determining errors and calculating error rates.


Along with other healthcare providers and suppliers, we have recently been subject to a significant increase in the number of audits conducted under these new programs. Many of these audits have ascribed error rates to our audited locations that are significantly higher than we, and others in the industry, have experienced in the past. In some cases, these high error rates appear to be based on the auditors’ incomplete or erroneous review of our submitted documentation, our inability to retrieve physician or hospital documentation from their records, the auditors’ enforcement of requirements for documentation for patients begun on service during a time period when lesser levels of documentation were accepted practice, or unclear scoring methodologies used by the auditors, among other factors. In other instances, high error rates have resulted from the auditors’ use of more stringent interpretations of the types of medical necessity documentation required for CMS to pay for the services we provide. We have appealed the results of certain of these audits and made changes to our operating policies and procedures, but cannot predict the ultimate impact that the government’s expanded and more stringent auditing, or our policies, may have on our business, financial conditions or results of operations.


We have been informedadopted 2020 Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Plan”), the nature and purpose of which is to create incentives which are designed to motivate and compensate the Company’s officers, directors, employees, and consultants (hereafter, collectively, “Participants” or individually a “Participant”) Participants to put forth maximum effort toward the success and growth of the Company and to enable the Company to attract and retain experienced individuals who by these auditors that other healthcare providerstheir position, ability and all suppliers of certain DMEPOS product categoriesdiligence are expectedable to experience further increased scrutiny from these audit programs. When a government auditor ascribes a high error rate to one or more of our locations, it generally results in protracted pre-payment claims review, payment delays, refunds and other paymentsmake important contributions to the government and/or our needCompany’s success. Toward these objectives, the Plan provides for the grant of Options, Restricted Stock Awards, Stock Appreciation Rights (“SARs”), Performance Units and Performance Bonuses to request more documentation from referral sources than has historically been required. It may also result in additional audit activity in other locationsEligible Employees and the grant of ours in that state or DME MAC jurisdiction. Our error rate, aggregated with other DMEPOS suppliersNonqualified Stock Options, Restricted Stock Awards, SARs and Performance Units to Consultants and Eligible Directors, subject to the conditions set forth in the industry,Plan.

The Plan is then reportedattached as an exhibit to Medicare contractorsthis information statement and Congress. Accordingprovides for the issuance of up to the CERT contractors utilizing the more stringent interpretations6,939,980 shares of the medical necessity documentation requirements, the DMEPOS industry error rate in 2009 was 51.9% and was over 70% in 2010. Further, DME MACs have continued to conduct extensive pre-payment reviews across the DME industry and, for example, have found that error rates for CPAP claims have ranged from 50% to 80%. We cannot currently predict the adverse impact, if any, that these new audits, methodologies and interpretations might have on our operations, cash flow and capital resources, but such adverse impact could be material.


See “Risks Relating to Our Business—Non-Compliance with Laws and Regulations Applicable to Our Business and Future Changes in or Interpretations of These Laws and Regulations Could Have a Material Adverse Effect on Us” for additional information.




14





Our Failure to Maintain Required Licenses Could Impact Our Operations.


We are required to maintain several state and/or federal licenses for our operations and facility.   We are licensed in Ohio by the Ohio Respiratory Care Board and we have a home medical equipment license from the State of Ohio.  State and federal licensing requirements are complex and often open to subjective interpretation by various regulatory agencies. Accurate licensure is also a critical threshold issue for the Medicare competitive bidding program. From time to time, we may also become subject to new or different licensing requirements due to legislative or regulatory requirements developments or changes in our business, and such developments may cause us to make further changes in our business, the resultsCompany’s common stock, $.0001 par value (the “Common Stock”), all of which may be material. Although we believe weissued in respect of Incentive Stock Options Awards (“Awards”).   The Plan is effective as of July 1, 2020 and for a period of ten years thereafter. The Plan shall continue in effect until all matters relating to the payment of Awards and administration of the Plan have appropriate systems in place to monitor licensure, violationsbeen settled.


On the first day of licensing requirements may occur and our failure to acquire or maintain appropriate licensure for our operations and facility could result in interruptions in our operations, refunds to state and/or federal payors, sanctions or fineseach calendar year, commencing January 1, 2021, or the inability to serve Medicare beneficiaries in competitive bidding markets which could have an adverse material impact on ourfirst business financial condition, results of operation, cash flow, capital resources and liquidity.


Our Failure to Maintain Accreditation Could Impact Our Operations.


Accreditation is required by most of our managed care payors and became a mandatory requirement for all Medicare DMEPOS providers effective October 1, 2009. We completed our initial Accreditation with The Joint Commission on October 8, 2008 and we completed our triennial accreditation renewal on June 9, 2011 conducted by The Joint Commission, and the Commission renewed our accreditation for another three years. The Joint Commission accreditation encompasses our full complement of services including home health and home medical equipment.  We have more than 3 years of continuous accreditation by The Joint Commission.  If we lose accreditation, our failure to maintain accreditation could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, capital resources and liquidity.


We Experience Competition From Numerous Other Home Medical Equipment Providers and Other Providers, and This Competition Could Adversely Affect Our Revenues and Our Business.


The home medical equipment market is highly competitive and includes a large number of providers, some of which are national providers, but most of which are either regional or local providers.  We believe that the primary competitive factors in our market are pricing and quality considerations such as reputation and responsiveness.    Most of our competitors may now or in the future have greater financial or marketing resources than we do and more effective sales and marketing activities.  Our primary national home medical equipment provider competitor is Apria Healthcare Group Inc.  The primary regional providers we compete with in Northeastern Ohio and Western Pennsylvania are Boardman Medical Supply, Inc., Community Home Medical, Inc., and Seeley Medical, Inc.  There are relatively few barriers to entry in our local home healthcare markets. Hospitals and health systems are routinely looking to provide coverage and better control of post-acute health care services, including homecare servicesday of the types we provide. These trends may continue as new payment models evolve, including bundled payment models, shared savings programs, value based purchasing and other payment systems.  For example,calendar year if the Reform Package introduced various new payment and delivery system models,




15





including Accountable Care Organizations (ACOs). ACOs can share in savings, assuming certain quality metrics are metfirst day of the calendar year falls on a Saturday or exceeded. The shared savings feature in ACOs cause them to reduceSunday, the amountAwards of services they refer to us. ACOs may be formed by a variety of providers and/or suppliers, including hospitals and health systems, as well as home medical equipment providers. Although participationCommon Stock available under the Plan will automatically increase in an ACO is voluntary, participation by our competitors in an ACO in certain markets may force us to participate as well or face a loss of business from ACO participants who are unwilling to refer to non-ACO participants. Even when we do participate, we may lose business if we do not meet the quality metrics that ACOs must earn to share in any savings they achieve. Moreover, commensurate with the formation of an ACO physicians and/or hospitals may decide to provide home healthcare services through a new developed capacity owned and/or controlled by themselves. Similar programs may be adopted by other governmental, state and commercial payors, and we cannot predict the impact, if any, of such new models on our business.  We cannot assure you that these and other industry changes and the competitive nature of the homecare environment will not adversely affect our revenues and our business.


We are a Relatively Small Company with Limited Resources Compared to Most of Our Competitors, Which May Hinder Our Ability to Compete Effectively.


Most of our competitors have significantly greater resources, broader name recognition, and a larger installed base of clients than we have. As a result, these competitors may have greater credibility with our potential customers and referral sources.  They also may be able to adopt more aggressive pricing policies and devote greater resourcesamount equal to the development, promotion and salelesser of their products than we can to ours, which would allow them to respond more quickly than us to changes in our business.  


On the other hand, since our annual revenues are less than $3.5 million, we qualify as a “small supplier” under the Medicare competitive bidding program which improves our chances of winning bids.


Our Failure to Establish and Maintain Relationships With Hospital and Physician Referral Sources May Cause Our Revenue to Decline.


Our success is significantly dependent on referrals from hospital and physician sources. If we are unable to successfully establish new referral sources and maintain strong relationships with our current referral sources, or if efforts to increase the skill level and effectiveness of our sales force fail, our revenues may decline.


We Have no Experience as a Public Company.


We have never operated as a public company. We have no experience in complying with the various rules and regulations which are required of a public company. As a result, we may not be able to operate successfully as a public company, even if our operations are successful. We plan to comply with all of the various rules and regulations which are required of a public company. However, if we cannot operate successfully as a public company, your investment may be materially adversely affected. Our inability to operate as a public company could be the basis of your losing your entire investment in us.





16





Our Success Will be Dependent Upon Our Management.


Our success will be dependent upon the decision making of our directors and executive officers. Michael West, our CEO devotes his full time to our business, but Steve West devotes only a small percentage of his time to the business. The loss of Michael West would have a material, adverse impact on our operations. We have no written employment agreements with any officers and directors. We have not obtained key man life insurance on the lives of any of these individuals.


Our Directors Have the Ability to Significantly Influence any Matters to be Decided by the Stockholders, Which May Prevent or Delay a Change in Control of Our Company.


The current members of our Board of Directors beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately 90.5% of our common stock. As a result, if they choose to vote in concert, our directors are collectively able to significantly influence the outcome of any corporate matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including any transaction that might cause a change in control, such as a merger or acquisition. It is unlikely that stockholders in favor of a matter, which is opposed by the Board of Directors, would be able to obtain the number of votes necessary to overrule the vote of the Board of Directors. Further, the control by the directors means that they may make decisions for us with which you may disagree or that you may feel are not in our best interests.


RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THIS OFFERING:


Buying Low-priced Penny Stocks is Very Risky and Speculative.


The shares being offered are defined as a penny stock under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, and rules of the Commission. The Exchange Act and such penny stock rules generally impose additional sales practice and disclosure requirements on broker-dealers who sell our securities to persons other than certain accredited investors who are, generally, institutions with assets in excess of $5,000,000 or individuals with net worth in excess of $1,000,000 or annual income exceeding $200,000, or $300,000 jointly with spouse, or in transactions not recommended by the broker-dealer. For transactions covered by the penny stock rules, a broker-dealer must make a suitability determination for each purchaser and receive the purchaser’s written agreement prior to the sale. In addition, the broker-dealer must make certain mandated disclosures in penny stock transactions, including the actual sale or purchase price and actual bid and offer quotations, the compensation to be received by the broker-dealer and certain associated persons, and deliver certain disclosures required by the Commission. Consequently, the penny stock rules may affect the ability of broker-dealers to make a market in or trade our common stock and may also affect your ability to resell any shares you may purchase in this offering in the public markets.


We are Selling This Offering Without an Underwriter and May be Unable to Sell Any Shares.


This offering is self-underwritten, that is, we are not going to engage the services of an underwriter to sell the shares; we intend to sell them through our officers and directors, who will receive no commissions. We will hold investment meetings and invite our friends, acquaintances




17





and relatives in an effort to sell the shares to them; however, there is no guarantee that we will be able to sell any of the shares. In the event we are unable to sell most of the shares in this offering, we will be forced to reduce our proposed business operations until such time as additional monies can be obtained, either through loans or financings.


You Will Incur Immediate and Substantial Dilution of the Price You Pay for Your Shares.  


Our existing stockholders acquired their shares at a cost substantially less than that which you will pay for the shares you purchase in this offering. Accordingly, any investment you make in these shares will result in the immediate and substantial dilution of the net tangible book value of those shares from the $0.25 you pay for them. As of March 31, 2012, our net tangible book value was a negative $108,427 or approximately ($0.011) per share.  Assuming that $267,500 of maximum net proceeds are realized from this Offering, the dilution to new investors from the Offering price of $0.25 per share will be approximately $0.235 per share, and the gain by existing investors will be approximately $0.0263  per share.  Assuming that $7,500 of minimum net proceeds are realized from this Offering, the dilution to new investors from the Offering price of $0.25 per share will be approximately $0.260 per share, and the gain by existing investors will be approximately $0.001 per share.


Our Common Stock Currently has no Trading Market and There is no Guarantee a Trading Market Will Ever Develop for Our Securities.


There is presently no demand for our common stock. There is presently no public market for the shares being offered in this prospectus. While we do intend to apply for quotation in the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board, we cannot guarantee that our application will be approved and our stock listed and quoted for sale. If no market is ever developed for our common stock, it will be difficult for you to sell any shares you purchase in this offering. In such a case, you may find that you are unable to achieve any benefit from your investment or liquidate your shares without considerable delay, if at all. In addition, if we fail to have our common stock quoted on a public trading market, your common stock will not have a quantifiable value and it may be difficult, if not impossible, to ever resell your shares, resulting in an inability to realize any value from your investment.


The Over-the-Counter Market for Stock Such as Ours Has Had Extreme Price and Volume Fluctuations.


The securities of companies such as ours have historically experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations during certain periods. These broad market fluctuations and other factors, such as new product developments and trends in the our industry and in the investment markets generally, as well as economic conditions and quarterly variations in our operational results, may have a negative effect on the market price of our common stock.


All of our Common Stock is Restricted but Could Become Eligible for Resale Under Rule 144; This Could Cause the Market Price of Our Common Stock to Drop Significantly, Even if Our  Business is Doing Well.


Of our total outstanding shares following this offering, 9,500,000 or 98.3% (minimum) or 88.8% (maximum) are restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market subject




18





to volume and manner of sale limitations under Rule 144 beginning in ________, 2013 (90 days after date of this prospectus). This could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well. After this offering, we will have outstanding 10,700,000 shares (maximum) or 9,660,000 (minimum) of common stock based on the number of shares outstanding at April 30, 2012. This includes the common shares we are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately.


As restrictions on resale end, the market price of our stock could drop significantly if the holders of restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them.


We do Not Expect to Pay Dividends on Common Stock.


We have not paid any cash dividends with respect to our common stock, and it is unlikely that we will pay any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Earnings, if any, that we may realize will be retained in the business for further development and expansion.


USE OF PROCEEDS


We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of any of the 1,500,000 shares of common stock being registered in this prospectus and which are currently held by our selling shareholders.


We have estimated the total proceeds from this offering to be $40,000, assuming a minimum subscription, or $160,000, assuming all shares are sold, which we cannot guarantee. These proceeds do not include offering costs, which we estimate to be $30,000. We expect to disburse the proceeds from this offering in the priority set forth below, during the first 12 months after successful completion of this offering:


 

 

Minimum

Offering

($40,000)

 

Total

Proceeds of

$150,000

 

Maximum

Offering

($300,000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Proceeds

 

$40,000

 

$150,000

 

$300,000

  Less:  Estimated Offering Expenses(1)

 

  32,500

 

    32,500

 

     32,500

Proceeds to Us:

 

$  7,500

 

$117,500

 

$267,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Web Store(2)

 

$  7,500

 

$  17,500

 

$  17,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Working Capital(3)

 

$         0

 

$100,000

 

$250,000

_________________________


(1)

Offering expenses include legal, accounting, printing, and escrow agent fees. The escrow agent fees are estimated at $1,000.


(2)

We plan to spend these funds on developing a web store.





19





(3)

We plan to spend our working capital in the following areas: Some of the funds will be used for general and administrative expenses and possibly some for sales and marketing.  The amount and timing of working capital expenditures may vary significantly depending upon numerous factors such as:


·

Sales generated from existing customers,

·

The development of marketing and sales resources,

·

Administrative expenses, and

·

Other requirements not now known or estimable.


Until we use the net proceeds for the above purposes, we intend to invest such funds in short-term, interest-bearing, investment grade obligations and deposit accounts.


If we raise an amount between the minimum and maximum, we will use the excess amount above the minimum but below the maximum to expand our operations, as discussed above.


We believe that our available cash and existing sources of funding, together with the minimum proceeds of this offering and interest earned thereon, will be adequate to maintain our current and planned operations for at least the next twelve months.


DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE


The offering price of the shares has been determined arbitrarily by us. We considered no aspect of our capital structure in determining the offering price or the number of shares to be offered. The price does not bear any relationship to our assets, book value, earnings, or other established criteria for valuing a privately held company. Accordingly, the offering price should not be considered an indication of the actual value of our securities.


DILUTION OF THE PRICE YOU PAY FOR YOUR SHARES


Dilution represents the difference between the offering price and the net tangible book value per share immediately after completion of this offering. Net tangible book value is the amount that results from subtracting total liabilities and intangible assets from total assets. Dilution arises mainly as a result of our arbitrary determination of the offering price of the shares being offered. Dilution of the value of the shares you purchase is also a result of the lower book value of the shares held by our existing stockholders. As of March 31, 2012, the net tangible book value of our shares was a negative $108,427, or approximately ($0.011) per share, based upon 9,500,000 shares outstanding.


Upon completion of this offering, but without taking into account any change in the net tangible book value after completion of this offering, other than that resulting from the sale of the minimum (maximum) Shares and receipt of the proceeds of $40,000 ($300,000), less offering expenses of $32,500, the net tangible book value of the 10,700,000 shares to be outstanding, assuming a maximum subscription, will be $159,073, or approximately $0.015 per Share. If the minimum number of Shares is sold, of which there can be no guarantee, the net tangible book value of the 9,660,000 shares to be outstanding would be ($100,927), or approximately $0.010 per share. Accordingly, the net tangible book value of the Shares held by our existing




20





stockholders will be increased by $0.026 per share, assuming a maximum subscription and by $.001 assuming a minimum subscription.  Assuming a maximum subscription, without any additional investment on their part, and the purchasers of Shares in this Offering will incur immediate dilution (a reduction in net tangible book value per Share from the offering price of $0.25 per Share) of $0.235 per share. If we sell the minimum amount, they will incur immediate dilution (a reduction in net tangible book value per Share from the offering price of $0.25 per Share) of $0.260 per share.


After completion of the sale of the minimum number of shares in this offering, the new shareholders will own approximately 1.66%(i) 5% of the total number of shares thenof Common Stock outstanding for which they will have made a cash investmentas of $40,000, or $0.25 per Share. Upon completionDecember 31st of the sale of the maximum number of Shares in this offering, the new shareholders will own approximately 11.2% of the totalpreceding fiscal year or (ii) such number of shares then outstanding,of Common Stock as determined by the Board, provided that no such increase shall be effective if it would violate any applicable law or stock exchange rule or regulation, or result in adverse tax consequences to the Company or any Participant that would not otherwise result but for which they will have made a cash investment of $300,000, or $0.25 per Share. The existing stockholders will own approximately 98.3% and 88.8% based on the minimum and maximum proceeds received of the total number of shares then outstanding, for which they have made contributions of cash and/or services and/or other assets, totaling $15,500 or $.002 per share.increase.


The following table illustratesBoard shall administer the per share dilutionPlan. The Board may, by resolution, appoint the Compensation Committee to new investors, assuming bothadminister the minimumPlan and maximum numberdelegate its powers as set forth and described under the Plan and otherwise under the Plan for purposes of shares being offered, and does not give any effectAwards granted to Participants

The termination of a Participant’s directorship, employment, consulting relationship may result in the resultsforfeiture of any operations subsequent to March 31, 2012unvested portion of an Award granted under the Plan. Except as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement: (i) if an Eligible Employee’s employment with the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliated Entity terminates as a result of death, Disability or Retirement, the date of this registration statement:


 

 

Minimum

Offering

 

Maximum

Offering

 

 

 

 

 

Public Offering Price Per Share

 

$0.25 

 

$0.25 

Net Tangible Book Value Prior to This Offering

 

($108,427)

 

($108,427)

Net Tangible Book Value After This Offering

 

($100,927)

 

$ 159,073 

Immediate Dilution Per Share to New Investors

 

$0.260 

 

$0.235 


The following table summarizes the number and percentage of shares purchased, the amount and percentage of consideration paid and the average price per Share paid by our existing stockholders and by new investors in this offering:


 

 

Total

 

 

Price

Per Share

 

Number of

Shares Held

 

Percent of

Ownership

 

Consideration

Paid

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Existing Shareholders

 

$0.002

 

9,500,000

 

98.3% (Min)

88.8% (Max)

 

$15,500     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investors in This Offering

  (Minimum)

 

$0.25

 

160,000

 

1.7%

 

$ 40,000     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investors in This Offering

  (Maximum)

 

$0.25

 

1,200,000

 

11.2%

 

$300,000     





21





SELLING SHAREHOLDERS


We are registering 1,500,000 shares of our common stock that were sold to the six investors listedEligible Employee (or personal representative in the table below during April 2012 in a private stock offering exempt from registration pursuantcase of death) shall be entitled to the provisions of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.  All investors were accredited investors.


The following table listspurchase all selling shareholders and other information regarding the beneficial ownershipor any part of the shares owned by each of the selling shareholders.  Except as indicated in the footnotes to the table, no selling shareholder is an affiliate of the Company.  None of our selling shareholders is a registered broker-dealer or affiliate of a registered broker-dealer.





Shareholder’s Name

 




Issue Date

 

Share

Ownership

Before

Offering

 

Share

Ownership

After

Offering

 

Percentage

Ownership

Before

Offering

 

Percentage

Ownership

After

Offering(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael J. West(2)

 

(3)

 

8,300,000

 

8,000,000

 

87.4%

 

74.8%

Stephen H. West(4)

 

4/18/2012

 

300,000

 

0

 

3.2%

 

0

Steven Quoy

 

4/18/2012

 

150,000

 

0

 

1.6%

 

0

Lynn Quoy

 

4/18/2012

 

150,000

 

0

 

1.6%

 

0

Underwood Family Partners

 

4/18/2012

 

300,000

 

0

 

3.2%

 

0

Kearney Holdings LLC

 

4/18/2012

 

300,000

 

0

 

3.2%

 

0

_______________


(1)

Assuming maximum offering is sold.

(2)

President and Director since October 1992.

(3)

8,000,000 shares issued on October 1, 1992 and 300,000 shares issued on 4/18/2012.

(4)

CFO, Secretary and Treasurer since September 2011.


INVESTOR SUITABILITY REQUIREMENTS


Geographical Requirements


This offering is limited to investors resident in Colorado, ___________ and ___________.


We reserve the right to accept or reject any subscription in whole or in part, for any reason or for no reason.  Subscriptions will be accepted or returned promptly, and all monies from rejected subscriptions will be returned immediately to the subscriber, without interest or deductions.


Purchasers in any subsequent trading market must comply with the applicable securities laws of the State in which they purchase our common stock.





22





PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION


We are offering 1,200,000 shares of our common stock on a “self-underwritten,” “best-efforts” basis with a minimum of 160,000 shares and a maximum of 1,200,000 shares.  After the offering is closed we will cease our offering of our shares by the Company and file a post-effective amendment to the registration Statement to deregister any unsold shares and our selling shareholders may then commence to sell their 1,500,000 shares as described below, if a market ever develops after the offering closes.


The officers and directors will not purchase Shares in this offering, including, but not limited to, purchases of Shares in order to reach the minimum offering amount.


In offering the securities on our behalf, our officers and directors will rely on the safe harbor from broker dealer registration set out in Rule 3a4-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. We believe that Messrs. Michael J. West and Stephen H. West specifically meet the provisions of Rule 3a4-1(a)(1)-(3) and (4)(ii) because they are not subject to a statutory disqualification, as that term is defined under Section 3(a)39 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; they will not be compensated, directly or indirectly for their participation in the offering; they will not be, at the time of his participation, an associated person of a broker or dealer; and all three will meet all of the elements of Rule 3a4-1(a)(4)(ii).


The Shares will be sold at the fixed price of $0.25 per Share until the completion of this offering. There is no minimum amount of subscription required by any particular investor.  After the closing of this offering, our selling shareholders may sell their shares at market prices or at any price in privately negotiated transactions.


This offering will commence on the date of this prospectus and continue(x) vested Incentive Stock Option for a period of 120 days, unless we extendup to three months from such date of termination (one year in the offering periodcase of death or Disability), and (y) vested Nonqualified Stock Option during the remaining term of the Option; and (ii) if an Eligible Employee’s employment terminates for an additional 90 days, or unlessany other reason, the offering is completed or otherwise terminated by us for a potential total of 210 days (the “Expiration Date”).


Pending the receipt and payment of any checks gathered to satisfy the $40,000 minimum, all proceeds will be held in a non-interest bearing escrow by the Escrow Agent for this offering. The Escrow Agent is Corporate Stock Transfer, Inc., who has the sole signature authority over this account and determines whether the minimum offering requirements are satisfied. Funds will be deposited in this escrow account no later than noon on the business day following receipt. In the event the minimum is not sold within the 120-day offering period or any extension of an additional 90 days at our discretion, this offering will terminate and all funds will be returned promptly to subscribers by the Escrow Agent without any deductions or payment of interest. Subscribers will notEligible Employee shall be entitled to a return of funds from such escrow during the 120-day offering period or any extension period, for a potential total of 210 days. Once the minimum offering requirements are satisfied, the funds will be released to us for use in the implementation of our business plans.  (See “Use of Proceeds.”) The offering will then continue until the maximum offering is sold and the total of $300,000 is received, or the offering expires, whichever first occurs. Once the maximum amount has been raised, all funds collected up to the maximum will be deposited directly into our operating bank account for use in operations. In the event the minimum offering amount is not sold prior to the Expiration Date, all monies will be returned to investors, without interest or deduction.





23





The selling shareholders may sell some or all of their shares in one or more transactions, including block transactions:


1.

In the public market if the common stock may from time to time be trading;

2.

In privately negotiated transactions; or

3.

In any combination of these methods of distribution.


There is currently no market for any of our shares, and we cannot give any assurance that our shares will have any market value.  Although we intend to apply for trading of our common stock on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board electronic quotation service, public trading of our common stock may never materialize.  In addition, if a market for our stock does materialize, we cannot give any assurances that a public market for our securities may be sustained.


If our common stock becomes traded on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board electronic quotation service, then the sales price to the public will vary according to the selling decisions of each selling shareholder and the market for our stock at the time of resale.  In these circumstances, the sales price to the public may be:


1.

The market price of our common stock prevailing at the time of sale;

2.

A price related to such prevailing market price of our common stock; or

3.

Such other price as the selling shareholders determine from time to time.


We can provide no assurance thatpurchase all or any part of the common stock offered willshares subject to any vested Option for a period of up to three months from such date of termination. In no event shall any Option be soldexercisable past the term of the Option. The Board may, in its sole discretion, accelerate the vesting of unvested Options in the event of termination of employment of any Participant.

In addition, except as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement: (i) in the event a Consultant ceases to provide services to the Company or an Eligible Director terminates service as a director of the Company, the unvested portion of any Award shall be forfeited unless otherwise accelerated pursuant to the terms of the Eligible Director’s Award Agreement or by the selling shareholders named in this prospectus.


We are bearing all costs relatingBoard; and (ii) the Consultant or Eligible Director shall have a period of three years following the date he ceases to the registration of the common stock.  The selling shareholders, however, will pay any commissionsprovide consulting services or other fees payable to brokers or dealers in connection with any sale of the common stock.


The selling shareholders named in this prospectus must comply with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Exchange Act of 1934 in the offer and sale of the common stock.  The selling shareholders and any broker-dealers who execute sales for the selling shareholders may be deemedceases to be an “underwriter” within the meaninga director, as applicable, to exercise any Nonqualified Stock Options which are otherwise exercisable on his date of the Securities Acttermination of 1933 in connection with such sales.  In particular, during such times as the selling shareholders may be deemed to be engaged in a distribution of the common stock, and therefore be considered to be an underwriter, they must comply with applicable law and they may, among other things:service.


1.

Not engage in any stabilization activities in connection with our common stock;

2.

Furnish each broker or dealer through which common stock may be offered, such copies of this prospectus, as amended from time to time, as may be required by such broker or dealer; and

3.

Not bid for or purchase any of our securities or attempt to induce any person to purchase any of our securities other than as permitted under the Exchange Act.





24





LEGAL PROCEEDINGS


We are not involved in any pending legal proceeding nor are we aware of any pending or threatened litigation against us.  In addition, there has been no litigation filed against us during the last ten years, and during the same period none of our officers and directors has been involved in any criminal proceedings, bankruptcy filings or other litigation of the type which is required to be disclosed.


DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS AND CONTROL PERSONS


Each of our directors is elected by the stockholders to a term of one year and serves until his successor is elected and qualified. Each of our officers is elected by the board of directors to a term of one year and serves until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified, or until he or she is removed from office. The board of directors has no committees.


The name, address, age and position of our officers and directors is set forth below:


Name and Address

Age

Position(s)

Michael J. West

4120 Boardman-Canfield Road

Canfield, OH  44406

58

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Stephen H. West

16325 E. Dorado Ave.

Centennial, CO  80045

56

Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and

Director


The persons named above are expected to hold said offices/positions until the next annual meeting of our stockholders. These officers and directors are our only officers, directors, promoters and control persons.


Background Information about Our Officers and Directors


Michael J. West co-founded our Company with his wife in September 1992 and served as Vice-President, Secretary and a Director until September 2004 when he became the President and sole Director.  He also founded Medical Billing Assistance, Inc.(“Medical Billing”) in 1994.  Medical Billing was involved in electronic billing of medical claims to Medicare.  Medical Billing completed an acquisition of FCID Medical, Inc. in December 2010 and Mr. West resigned from all positions with Medical Billing at that time.  Mr. West received a Bachelors of Arts Degree in Biology from Wittenberg University in 1977.  He plans to continue devoting his full time to our affairs.


Stephen H. West has served as Secretary, Treasurer, CFO and a Director of our company since September 2011.  He has been involved in the computer data storage market since 1978.  He spent twenty-two years at Storage Technology Corporation where he held positions as Director of Sales for their telecommunications region, Vice President and General Manager of the Western Region and Vice President of Global Accounts.  He co-founded PeakData Inc., a computer data storage company which focuses on sales and integration of enterprise storage




25





solutions for Fortune 1000 companies in March 2001 and served as its Executive Vice president of Sales until January 2009.  Since January 2009, he has served as Director of Sales of Net Source, a computer storage company. From May 2007 until December 2010 he served as Secretary and a Director of Medical Billing Assistance, Inc. and he continued as a Director until April 2011.  Mr. West graduated from the University of Cincinnati with a BBA in 1978.  He plans to devote approximately 5 to 10 hours per month to our affairs.  


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION


We currently pay our President a salary of $1,000 per week, and we intend to continue this during the next twelve months.  He was paid a total of $47,500 in fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, and $57,500 in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011.  Our Chief Financial Officer is not paid a salary.


SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL

OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT


The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of July 15, 2020, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock in this offering, for:

each of our current directors and executive officers;
all of our current directors and executive officers as a group; and
each person, or group of affiliated persons, who beneficially owned more than 5% of our common stock.

Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they beneficially owned, subject to applicable community property laws.


Our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership prior to this offering is based on shares of common stock outstanding as of July 31, 2020. We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), a beneficial owner of a security includes any person who, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise has or shares: (i) voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of shares; and (ii) investment power, which includes the power to dispose or direct the disposition of shares. Certain shares may be deemed to be beneficially owned by more than one person (if, for example, persons share the power to vote or the power to dispose of the shares). In addition, shares are deemed to be beneficially owned by a person if the person has the right to acquire the shares (for example, upon exercise of an option) within 60 days of the date as of which the information is provided. In computing the percentage ownership of any person or persons, the amount of shares outstanding is deemed to include the amount of shares beneficially owned by such person or persons (and only such person or persons) by reason of these acquisition rights.

Name and Address Common Stock Owned  Number of Shares Exercisable Within 60 Days  Percentage of Common Stock 
          
Executive Officers and Directors         
Robert Nistico  3,930,210   -   5.9%
Dean Huge (2)  735,978   -   1.1%
Justin Yorke (1)  16,604,309   -   24.9%
             
Beneficial owners of more than 5%            
WesBev  8,436,000   -   12.7%
James Sjoerdsma  4,351,171   -   6.5%
JMW Fund, LLC  4,194,033   -   6.3%
San Gabriel Fund, LLC  3,846,436   -   5.8%
Robert Nistico  3,930,210   -   5.9%
GMA  3,407,304   -   5.1%

(1)Justin Yorke is the primary owner of WesBev and manages the JMW and San Gabriel Funds.
(2)Dean Huge, the CFO of the Company, owns 100% of DSH who has 613,315 shares of the Company.
*Less than 1%.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following is a description of the transactions and series of similar transactions, since January 1, 2019, that we were a participant or will be a participant, in which:

transactions in which the amount involved exceeds the lesser of $120,000 or one percent of the average of the smaller reporting company’s total assets at year-end for the last two completed fiscal years; and
any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of our capital stock (which we refer to as “5% stockholders”) or any member of their immediate family had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements with directors and executive officers.

During the normal course of business, we incurred expenses related to services provided by our CEO or Company expenses paid by our CEO, resulting in related party payables, net of $473,057 as of March 31, 2020. The related party payable to the CEO bears no interest payable and is due on demand. We also assumed a $50,000 note for the President of WesBev who is the majority shareholder of CMS.


Effective June 21, 2019 WesBev LLC, a Nevada limited liability company ("WesBev"), acquired 8,000,000 shares of common stock from Michael J. West, a founder, director and former principal shareholder of the Company, consisting of approximately 69.7% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company at the time of the purchase. As part of his agreement with WesBev, Mr. West undertook to appoint or cause the appointment of up to three persons nominated by WesBev to the board of directors of the Company. Effective June 21, 2019, the Company sold 336,000 shares of common stock to WesBev for $100,000. Following these stock purchases WesBev beneficially owned 8,336,000 shares.

On June 21, 2019, the Company entered into a short-term loan with Michael West, an officer of the company for $276,550. The Company made payments of $78,701 on this loan. The loan has a one-year term from June 21, 2019, and is non-interest bearing. As of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 the loan had a balance of $197,849 and $0, respectively  

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

The following is a summary of the material provisions of our common stock, and our certificate of incorporation, and bylaws, all as in effect upon the date of this prospectus,prospectus. You should also refer to our certificate of incorporation, and bylaws, which have been filed with the total number of shares owned beneficially by each of our directors, officers and key employees, individually andSEC as a group, and the present owners of 5% or more of our total outstanding shares. The table also reflects what such ownership will be assuming completion of the sale of all shares in this offering, which we can’t guarantee. The stockholders listed below have direct ownership of their shares and possess sole voting and dispositive power with respectexhibits to the shares, and they have no rights to acquire any shares within sixty days from options, warrants, rights, conversion privileges or other similar obligations.  A total of 9,500,000 shares are issued and outstanding.


 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Ownership

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

After Offering


Name and Address

of Beneficial Owner(2)

 

Number of

Shares Before

Offering

 

Number of

Shares After

Offering

 


Before

Offering

 



Minimum

 



Maximum

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael J. West

4120 Boardman-Canfield Road

Canfield, OH  44406

 

8,300,000

 

8,300,000

 

87.4%

 

85.9%

 

77.6%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stephen H. West

16325 E. Dorado Ave.

Centennial, CO  80015

 

300,000

 

300,000

 

3.2%

 

3.1%

 

2.8%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All Officers and Directors as

a group (two persons)

 

8,600,000

 

8,600,000

 

90.5%

 

89.0%

 

80.4%

_____________________


(1)  All shares owned beneficially or of record.


Future Sales by Existing Stockholders


A total of 9,500,000 shares have been issued to the existing stockholders, allregistration statement of which are restricted securities, as that termthis prospectus is defined in Rule 144 of the Rules and Regulations of the SEC promulgated under the Act. Under Rule 144, such shares can be publicly sold, subject to volumea part.




26





restrictions and certain restrictions on the manner of sale. Any sale of shares held by the existing stockholders (after applicable restrictions expire) and/or the sale of shares purchased in this offering (which would be immediately resalable after the offering), may have a depressive effect on the price of our common stock in any market that may develop, of which there can be no assurance.


DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES


Capital Stock


Our authorized capital stock consists of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, no par value per share and 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, no par value per share to have such preferences as our board of directors may determine from time to time.   At April 30, 2012,The Company’s shareholders have approved an amendment to the Company’s Articles of Incorporation to increase the number of shares of authorized common stock to 150,000,000 shares. The Company expects to file an Amendment to its Articles of Incorporation to increase the authorized shares of Common Stock to 150,000,000 in July 2020. As of August 4. 2020, a total of 9,500,00070,181,217 shares of common stock and no shares of Preferred Stock were issued and outstanding.


Common Stock


The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held. The affirmative vote of a majority of votes cast at a meeting which commences with a lawful quorum is sufficient for approval of most matters upon which shareholders may or must vote, including the questions presented for approval or ratification at the Annual Meeting. However, an amendment of the articles of incorporation requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the total voting power for approval. Common shares do not carry cumulative voting rights, and holders of more than 50% of the common stock have the power to elect all directors and, as a practical matter, to control the Company. Holders of common stock are not entitled to preemptive rights, and the common stock may only be redeemed at our election.


Preferred Stock


Our preferred shares are entitled to such rights, preferences and limitations as determined by our board of directors. At the present time, no rights, preferences or limitations have been established for our preferred shares.


Options


We have not issued any options or other derivative securities.


Shares Eligible for Future Sale


When we complete the maximum offering, we will have 10,700,000 outstanding shares of common stock. The 1,200,000 shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be freely transferable unless they are purchased by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be restricted, which means they were originally issued in offerings that were not registered on a registration statement filed with the SEC. These restricted shares may be resold only through registration under the Securities Act or under an available exemption from registration, including the exemption provided by Rule 144.




27






Rule 144


In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person, or persons whose shares are aggregated, including a person who may be deemed our affiliate, who has beneficially owned restricted shares of common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell publicly within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:


1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 107,000 shares immediately after the maximum offering; or the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on OTC Bulletin Board during the four calendar weeks before the filing of a notice on Form 144 relating to the sale.


Sales under Rule 144 are governed by manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. Commencing 90 days after the date of this prospectus, all of our current shareholders will be eligible to begin selling up to 9,500,000 shares of our common stock pursuant to Rule 144, if these volume and manner of sale limitations are complied with. We are unable to estimate accurately the number of restricted shares that will actually be sold under Rule 144 because this will depend in part on the market price of our common stock, the personal circumstances of the sellers and other factors.


INDEMNIFICATION


Pursuant to the Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws of the corporation, we may indemnify an officer or director who is made a party to any proceeding, including a law suit, because of his position, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in our best interest. In certain cases, we may advance expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding. To the extent that the officer or director is successful on the merits in any such proceeding as to which such person is to be indemnified, we must indemnify him against all expenses incurred, including attorney’s fees. With respect to a derivative action, indemnity may be made only for expenses actually and reasonably incurred in defending the proceeding, and if the officer or director is judged liable, only by a court order. The prior discussion of indemnification in this paragraph is intended to provide indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of Colorado.


Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the provisions above, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable.


In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities, other than the payment by us of expenses incurred or paid by one of our directors, officers, or controlling persons in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding, is asserted by one of our directors, officers, or controlling persons in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,




28





submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and we will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.


DESCRIPTION OF OUR BUSINESS


General Information


Canfield Medical Supply, Inc. was incorporated in the State of Ohio on September 3, 1992.  On April 18, 2012 it changed its domicile to the State of Colorado by merging with a newly formed Colorado subsidiary.  


We commenced our operations in September 1992.  Initially we operated as a compounding pharmacy providing Intradialytic parental Nutrition to patients with End Stage Renal Disease who had experienced excessive weight loss due to intestinal malabsorption.  We also provided pharmacy services to patients requiring intravenous antibiotic therapy, home total parenteral nutrition and home enteral nutrition.  We also provided various nebulizer medications for patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.  We ceased pharmacy operations in May 2002 in response to significant reductions in reimbursement by Medicare, Medicaid and Private Insurance Companies, and changed our focus to providing quality home medical equipment and supplies to patients in our geographical area.


Business


We are a provider of home medical equipment, supplies and services in Ohio’s Mahoning Valley, with an emphasis on providing for patients with mobility related limitations.  We typically provide equipment and services to people who have had strokes, hip or knee replacements, and other surgeries after they are discharged from a hospital or rehab center.  We provide anything they need in order that they can remain in their homes. We have been in business for the past 20 years and have developed relationships with many of the local physicians, discharge planners for hospitals and rehab facilities, nursing services and home health agencies.


We operate in only one segment, which is home medical equipment and supplies.  A majority of the equipment and supplies we sell are prescribed by a physician as part of a care plan.  We provide substantial benefits to both patients and payors by allowing patients to receive necessary care and services in the comfort of their own home while reducing the cost of treatment.  Our services include:


1.

educating patients and caregivers about health conditions or illnesses and providing written instructions about home safety, self-care and the proper use of equipment;

2.

monitoring patient’s individualized treatment plans;

3.

reporting patient progress and status to the physician and/or managed care organization;

4.

providing in-home delivery, set-up and maintenance of equipment; and

5.

processing claims to third-party payors and billing/collecting patient co-pays and deductibles.




29






We supply a wide range of home medical equipment to help improve the quality of life for patients with special needs, particularly those who face unique mobility challenges as they try to remain independent in their home.  The use of home medical equipment provides a significant relative cost advantage to our patients and payors.  For example, on average, it costs $50 per day to create an in home hospital room versus approximately $1,500 per day for in-patient hospital care, according to the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services.  The basic categories of equipment we carry are:


1.

electric wheelchairs, scooters and lift chairs

2.

manual wheelchairs and ambulatory equipment, such as wheeled walkers, canes, and crutches;

3.

bathroom equipment, such as hospital beds and bedside commodes;

4.

support surfaces, such as pressure pads and mattresses, for patients as risk for developing pressure sores or decubitus ulcers;

5.

threshold ramps, folding ramps and lift systems for cars or vans that make it easy to exit the home or transport electric wheelchairs or scooters.


Industry Overview


The home healthcare market, which is estimated to have generated revenues of approximately $66 billion in the United States in 2011, comprises a broad range of products and services – including respiratory therapy, infusion therapy, home medical equipment, home healthcare nursing, orthotics and prosthetics and general medical supplies – and is expected to grow at a compounded annual growth rate of 5% from 2011 through 2016 according to October 2011 IBIS World Industry Report, despite slowing growth in the Medicare sector due to various cost control programs.  Our industry is highly-fragmented and no player in the industry accounts for more than 3% of industry revenue.


We expect to benefit from the following trends within the home healthcare market:


Favorable industry dynamics.  Favorable demographic trends and the continued shift to in-home healthcare have resulted in patient volume growth in the United States and are expected to continue to drive growth.  As the baby boomer population ages and life expectancy increases, the elderly – who comprise the majority of our patients – will represent a higher percentage of the overall population.  According to a 2010 U.S. Census Bureau projection, the U.S. population aged 65 and over is expected to grow substantially from 13 % of the population in 2010 to 19 % of the population by 2030.


Compelling in-home economics.  Between 2010 and 2020, the nation’s healthcare spending is projected to increase to $4.6 trillion, growing at an average annual rate of 5.8 % according to CMS.  The rising cost of healthcare has caused many payors to look for ways to contain costs and home healthcare is increasingly sought out as an attractive, cost-effective, clinically appropriate alternative to expensive facility-based care.


Increased prevalence of in-home care.  Improved technology has resulted in a wider variety of treatments being administered in patients’ homes.  These improvements have allowed for earlier patient discharge and have lengthened the portion of the recuperation period spent




30





outside of an institutional setting.  In addition, medical advancements have also made medical equipment more simple, adaptable and cost-effective for use in the home.


Preference for in-home care.  Many patients prefer the convenience and typical cost-advantages of home healthcare over institutional care as it provides patients with greater independence, increased responsibility and improved responsiveness to treatment.  


Our Competitive Strength


Our principal competitive strength is that we are an established local company in the Mahoning Valley with a reputation for good service and good quality.  If a patient has any problems with a piece of equipment they purchase from us, they can call us and we will take care of the problem.  We contract with Medicare, Medicaid and most major health insurance companies and a number of other payors.  We are especially known as a business that can provide everything a patient with reduced mobility needs including home modifications necessary to remain independent in the home.


We also qualify as a “small supplier” under the Medicare competitive bidding program since our annual revenues are less than $3.5 million.  The Medicare regulations have established a 30 percent target for small supplier participation, which improves our chances of winning small bids from Medicare.


Our Business Strategy


We are attempting to grow our revenue and increase our market share in our primary market which is the Mahoning Valley with an estimated population of 1-1.25 million persons.  In addition to continuing our marketing activities in the Mahoning Valley, we intend to build a website designed for patients located both inside and outside of our primary market area who might be interested in looking for better prices on certain equipment or supplies.  We have also recently completed the second round of competitive bidding for Medicare in additional Ohio markets.  These include Akron, Columbus, Dayton and Toledo.  If we are successful winning bids with Medicare in any of these markets, we will start doing some marketing in the area.  We would market our products in these areas to physicians, hospital discharge planners and others.   A winning bid in any of these competitive bid areas could bring significant additional revenue with Akron being the most significant due to its close proximity to our office in Canfield, Ohio and the greater number of product categories bid.


We are also attempting to increase our private pay business because of the continuing reduction in Medicare reimbursement rates.


We are always evaluating our ability to provide equipment and services to our patients and trying to improve wherever we can.  We are not operating close to our capacity and we have room for substantial growth without needing to add any significant overhead.


Organization and Operations


Organization.  Our only facility is our office/showroom located at 4120 Boardman-Canfield Road in Canfield, Ohio, about eight miles southwest of Youngstown, Ohio.  From this




31





location we deliver our home healthcare products and services to patients in their homes and to other care sites using out delivery vehicle and our employees.


Payors.  We derive substantially all of our revenues from third-party payors, including private insurers, Medicare, Medicaid and managed care organizations.  For the year ended December 31, 2011 approximately 70% our net revenues were derived from Medicare and Medicaid.  Generally, each third-party payor has specific requirements which must be met before claim submission will result in payment.  We have procedures in place to manage the claims submission process, including verification procedures to facilitate complete and accurate documentation.  Notwithstanding these measures, violation of these requirements may still occur and could result in the termination of a contract with a payor, the repayment of amounts previously received or other potentially significant liability.  When the third party payor is a governmental entity, violations of these requirements could subject us to civil, administrative and criminal enforcement actions.  


Receivables Management.  We operate in an environment with complex requirements governing billing and reimbursement for our products and services.  We are expanding our use of technology in areas such as electronic claims submission and electronic funds transfer whenever we can to more efficiently process business transactions.  This use of technology can expedite claims processing and reduce the administrative cost associated with this activity for both us and our customers/payors.  Our policy is to collect co-payments from the patient or applicable secondary payor.  In the absence of a secondary payor, we generally require the co-payment at the time the patient is initially established with the product/service.  Subsequent months’ co-payments are billed to the patient.


Marketing


We market our products and services primarily to physicians, discharge planners for hospitals and rehab facilities, nursing services, services that provide home care companions and aides, home health agencies and case managers.  Our marketing is primarily done by our President who has developed relationships with many of the persons we market to in the course of his dealings with prior patients who purchased our products or services over the past 20 years that we have been in business.  Most of our marketing consists of face-to-face meetings and in-service education with the staff at facilities we provide service to.  We also provide educational pamphlets and product specific brochures to go along with marketing materials such as pens, scratch pads, calendars and prescription pads.


One of the marketing steps we havetaken is to get accredited by The Joint Commission which is a nationally recognized organization that develops standards for various healthcare industry segments and monitors compliance with those standards through voluntary surveys of participating providers.  As the home healthcare industry has grown and accreditation has become a mandatory requirement for Medicare DMEPOSproviders, the need for objective quality measurements has increased.  Accreditation is also widely considered a prerequisite for entering into contracts with managed care organizations and is required for Medicare competitive bidding.  Because accreditation is expensive and time consuming, not all providers choose to undergo the process.




32





Sales


Our President has primary responsibility for generating new referrals and for maintaining existing relationships for our products and services.  Our customers are typically the patients who purchase and utilize our products and services, but these patients are usually referred to us by physicians and their staffs, the discharge planners in hospitals and rehab facilities, nursing services and services that provide home care companions and aides.  We have several rehabilitation facilities that refer a significant amount of patients to us that account for in excess of 25% of our gross revenues.  These facilities include Advanced Specialty Hospitals of Greenbriar Rehabilitation, Sunrise Senior Living and Whispering Pines Village Assisted & Independent Living, however, these facilities also refer business to other providers as well.


Website


We currently have a website which shows pictures of most of the products we sell together with links to the manufacturers/suppliers of the products.  This allows viewers to obtain more information on the products.  The website is not designed to be used for online sales, and instead it is more used to show new or existing patients what products we can obtain and sell to them.  There is also no product pricing on the website.


We intend to use some of the proceeds of this offering to enhance this website so that online sales can be made on the website.  We will contract with a leading web store builder program that offers a wealth of features to expand our business and provide support as our business grows.  This program will make it easy to launch and maintain our web store.  We hope to build a state-of-the-art ecommerce site that reflects our brands and puts our Company on a fast track to leveraging the sales opportunities on the Internet.  This whole process could be accomplished in only a manner of weeks once funding is available and will not require any computers to be purchased, no software license and no additional staff to hire.


Competition


The segment of the healthcare market in which we compete is highly competitive.  In our line of products and services there are a limited number of national providers and numerous regional and local providers.  The competitive factors most important in our local market are:


1.

reputation with referral sources, including local physicians and hospital-based professionals;

2.

price of products and services;

3.

accessibility and overall ease of doing business;

4.

quality of patient care and associated services;

5.

range of home healthcare products and services;

6.

ability to provide local maintenance service on products sold.


The primary national provider we compete with is Apria Healthcare Group, Inc., and the primary regional providers we compete with in Northeastern Ohio and Western Pennsylvania are Boardman Medical Supply, Inc., Community Home Medical, Inc., and Seeley Medical, Inc.  Depending on their business strategies and financial position, a very large percentage of our




33





competitors have access to significantly greater financial and marketing resources than we do.  This may increase pricing pressure and limit our ability to maintain or increase our market share.


Government Regulation


We are subject to extensive government regulation, including numerous laws directed at regulating reimbursement of our products and services under various government programs and preventing fraud and abuse, as more fully described below. We maintain certain safeguards intended to reduce the likelihood that we will engage in conduct or enter into arrangements in violation of these restrictions.  All contracts with Insurance Companies are fairly standard and do not require legal opinions and all our policies and procedures have been reviewed by The Joint Commission and meet Industry standards and requirements.  Federal and state laws require that we obtain facility and other regulatory licenses and that we enroll as a supplier with federal and state health programs.  Notwithstanding these measures, due to changes in and new interpretations of such laws and regulations, and changes in our business, among other factors, violations of these laws and regulations may still occur, which could subject us to civil and criminal enforcement actions; licensure revocation, suspension or non-renewal; severe fines and penalties; and even the termination of our ability to provide services, including those provided under certain government programs such as Medicare and Medicaid.  


Medicare and Medicaid Revenues.  In the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, approximately 61% and 63% of our net revenues were reimbursed by the Medicare and state Medicaid programs, respectively.  No other third-party payor represented more than 10% of our total net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011.  The majority of our revenues are derived from sales of equipment and supplies we sell to patients for patient care under fee-for-service arrangements.


Medicare Reimbursement. There are a number of legislative and regulatory initiatives in Congress and at CMS that affect or may affect Medicare reimbursement policies for products and services we provide. Specifically, a number of important legislative changes that affect our business were included in the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (“MMA”); the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005 (“DRA”); MIPPA, which became law in 2008 and the comprehensive healthcare reform law signed in March 2010 (“the Reform Package”).  These Acts and their implementing regulations and guidelines contain numerous provisions that are significant to us and continue to have an impact on our operations today.


Budget Control Act of 2011. On August 2, 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011 was signed into law. The Budget Control Act of 2011 authorized increases in the United States debt limit of at least $2.1 trillion, established caps on funding appropriations estimated to reduce federal spending by $917 billion over the next ten years, and created the Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction (“Joint Committee”), a bipartisan committee consisting of twelve Members of Congress instructed to develop legislation to reduce the federal deficit by at least another $1.5 trillion over the ten-year period of fiscal years 2012 – 2021. The Joint Committee was not limited in what it could propose to reduce the federal deficit. If the proposal had been issued by November 23, 2011, it would have been subject to special, expedited procedures in Congress. Because Congress and the President failed to enact legislation reducing the deficit by at least $1.2 trillion over the ten-year period of fiscal years 2012 – 2021 by the January 15, 2012 deadline, automatic spending reductions in fiscal years 2013 – 2021 through sequestration, the




34





required cancellation of budgetary resources, have been triggered. Under sequestration, certain federal programs are protected, including Medicaid. However, payments to Medicare providers and suppliers would be reduced by an amount not to exceed 2% beginning in 2013. Such a reduction would be applicable to both competitively bid and non-competitively bid markets and products. On November 29, 2011, a bill titled To Amend to Exempt the Medicare Program from Fallback Sequestration Under the Budget Control Act of 2011 (H.R. 3519) was introduced in the House of Representatives. The bill would exempt payments to Medicare providers and suppliers from the automatic spending reductions beginning in 2013. The bill is currently pending in the House Committee on the Budget. At this time, we cannot predict whether Congress will pass this bill or other legislation averting or limiting the automatic spending reductions in fiscal years 2013 – 2021 or, if Congress does pass such legislation, whether the President will sign the legislation into law.   Any reduction in provider and supplier reimbursement rates under federal healthcare programs could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.


DMEPOS Competitive Bidding. The MMA required implementation of a competitive bidding program for certain DMEPOS items. By statute, CMS was required to implement the DMEPOS competitive bidding program over time, with Round 1 of competition occurring in portions of 10 of the largest Metropolitan Statistical Areas (“MSAs”) in 2007, launch of the program in 2008 and in 70 additional markets in 2009, and in additional markets after 2009.


In 2007 and 2008, CMS sought and reviewed bids and developed a plan to implement Round 1 on July 1, 2008.


The bidding process for Round 1 was controversial and complex, which resulted in deadline extensions. Moreover, CMS was subject to numerous lawsuits seeking a delay of Round 1. Then on July 15, 2008, MIPPA was enacted which, among other provisions, delayed the DMEPOS competitive bidding program by requiring that Round 1 competition commence in 2009, and required a number of program reforms prior to CMS re-launching the program. Changes mandated by MIPPA include requirements for the government to administer the program more transparently, exemption of certain DMEPOS products from the program and a new implementation schedule.


In November 2010, CMS published a final rule containing several provisions related to the competitive bidding program. The rule included a list of 21 additional MSAs to be included in Round 2.


Under MIPPA, the initial competitive bidding areas (“CBAs”) and product categories subject to rebidding in the Round 1 Rebid are very similar to those of Round 1. However, MIPPA excludes Negative Pressure Wound Therapy Pumps and Related Supplies and Accessories as a competitive bidding product category in Round 1 and permanently excludes Group 3 Complex Rehabilitative Power Wheelchairs and Related Accessories as a competitive bidding product category.


Notwithstanding the changes MIPPA requires, competitive bidding imposes a significant risk to DMEPOS suppliers under the rules governing the program. If a DMEPOS supplier such as us operating in a CBAis not awarded a contract for that CBA, the supplier generally will not be able to bill and be reimbursed by Medicare for DMEPOS items supplied in that CBA for the




35





time period covered by the competitive bidding program unless the supplier meets certain exceptions or acquires a winning bidder. Because the applicable statutes mandate financial savings from the competitive bidding program, a winning contract supplier will receive lower Medicare payment rates under competitive bidding than the otherwise applicable DMEPOS fee schedule rates. As competitive bidding is phased in across the country under the revised MIPPA and Reform Package implementation schedule, we will experience a reduction in reimbursement, as will most if not all other DMEPOS suppliers in the impacted areas. In addition, there is an increasing risk that the competitive bidding prices will become a benchmark for reimbursement from other payors, as evidenced by the Administration’s fiscal budget proposal which would cap state Medicaid reimbursement levels at competitive bid rates using an as-yet-undetermined methodology. Neither MIPPA nor the Reform Package prevents CMS from adjusting prices for DMEPOS items in non-bid areas; however, before using its authority to adjust prices in non-bid areas, MIPPA requires that CMS issue a regulation that specifies the methodology to be used and consider how prices through competitive bidding compare to costs for those items and services in the non-bid areas.


The Reform Package also includes changes to the Medicare DMEPOS competitive bidding program. Significantly, Round 2 of the competitive bidding program has been expanded from 70 to 91 of the largest MSAs. In August 2011, CMS announced the product categories that will be included in Round 2. Round 2 will include the majority of the same product categories, but CMS will expand the program by, among other things, (i) combining standard power wheelchairs and manual wheelchairs into a single new product category, and (ii) expanding the Support Surfaces (Group 2 mattresses and overlays) category across all Round 2 markets. Assuming few changes to the Round 2 bidding rules and the markets currently being implemented and/or planned by CMS, we estimate that approximately $50,000 of our net revenues for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2011 would be subject to competitive bidding.


In November 2011, CMS announced the bidding timeline for Round 2. Bidder registration subsequently began in early December 2011. The bid submission process began on January 30 and ended on March 30, 2012, at which time CMS commenced the bid evaluation process. CMS expects to announce Single Payment Amounts (“SPAs”) and begin the contracting process in the fall of 2012. CMS anticipates making announcements about the contract suppliers in the spring of 2013. The new Round 2 rates and guidelines are currently scheduled to take effect in July of 2013. We cannot estimate the impact of potential Round 2 rate reductions on our revenues until more specific information is published by CMS and its contractors, but it could be material.


The Reform Package also gives the Secretary of Health and Human Services additional authority to apply competitive bid pricing to non-bid areas via a rulemaking process and that could occur by 2016. In addition, efforts to repeal the competitive bidding program altogether or mandate significant program changes continue. In March 2011, the Fairness in Medicare Bidding Act of 2011 (“FIMBA”) was introduced into the U.S. House of Representatives and referred to the House Subcommittee on Health. FIMBA would repeal the program without specifying a reduction in the industry’s current reimbursement levels. Other efforts are underway by independent economists who seek to alter certain critical aspects of the program. Specifically, those efforts are designed to change the way in which CMS conducts the auction process itself, establishes the single payment rates, determines supplier capacity needed and related aspects which, if adopted by CMS in their entirety or in part, would change how Round 2 would be




36





administered. We cannot predict whether these or other efforts to repeal or amend the program will be successful, or their potential impact on us.


We believe that our relationships with persons who refer business to us will allow us to maintain market share under Medicare competitive bidding. However, the bidding rules are complex and it is possible for bidders to be disqualified for technical reasons other than pricing. There is no guarantee that we will be selected as a winning contract supplier in any future phases of the program and be awarded competitive bidding contracts by CMS or that we will maintain or increase market share. Under the current competitive bidding regulations, if we are not selected as a winning contract supplier for a particular CBA, we will generally not be allowed to supply Medicare beneficiaries in the CBA with products subject to competitive bidding for the contract term of program, unless we elect to continue to service existing patients under the “grandfathering provision” of the program’s final rule for certain products.  Because of our combination of both managed care and traditional business, we believe we can nevertheless maintain a favorable overall market position in a particular CBA even if we are not selected as a contract supplier.


Medicare Fee Schedule for DMEPOS and Consumer Price Index-Urban (“CPI-U”) Adjustments. In addition to the adoption of the DMEPOS competitive bidding program, the MMA implemented a five-year freeze on annual Consumer Price Index (“CPI”) payment increases for most durable medical equipment from 2004 to 2008. In MIPPA, in order to offset the cost of delaying the implementation of the DMEPOS competitive bidding program, Congress approved a nationwide average payment reduction of 9.5% in the DMEPOS fee schedule payments for those product categories included in Round 1, effective January 1, 2009. Product categories subject to competitive bidding but furnished in non-competitive bid areas were eligible to receive mandatory annual CPI-U updates beginning in 2010. Competitively bid items and services in metropolitan areas with contracts in place are not eligible to receive a CPI-U payment update during a contract period, which is currently a three-year period.


The DMEPOS items and services that were not in a product category subject to competitive bidding in Round 1 received a 5.0% CPI-U payment update in 2009. For 2010, the CPI-U was -1.4%. However, annual DMEPOS payment updates were not permitted to be negative according to statute. Therefore, the CPI update in 2010 was 0%. The Reform Package makes changes to Medicare DMEPOS fee schedule payments for 2011 and subsequent years. The CPI-U payment update will now be adjusted annually by a new “multi-factor productivity adjustment” measurement which may result in negative DMEPOS payment updates. While CPI-U for 2011 was +1.1%, the “multi-factor productivity adjustment” was -1.2%, so the net result was a 0.1% decrease in DMEPOS fee schedule payments in 2011 for items and services not included in an area subject to competitive bidding. The CPI-U for 2012 is +3.6%, but the “multi-factor productivity adjustment” remains -1.2%, so the net result is a 2.4% increase in DMEPOS fee schedule payments in 2012 for items and services not included in an area subject to competitive bidding.


Enrollment and Accreditation of Durable Medical Equipment Suppliers; Surety Bond Requirements.  While we support the elimination of fraudulent suppliers, some of the CMS initiatives and developments with respect to the enrollment and accreditation of providers could impact our operations in the future. For example, all durable medical equipment providers who bill the Medicare program for DMEPOS services and products are required by MIPPA to be




37





accredited. Although we currently are accredited, if we lose accreditation, that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flow and capital resources.


CMS also requires that all durable medical equipment providers who bill the Medicare program maintain a surety bond of $50,000 per National Provider Identifier (“NPI”) number which Medicare has approved for billing privileges. We obtained the required surety bond for our location before the October 2009 deadline, and it is automatically renewed annually on August 1.


In October 2008, CMS announced enhancements to its program integrity initiatives designed to identify and prevent waste, fraud and abuse. The initiatives include: (i) conducting more stringent reviews of DMEPOS suppliers’ applications, including background checks of new DMEPOS suppliers’ principals and owners to ensure they have not been suspended by Medicare; (ii) making unannounced site visits to suppliers and home health agencies to ensure they are active, legitimate businesses; (iii) implementing extensive pre- and post-payment claims review; (iv) verifying the relationship between physicians who order a large volume of DMEPOS equipment and the beneficiaries for whom they ordered these services; and (v) identifying and visiting beneficiaries to ensure appropriate receipt of Medicare-reimbursable items and services. We work cooperatively with CMS and its contractors in response to these initiatives but cannot predict whether CMS’s various program integrity efforts will or will not negatively impact our operations.


In February 2011, CMS released a final rule implementing certain provisions of the Reform Package intended to prevent fraud, waste and abuse. This final rule includes new requirements regarding enrollment screening, enrollment application fees, payment suspension, temporary moratoria on enrollment and supplier termination. Significantly, as part of the final rule, CMS classified providers and suppliers as limited, moderate and high risk according to their risk of fraud, waste and abuse. Currently enrolled DMEPOS suppliers are classified in the moderate risk category while newly enrolled DMEPOS suppliers are classified in the high risk category. As such, DMEPOS suppliers will be under greater scrutiny relative to many other healthcare providers and suppliers.


In August 2010, CMS released a final rule imposing more stringent standards for DMEPOS suppliers, which introduced several new enrollment standards and expanded some existing standards and participation requirements, all of which DMEPOS suppliers must meet to establish and maintain billing privileges in the Medicare program. These standards became effective in September 2010.


Following the implementation of a three-year demonstration program using Recovery Audit Contractors (“RACs”) to detect and correct improper payments in the Medicare fee-for-service program, the Tax Relief and Health Care Act of 2006 required HHS to establish the RAC initiative as a permanent, nationwide program by January 1, 2010. CMS selected the four RAC contractors for the permanent RAC program, and it is currently underway. Prior to initiating any audits, RACs are required to obtain CMS’s pre-approval of the issue that will be subject to audit, and then post the approved audit issue on their websites. All RACs have now posted CMS-approved audit issues on their websites. The currently posted approved audit issues include those which apply to durable medical equipment suppliers. States have also implemented similar state Medicaid audit programs, often know as Medicaid Integrity Contractors (“MICs”). The Reform




38





Package expands the RAC program to include Medicare Parts C and D in the program. In addition, the Reform Package requires states to establish contracts with RACs to identify underpayments and overpayments and to recoup overpayments made for services provided under state Medicaid programs. Absent an exception, states were required to implement their RAC programs by January 1, 2012. In addition, in March of 2010, President Obama issued a presidential memorandum announcing a government-wide program expanding the use of “payment recapture audits” in order to reclaim improper payments. We cannot at this time quantify any negative impact that the expansion of the RAC program or other similar programs may have on us.


Also in October 2008, CMS announced the establishment of Zone Program Integrity Contractors (“ZPICs”), who are responsible for ensuring the integrity of all Medicare-related claims. The ZPICs assumed the responsibilities previously held by Medicare’s Program Safeguard Contractors (“PSCs”). Industry-wide, ZPIC audit activity increased significantly throughout 2010 and accelerated in 2011; it is expected to continue to increase for the foreseeable future as additional ZPICs become operational across the country. The industry trade associations are advocating for more standardized audit procedures, contractor transparency and consistency surrounding all government audit activity directed toward the DMEPOS industry.


Other Issues.


·

Medical Necessity & Other Documentation Requirements.  In order to ensure that Medicare beneficiaries only receive medically necessary and appropriate items and services, the Medicare program has adopted a number of documentation requirements. For example, the DME MAC Supplier Manuals provide that clinical information from the “patient’s medical record” is required to justify the initial and ongoing medical necessity for the provision of DME. Some DME MACs, CMS staff and government subcontractors have taken the position, among other things, that the “patient’s medical record” refers not to documentation maintained by the DME supplier but instead to documentation maintained by the patient’s physician, healthcare facility or other clinician, and that clinical information created by the DME supplier’s personnel and confirmed by the patient’s physician is not sufficient to establish medical necessity. It may be difficult, and sometimes impossible, for us to obtain documentation from other healthcare providers. Moreover, auditors’ interpretations of these policies are inconsistent and subject to individual interpretation. This is then translated to individual supplier significant error rates and aggregated into a DMEPOS industry error rate, which is significantly higher than other Medicare provider/supplier types. High error rates lead to further audit activity and regulatory burdens. In fact, DME MACs have continued to conduct extensive pre-payment reviews across the DME industry and have determined a wide range of error rates. For example, error rates for CPAP claims have ranged from 50% to 80%. DME MACs have repeatedly cited medical necessity documentation insufficiencies as the primary reason for claim denials. If these or other burdensome positions are generally adopted by auditors, DME MACs, other contractors or CMS in administering the Medicare program, we would have the right to challenge these positions as being contrary to law. If these interpretations of the documentation requirements are ultimately upheld, however, it could result in our making significant refunds and other payments to Medicare and our future revenues from Medicare may be significantly reduced. We have adjusted certain operational policies to address the current expectations of Medicare and




39





its contractors. We cannot predict the adverse impact, if any, these interpretations of the Medicare documentation requirements or our revised policies might have on our operations, cash flow and capital resources, but such impact could be material.


·

Inherent Reasonableness. The Balanced Budget Act of 1997 granted authority to HHS to increase or reduce Medicare Part B reimbursement for home medical equipment by up to 15% each year under an “inherent reasonableness” authority. Pursuant to that authority, CMS published a final rule that established a process by which such adjustments may be made. The rule applies to all Medicare Part B services except those paid under a physician fee schedule, a prospective payment system, or a competitive bidding program. Neither HHS nor CMS has issued any subsequent communication or information for several years and therefore, we cannot predict whether or when HHS would exercise its authority in this area or predict any negative impact of any such change.Warrants

 

The impact of changes in Medicare reimbursement that have been enacted to date are reflected in our results of operations for the applicable periods through December 31, 2011. We cannot estimate the combined possible impact of all legislative, regulatory and contemplated reimbursement changes that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flow, and capital resources. Moreover, our estimates of the impact of certain of these changes appearing in this “Government Regulation” section are based on a number of assumptions and are subject to uncertainties and there can be no assurance that the actual impact was not or will not be different from our estimates. However, given the recent significant increases in industry audit volume and the increasing regulatory burdens associated with responding to those audits, it is likely that the negative pressures from legislative and regulatory changes will continue and accelerate.


Medicaid Reimbursement.  State Medicaid programs implement reimbursement policies for the items and services we provide that may or may not be similar to those of the Medicare program. Budget pressures on these state programs often result in pricing and coverage changes and extended payment practices that may have a detrimental impact on our operations and/or financial performance. States sometimes have interposed intermediaries to administer their Medicaid programs, or have adopted alternative pricing methodologies for certain drugs, biologicals, and home medical equipment under their Medicaid programs that reduce the level of reimbursement received by us without a corresponding offset or increase to compensate for the service costs incurred.  We periodically evaluate the possibility of stopping or reducing our Medicaid business in any state with reimbursement or administrative policies that make it difficult for us to safely care for patients or conduct operations profitably. Moreover, the Reform Package increases Medicaid enrollment over a number of years and imposes additional requirements on states which, combined with the current economic environment and state deficits, could further strain state budgets and therefore result in additional policy changes or rate reductions. The President’s most recent budget proposal, would limit the amount state Medicaid programs pay for DMEPOS to be no higher than Medicare payment levels, including those impacted by Medicare competitive bidding. We cannot currently predict the adverse impact, if any, that any such change to or reduction in our Medicaid business might have on our operations, cash flow and capital resources, but such impact could be material. In addition, we cannot predict whether states will consider similar or other reimbursement reductions, whether or how healthcare reform provisions pertaining to Medicaid will ultimately be implemented or whether




40





any such changes would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flow and capital resources.


HIPAA. The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) is comprised of a number of components pertaining to the privacy and security of certain protected health information (“PHI”), as well as the standard formatting of certain electronic health transactions. Many states have similar, but not identical, restrictions. Existing and any new laws or regulations have a significant effect on the manner in which we handle healthcare related data and communicate with payors. Among other provisions, the HITECH Act of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”) includes additional requirements related to the privacy and security of PHI, clarifies and increases penalties of HIPAA and provides State Attorneys General with HIPAA enforcement authority. We have adopted a number of policies and procedures to conform to HIPAA requirements,as modified by the HITECH Act of ARRA, throughout our operations, and we have educated our employees about these requirements.  We cannot, however, guarantee that we will not have a HIPAA privacy or data security concern in the future. We face potential administrative, civil and possible criminal sanctions if we do not comply with the existing or new laws and regulations dealing with the privacy and security of PHI. Imposition of any such sanctions could have a material adverse effect on our operations.


Enforcement of Healthcare Fraud and Abuse Laws. In recent years, the federal government has made a policy decision to significantly increase and accelerate the financial resources allocated to enforcing the healthcare fraud and abuse laws. Moreover, Congress adopted a number of additional provisions in the Reform Package that are designed to reduce healthcare fraud and abuse. In addition, private insurers and various state enforcement agencies have increased their level of scrutiny of healthcare claims in an effort to identify and prosecute fraudulent and abusive practices in the healthcare area. From time to time, we may be the subject of investigations or a party to additional litigation which alleges violations of law. If any of those matters were successfully asserted against us, there could be a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or prospects.


Anti-Kickback Statutes. As a provider of services under the Medicare and Medicaid programs, we must comply with a provision of the federal Social Security Act, commonly known as the “federal anti-kickback statute.” The federal anti-kickback statute prohibits the offer or receipt of any bribe, kickback or rebate in return for the referral or arranging for the referral of patients, products or services covered by federal healthcare programs. Federal healthcare programs have been defined to include plans and programs that provide health benefits funded by the United States Government, including Medicare, Medicaid and TRICARE (formerly known as the Civilian Health and Medical Program of the Uniformed Services or CHAMPUS), among others. Some courts and the OIG interpret the statute to cover any arrangement where even one purpose of the remuneration is to influence referrals. Violations of the federal anti-kickback statute may result in civil and criminal penalties and exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs.


Some states have enacted statutes and regulations similar to the federal anti-kickback statute, but which apply not only to the federal healthcare programs, but also to any payor source of the patient. These state laws may contain exceptions and safe harbors that are different from those of the federal law and that may vary from state to state.   The states in which we operate




41





have laws that prohibit fee-splitting arrangements between healthcare providers, if such arrangements are designed to induce or encourage the referral of patients to a particular provider.


Physician Self-Referral. Certain provisions of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993 (the “Stark Law”) prohibit healthcare providers such as us, subject to certain exceptions, from submitting claims to the Medicare and Medicaid programs for designated health services if we have a financial relationship with the physician making the referral for such services or with a member of such physician’s immediate family. The term “designated health services” includes several services commonly performed or supplied by us, including durable medical equipment and home health services. In addition, “financial relationship” is broadly defined to include any ownership or investment interest or compensation arrangement pursuant to which a physician receives remuneration from the provider at issue. The Stark Law prohibition applies regardless of the reasons for the financial relationship and the referral; and therefore, unlike the federal anti-kickback statute, an intent to violate the law is not required.


Violations of the Stark Law may result in loss of Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement, civil penalties and exclusion from participation in the Medicare and Medicaid programs.


In addition, Ohio, Pennsylvania and West Virginia have similar prohibitions against physician self-referrals, which may not necessarily be limited to Medicare or Medicaid services and may not include the same statutory and regulatory exceptions found in the Stark Law.  


False Claims. The federal False Claims Act imposes civil and criminal liability on individuals or entities that submit false or fraudulent claims for payment to the government. Violations of the federal civil False Claims Act may result in treble damages, civil monetary penalties and exclusion from the Medicare, Medicaid and other federally funded healthcare programs. If certain criteria are satisfied, the federal civil False Claims Act allows a private individual to bring a qui tam suit on behalf of the government and, if the case is successful, to share in any recovery. Federal False Claims Act suits brought directly by the government or private individuals against healthcare providers, like us, are increasingly common and are expected to continue to increase.


The federal government has used the federal False Claims Act to prosecute a wide variety of alleged false claims and fraud allegedly perpetrated against Medicare and state healthcare programs. The government and a number of courts also have taken the position that claims presented in violation of certain other statutes, including the federal anti-kickback statute or the Stark Law, can be considered a violation of the federal False Claims Act, based on the theory that a provider impliedly certifies compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and other rules when submitting claims for reimbursement.


On May 20, 2009, President Obama signed into law the Fraud Enforcement and Recovery Act of 2009 (“FERA”). Among other things, FERA modifies the federal False Claims Act by expanding liability to contractors and subcontractors who do not directly present claims to the federal government. FERA also expanded the False Claims Act liability for what is referred to as a “reverse false claim” by explicitly making it unlawful to knowingly conceal or knowingly and improperly avoid or decrease an obligation owed to the federal government.




42






Ohio and Pennsylvania have enacted false claims acts that are similar to the federal False Claims Act.  In addition, there is a corresponding increase in state-initiated false claims enforcement efforts.


Other Fraud and Abuse Laws. HIPAA created, in part, two new federal crimes: “Healthcare Fraud” and “False Statements Relating to Healthcare Matters.” The Healthcare Fraud statute prohibits executing a knowing and willful scheme or artifice to defraud any healthcare benefit program. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines and/or imprisonment. The False Statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact by any trick, scheme or device or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines and/or imprisonment.


The increased public focus on waste, fraud and abuse and their related cost to society will likely result in additional Congressional hearings, CMS regulatory changes and/or new laws. The Reform Package also provides for new regulatory authority, additional fines and penalties. More recently, additional legislation has been proposed in the U.S. Senate which would further expand the government’s oversight of the healthcare industry via new regulatory authority. In addition, a Senate bill released in June 2011 (S. 1251) would require pre-payment review of all claims for durable medical equipment that are at high risk for fraud and abuse. At this time, we cannot predict whether these or other reforms will ultimately become law, or the impact of such reforms on our business operations and financial performance.


Facility Licensure.  We only have one facility and it is located in Canfield, Ohio.  We are regulated by and licensed with the Ohio Respiratory Care Board and we also have a home medical equipment vendor’s license from the State of Ohio.  We are committed to complying with all applicable licensing requirements.


Healthcare Reform. Economic, political and regulatory influences are causing fundamental changes in the healthcare industry in the United States. Various healthcare reform proposals are formulated and proposed by the legislative and administrative branches of the federal government on a regular basis.  In addition, Ohio and Pennsylvania periodically consider various healthcare reform proposals. Even with the passage of the Reform Package, we anticipate that federal and state governments will continue to review and assess alternative healthcare delivery systems and payment methodologies and public debate of these issues will continue in the future.


The 2010 mid-term election changed the composition of Congress and affected certain priorities related to healthcare. Congress is debating the potential to repeal or amend the Reform Package altogether. A number of other parties, including some State governments, are challenging the Reform Package, and we cannot predict the outcome of such challenges. Changes in the law or new interpretations of existing laws can have a substantial effect on permissible activities, the relative costs associated with doing business in the healthcare industry and the amount of reimbursement by governmental and other third-party payors. Also, the government has begun to promulgate the implementing rules and regulations of the Reform Package, including additional requirements related to our business and that of our customers.




43





Until those rules are more clearly understood, and due to uncertainties regarding the ultimate features of additional reform initiatives and their enactment and implementation over the next few years, we cannot predict which, if any, of such reform proposals will be adopted, or when they may be adopted, or that any such reforms will not have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flow, capital resources and liquidity.


Employees


As of June 30, 2012, we had two full-time and three part-time employees.  None of our employees were represented by a labor union or other labor organization.


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


This section of the prospectus includes a number of forward-looking statements that reflect our current views with respect to future events and financial performance.  Forward-looking statements are often identified by words like: believe, expect, estimate, anticipate, intend, project and similar expressions, or words which, by their nature, refer to future events.  You should not place undue certainty on these forward-looking statements, which apply only as of the date of this prospectus.  These forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from historical results or our predictions.


Results of Operation for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010.


Revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011 were $290,128 as compared to the revenues of $332,507 for the year ended December 31, 2010.  This 12.7% decrease in revenues was primarily due to the reduced number of power wheel chairs which were sold in 2011 as a result of Medicare’s change of policy toward reimbursement for power chairs in January 2011.  Prior to the change, Medicare reimbursed patients for the purchase of a power chair; but after the change, they will only reimburse patients for renting power chairs.


In the year ended December 31, 2010 we received a one-time consulting fee of $100,000 for consulting work performed by our President.  We do not expect to receive any such fees in the future.


Cost of goods sold for the year ended December 31, 2011 were $145,838 as compared to $148,858 for the year ended December 31, 2010.  This small decrease was due to the reduced amount of sales in 2011 as compared to 2010.


The only operating expenses during these two fiscal years consisted of general and administrative expenses which were $187,683 in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to $231,186 in the year ended December 31, 2010.  The 19% drop in general and administrative expenses was primarily caused by a $50,000 drop in compensation expense and a $7,776 drop in miscellaneous expenses which was offset by a $10,682 increase in payroll expenses and other minor expenses.




44





During the year ended December 31, 2011, we had a loss of $46,796 as compared to net income of $50,121 in the year ended December 31, 2010.  The primary difference between the two years was the receipt of $100,000 in consulting revenue in 2010.


Results of Operation for the three months ended March 31, 2012 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011.


Revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2012 were $76,255 as compared to the revenues of $71,338 for the three months ended March 31, 2011.  The 6.9% increase in revenues was primarily due to the rental of several wheel chairs in 2011 as compared to no rentals in the first three months of 2011 due to the new Medicare reimbursement policy which was just going into effect in January 2011.


Cost of goods sold for the three months ended March 31, 2012 were $33,906 as compared to $35,783 for the three months ended March 31, 2011.  The small decrease was due to the fact that several vendors have lowered their prices slightly in response to the lower Medicare reimbursement rates.



General and administrative expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2012 were $55,569 as compared to $63,292 for the three months ended March 31, 2011.  The 12% drop in expenses during the three months ended March 31, 2012 was primarily due to the $12,693 drop in payroll expenses and the $4,700 drop in officer’s compensation which was offset in part by the $10,595 increase in legal and accounting expenses related to preparation for the initial public offering.


During the three months ended March 31, 2012 we had a net loss of $14,056 as compared to a net loss of $28,577 for the three months ended March 31, 2011.  The primarily contributing factor to the reduced loss in 2012 was the reduction in general and administrative expenses in the most recent three month period.


Liquidity and Capital Resources


As of March 31, 2012, we2020, the Company had negative working capital of ($108,427) compared to negative working capital of ($109,371) as of December 31, 2011.1,124,410 options outstanding and 3,349,120 warrants outstanding.  


Net cash used for operating activities was $17,530 during the three months ended March 31, 2012 as compared to net cash used for operating activities of $29,095 during the three months ended March 31, 2011.Listing


Net cash used for operating activities was $45,695 during the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to net cash provided by operating activities of $47,140 during the year ended December 31, 2010.


There was $14,000 of cash flows provided by financing activities during the three months ended March 31, 2012 as compared to $2,750 used for financing activities during the three months ended March 31, 2011.




45





There was $2,750 of cash flows used for financing activities during the year ended March 31, 2011 as compared to $3,000 used for financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2010.


We believe that the offering will provide sufficient capital in the short term for our current level of operations. This is because we believe that we can generate sufficient sales and services within our present organizational structure and resources to become profitable in our operations. Additional resources will be needed to build our web store and to otherwise increase advertising and marketing.


Otherwise, we do not anticipate needing to raise additional capital resources in the next twelve months.


Until the offering is complete and the operations return to cash flow positive, our President may be willing to fund the operations on a limited basis in order to continue the business.  Our principle source of liquidity will be our operations. We expect variation in revenues to account for the difference between a profit and a loss.  We try to operate with minimal overhead. Our primary activity will be to continue to have our President market our products in the best manner possible.  If we succeed in expanding our client base and generating sufficient sales, we will become profitable. We cannot guarantee that this will ever occur. Our plan is to build our Company in any manner which will be successful.


Plan of Operation


Our plan forcommon stock quoted OTC Pink under the twelve months immediately after the closing of this offeringsymbol SBEV.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Equiniti Shareowner Services is to attempt to gradually minimizeserving as our lossestransfer agent and achieve profitability by the end of the twelve month period.  Our plan is to generate sufficient additional sales and services within our present organizational structure and resources.


Currently, we are conducting business in only one location in Canfield, Ohio.  We have no plans to expand into other locations or areas, unless we win one or more of the competitive bids we have applied for in Akron, Columbus, Dayton and Toledo.  Should we win any of these bids we would have to give strong consideration to expanding our sales and marketing to these new areas.  Initially we feel that we can maintain satisfactory inventory levels at our main office to meet the initial growth that would result, but demand for our services in these new areas could result in necessary expansion in terms of facilities and personnel.  The timing of the completion of the milestones needed to become profitable are not directly dependent on the success of this offering. We believe that we can return to profitability as we are presently organized with sufficient business.  


Other than the shares offered by this prospectus no other source of capital has been identified or sought.


If we are not successful in our operations we will be faced with several options:


1.

Cut back operations as much as possible and attempt to wait out the downturn in the business;

2.

Cease operations and go out of business;




46





3.

Continue to seek alternative and acceptable sources of capital;

4.

Bring in additional capital that may result in a change of control; or

5.

Identify a candidate for acquisition that seeks access to the public marketplace and its financing sources.


Currently, we have sufficient capital to implement our business operations or to sustain them for the next twelve months. If we can become profitable, we could operate at our present level indefinitely.


If we raise less than the maximum in this offering, we will use the funds raised as disclosed in “Use of Proceeds” as discussed in this registration statement. If we only raise the minimum offering, we will use the funds raised as disclosed in “Use of Proceeds” as discussed in this registration statement. With the proceeds of only the minimum offering, we believe that we can adjust our sales and expenses to operate for at least one year before we become profitable or go out of business.


Proposed Milestones to Implement Business Operations


At the present time, we are operating from one location in Canfield, Ohio and we serve patients in the Mahoning Valley of Northeastern Ohio and Western Pennsylvania.  Our plan is to return our operation to profitability by the end of our current fiscal year. We estimate that we must generate approximately $30,000 in sales per month to return to the level of profitability.


We believe that we can be profitable or near break even by the end of the fiscal year ending December 31, 2012, because we believe that our sales are improving this year.  With a renewed effort to market our business, we believe that we can increase sales to the target levels.  Based upon our current plans, we believe that we can control our expenses which are closely tied to our level of business activity so that cash generated from operations is expected to be sufficient for the foreseeable future to fund our operations at our currently forecasted levels. To try to operate at a break-even level based upon our current level of anticipated business activity, we believe that we must generate approximately $360,000 in revenue per year. However, if our forecasts are inaccurate, we will need to raise additional funds. On the other hand, we may choose to scale back our operations to operate at break-even with a smaller level of business activity, while adjusting our overhead to meet the revenue from current operations. In addition, we expect that we will need to raise additional funds if we decide to pursue more rapid expansion, the development of new or enhanced services and products, appropriate responses to competitive pressures, or if we must respond to unanticipated events that require us to make additional investments. We cannot assure that additional financing will be available when needed on favorable terms, or at all.


We expect to incur operating losses for up to four more quarters until our sales level has increased to approximately $30,000 per month.  We expect approximately $340,000 in operating costs over the next twelve months. We cannot guarantee that we will be successful in generating sufficient revenues or other funds in the future to cover these operating costs. Failure to generate sufficient revenues or additional financing when needed could cause us to go out of business


No commitments to provide additional funds have been made by management or current shareholders. There is no assurance that additional funds will be made available to us on terms




47





that will be acceptable, or at all, if and when needed. We expect to continue to generate and increase sales, but there can be no assurance we will generate sales sufficient to continue operations or to expand.


In the next 12 months, we do not intend to spend any material funds on research and development and do not intend to purchase any large equipment.


Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements


We do not expect the adoption of any recently issued accounting pronouncements to have a significant impact on our net results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.


Seasonality


We do not expect our sales to be impacted by seasonal demands for our products and services.


DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY


Our officesregistrar. They are located at 4120 Boardman-Canfield Road, Canfield, Ohio 44406.  We rent our offices pursuant to a three year lease extension which expires1110 Centre Point Curve #101; Mendota, MN 55120.

Disclosure of Commission Position on April 30, 2014.  Our monthly rent is approximately $2,700.


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS


During the months of February, March and April of 2011, the Company loaned a total of $13,500 to Mike West and these loans were repaid in full during the period from May through October, 2011.  No interest was charged on these loans.


MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS


No public market currently existsIndemnification for shares of our common stock. Following completion of this offering, we intend to apply to have our common stock listed for quotation on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board.  As of April 30, 2012, we had 6 holders of our common stock.


The Securities and Exchange Commission has also adopted rules that regulate broker-dealer practices in connection with transactions in penny stocks. Penny stocks are generally equity securities with a price of less than $5.00 (other than securities registered on certain national securities exchanges or quoted on the NASDAQ system, provided that current price and volume information with respect to transactions in such securities is provided by the exchange or system).


A purchaser is purchasing penny stock which limits the ability to sell the stock. The shares offered by this prospectus constitute penny stock under the Securities and Exchange Act. The shares will remain penny stocks for the foreseeable future. The classification of penny stock makes it more difficult for a broker-dealer to sell the stock into a secondary market, which makes it more difficult for a purchaser to liquidate his/her investment. Any broker-dealer engaged by the purchaser for the purpose of selling his or her shares in us will be subject to Rules 15g-1




48





through 15g-10 of the Securities and Exchange Act. Rather than creating a need to comply with those rules, some broker-dealers will refuse to attempt to sell penny stock.


The penny stock rules require a broker-dealer, prior to a transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from those rules, to deliver a standardized risk disclosure document prepared by the Commission, which:


·

contains a description of the nature and level of risk in the market for penny stocks in both public offerings and secondary trading;

·

contains a description of the broker’s or dealer’s duties to the client and of the rights and remedies available to the client with respect to a violation to such duties or other requirements of the Securities Act of 1934, as amended;  

·

contains a brief, clear, narrative description of a dealer market, including “bid” and “ask” prices for penny stocks and the significance of the spread between the bid and ask price;

·

contains a toll-free telephone number for inquiries on disciplinary actions;

·

defines significant terms in the disclosure document or in the conduct of trading penny stocks; and

·

contains such other information and is in such form (including language, type, size and format) as the Securities and Exchange Commission shall require by rule or regulation.


The broker-dealer also must provide, prior to effecting any transaction in a penny stock, to the client:


·

the bid and offer quotations for the penny stock;

·

the compensation of the broker-dealer and its salesperson in the transaction;

·

the number of shares to which such bid and ask prices apply, or other comparable information relating to the depth and liquidity of the market for such stock; and

·

monthly account statements showing the market value of each penny stock held in the client’s account.


In addition, the penny stock rules require that prior to a transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from those rules, the broker-dealer must make a special written determination that the penny stock is a suitable investment for the purchaser and receive the purchaser’s written acknowledgment of the receipt of a risk disclosure statement, a written agreement to transactions involving penny stocks, and a signed and dated copy of a written suitability statement. These disclosure requirements will have the effect of reducing the trading activity in the secondary market for our stock because it will be subject to these penny stock rules. Therefore, stockholders may have difficulty selling their securities.


Reports


Once our registration statement under Form S-1 has been declared effective, we will be subject to certain reporting requirements and will furnish annual financial reports to our stockholders, certified by our independent accountants, and will furnish unaudited quarterly financial reports in our quarterly reports filed electronically with the SEC. All reports and information filed by us can be found at the SEC website, www.sec.gov.




49






Stock Transfer Agent


The stock transfer agent for our securities is Corporate Stock Transfer, Inc. of Denver, Colorado. Their address is 3200 Cherry Creek Drive South, Suite 430, Denver, Colorado 80209. Their phone number is (303) 282-4800.


SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT AND PROCEDURES


We will accept no subscriptions or indications of interest until our registration statement is effective. At that point, all subscriptions must be made by the execution and delivery of a subscription agreement, a form of which is attached to this prospectus as Annex A. By executing the subscription agreement, each purchaser will agree to pay the purchase price of the shares subscribed for at the closing at which such subscription is accepted. We have the right to revoke any offers made under this prospectus and to refuse to sell shares to a particular subscriber if the subscriber does not promptly supply all information we request or if we disapprove the sale. Subscriptions are not binding until accepted. We will refuse any subscription by giving written notice to the subscriber by personal delivery or first-class mail. We may reject any subscription at any time prior to acceptance, in whole or in part, in our sole discretion.


In order to subscribe for shares, a prospective investor must deliver the following documents to us:


1.

a complete and executed subscription agreement, in the form attached to this prospectus as Annex A;

2.

the full amount of the subscription price paid in United States dollars in cash or by check, bank draft or money order made payable to Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.-Corporate Stock Transfer, Inc. Escrow Account.


EXPERTS AND LEGAL COUNSEL


Our financial statements included in this prospectus have been audited by independent certified public accountants. We include those financial statements in reliance on the report of the firm of Ronald R. Chadwick, P.C., of Aurora, Colorado, given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.


The law firm of Jin, Schauer & Saad LLC of Denver, Colorado has passed upon the validity of the shares being offered and certain other legal matters and is representing us in connection with this offering.


AVAILABLE INFORMATION


We have filed this registration statement on Form S-1, of which this prospectus is a part, with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. Upon completion of this registration, we will be subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance therewith, will file all requisite reports, such as Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K, proxy statements, under Sec.15(d) of the Exchange Act, and other information with the Commission. Such reports, proxy statements, this registration statement and other information, may be inspected and copied




50





at the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at 100 F. Street N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of all materials may be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the Commission’s Washington, D.C. office at prescribed rates. The Commission also maintains a Web site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Commission at http://www.sec.gov.





51






CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.

Financial Statements




TABLE OF CONTENTS




Page

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTEREDLiabilities

 PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

F-2


FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Balance sheets

F-3

Statements of operations

F-4

Statements of stockholders’ equity

F-5

Statements of cash flows

F-6

Notes to financial statements

F-7



F-1






RONALD R. CHADWICK, P.C.

Certified Public Accountant

2851 South Parker Road, Suite 720

Aurora, Colorado  80014

Telephone (303)306-1967

Fax (303)306-1944



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM


Board of Directors

Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.

Canfield, Ohio


I have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Canfield Medical Supply, Inc. as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and the related statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. My responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on my audit.


I conducted my audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that I plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  I believe that my audit provides a reasonable basis for my opinion.


In my opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material  respects, the financial position of Canfield Medical Supply, Inc. as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.


The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 4 to the financial statements the Company has suffered a loss from operations and has negative working capital and a stockholders’ deficit that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 4. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.



/s/ Ronald R. Chadwick, P.C.


June 20, 2012




F-2





CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.

BALANCE SHEETS


 

 


Dec. 31, 2010

 


Dec. 31, 2011

 

March 31, 2012

(Unaudited)  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Cash

 

$ 54,876 

 

$    6,431 

 

$     2,901 

    Accounts receivable

 

 

 

130 

      Total current assets

 

54,885 

 

6,431 

 

3,031 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Total Assets

 

$ 54,885 

 

$    6,431 

 

$     3,031 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Accounts payable

 

$ 25,960 

 

$   26,775 

 

$  23,708 

    Notes payable

 

91,500 

 

88,750 

 

87,750 

    Accrued interest payable

 

 

277 

 

      Total current liabilities

 

117,460 

 

115,802 

 

111,458 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Total Liabilities

 

$117,460 

 

$ 115,802 

 

$111,458 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Preferred stock, no par value;

      5,000,000 shares authorized;

      No shares issued and outstanding

 



-

 



 



    Common stock, no par value;

      100,000,000 shares authorized;

      8,000,000 (2010 & 2011) & 9,500,000 (2012)

      shares issued and outstanding

 




500 

 




500 

 




15,500 

    Additional paid in capital

 

 

 

    Retained earnings (deficit)

 

(63,075)

 

(109,871)

 

(123,927)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Total Stockholders’ Equity

 

(62,575)

 

(109,371)

 

(108,427)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

$ 54,885 

 

$     6,431 

 

$     3,031 



The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.




F-3




CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS


 

 



Year Ended  

Dec. 31, 2010

 



Year Ended  

Dec. 31, 2011

 

Three Months

Ended      

Mar. 31, 2011

(Unaudited)  

 

Three Months

Ended       

Mar. 31, 2012

(Unaudited)  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales (net of returns)

 

$332,507 

 

$290,128 

 

$  71,338 

 

$  76,255 

Consulting revenue

 

100,000 

 

 

 

Other revenue

 

1,602 

 

 

 

Cost of goods sold

 

148,858 

 

145,838 

 

35,783 

 

33,906 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross profit

 

285,251 

 

144,290 

 

35,555 

 

42,349 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  General and administrative

 

231,186 

 

187,683 

 

63,292 

 

55,569 

 

 

231,186 

 

187,683 

 

63,292 

 

55,569 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

54,065 

 

(43,393)

 

(27,737)

 

(13,220)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Interest income

 

 

23 

 

15 

 

  Interest expense

 

(3,945)

 

(3,426)

 

(855)

 

(837)

 

 

(3,944)

 

(3,403)

 

(840)

 

(836)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) before

  provision for income taxes

 


50,121 

 


(46,796)

 


(28,577)

 


(14,056)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for income tax

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$  50,121 

 

$(46,796)

 

$(28,577)

 

$(14,056)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share

(Basic and fully diluted)

 


$      0.01 

 


$    (0.01)

 


$     (0.00)

 


$     (0.00)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding

 


8,000,000 

 


8,000,000 

 


8,000,000 

 


8,500,000 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PRO FORMA:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income Tax Expense

 

$  10,024 

 

$             - 

 

$              - 

 

$            - 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share (after pro forma income tax)

(Basic and fully diluted)

 



$       0.01 

 



$      (0.01)

 



$      (0.00)

 



$    (0.00)


The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.



F-4





CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.

STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY


 

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



Shares(1)

 


Amount

No Par 

 


Paid in

Capital

 


Retained

Earnings

 

Stock- 

holders’

Equity 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2009

 

8,000,000

 

$   500

 

$ -

 

$(113,196)

 

$(112,696)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) for the year

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

50,121 

 

50,121 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2010

 

8,000,000

 

$   500

 

$ -

 

$ (63,075)

 

$ (62,575)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) for the year

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

(46,796)

 

(46,796)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2011

 

8,000,000

 

$   500

 

$ -

 

$(109,871)

 

$(109,371)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales of common stock

 

1,500,000

 

15,000

 

-

 

 

15,000 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) for the period

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

(14,056)

 

(14,056)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances at March 31, 2012 - unaudited

 

9,500,000

 

$15,500

 

$ -

 

$(123,927)

 

$(108,427)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)  As retroactively restated for an 80,000 for 1 forward stock split effective February 15, 2012.





The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.




F-5





CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS


 

 



Year Ended  

Dec. 31, 2010

 



Year Ended  

Dec. 31, 2011

 

Three Months

Ended       

Mar. 31, 2011

(Unaudited)  

 

Three Months

Ended       

Mar. 31, 2012

(Unaudited)  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Net income (loss)

 

$50,121

 

$(46,796)

 

$(28,577)

 

$(14,056)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to

  net cash provided by (used for)

  operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Accounts receivable

 

396 

 

 

 

(130)

    Accounts payable

 

(3,377)

 

815 

 

(518)

 

(3,067)

    Accrued interest payable

 

 

277 

 

 

(277)

      Net cash provided by (used for)

      operating activities

 


47,140 

 


(45,695)

 


(29,095)

 


(17,530)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Net cash provided by (used for)

     investing activities

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows From Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Notes payable - payments

 

(3,000)

 

(2,750)

 

(750)

 

(1,000)

    Sales of common stock

 

 

 

 

15,000 

     Net cash provided by (used for)

     financing activities

 


(3,000)

 


(2,750)

 


(750)

 


14,000 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash

 

44,140 

 

(48,445)

 

(29,845)

 

(3,530)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash At The Beginning Of The Period

 

10,736 

 

54,876 

 

54,876 

 

6,431 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cast At The End Of The Period

 

$54,876 

 

$   6,431 

 

$  25,031 

 

$   2,901 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule of Non-Cash Investing and

Financing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

None

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosure

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$   3,830 

 

$   3,149 

 

$        855 

 

$   1,114 

Cash paid for income taxes

 

$            - 

 

$            - 

 

$              - 

 

$            - 


The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.



F-6





CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2011, & March 31, 2012 (Unaudited)



NOTE 1.   ORGANIZATION, OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES


Canfield Medical Supply, Inc. (the “Company”), was incorporated in the State of Ohio on September 3, 1992. The Company sells medical supplies to clinics, hospitals and other end users.


Use of Estimates


The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.


Cash and cash equivalents


The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less as cash equivalents.


Accounts receivable


The Company reviews accounts receivable periodically for collectability and establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts and records bad debt expense when deemed necessary. At December 31, 2010 and 2011, and March 31, 2012 the Company had no balance in its allowance for doubtful accounts.


Property and equipment


Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated under accelerated or straight line methods over each item's estimated useful life.


Revenue recognition


Revenue is recognized on an accrual basis as earned under contract terms. Specifically, revenue from product sales is recognized subsequent to a customer ordering a product at an agreed upon price, delivery has occurred, and collectability is reasonably assured.


Advertising costs


Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. The Company had no advertising costs in 2010 or 2011, or for the three months ended March 31, 2012.



F-7




CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2011, & March 31, 2012 (Unaudited)


NOTE 1.   ORGANIZATION, OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  (Continued):


Income tax


The Company accounts for income taxes pursuant to ASC 740. Under ASC 740 deferred taxes are provided on a liability method whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and operating loss carryforwards and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. Temporary differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment.


Through October 2011 the Company was an S-corp for income tax purposes, and therefore a pass-through entity paying no income tax at the corporate level. The statements of operations at bottom illustrate the Company’s pro forma tax expense and net income (loss) per share by period had the Company been taxed as a C-corporation during all periods presented. The Company had no material loss carryforwards at end 2011.


Net income (loss) per share


The net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing the net income (loss) by the weighted average number of shares of common outstanding. Warrants, stock options, and common stock issuable upon the conversion of the Company's preferred stock (if any), are not included in the computation if the effect would be anti-dilutive and would increase the earnings or decrease loss per share.


Financial Instruments


The carrying value of the Company’s financial instruments, as reported in the accompanying balance sheets, approximates fair value.


Long-Lived Assets


In accordance with ASC 350, the Company regularly reviews the carrying value of intangible and other long-lived assets for the existence of facts or circumstances, both internally and externally, that suggest impairment. If impairment testing indicates a lack of recoverability, an impairment loss is recognized by the Company if the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds its fair value.



F-8




CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2011, & March 31, 2012 (Unaudited)



NOTE 1.   ORGANIZATION, OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  (Continued):


Products and Services, Geographic Areas and Major Customers


The Company’s business of medical supply sales constitutes one operating segment. All revenues each year were domestic and to external customers.


NOTE 2.  NOTE PAYABLE


At December 31, 2010 and 2011, and March 31, 2012 the Company owed a bank $91,500, 88,750 and $87,750 under a line of credit note payable. The line of credit is secured by all Company assets, due on demand, and bears interest at variable rates. Interest expense under the note in 2010, 2011, and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 was $3,534, 3,426, and $837.


NOTE 3.   LEASE COMMITMENTS


The Company rents office space under a lease running through May 2014, noncancellable, with monthly payments of approximately $2,300 plus costs. The Company also carries various equipment and vehicle operating leases, running from February 2014 through February 2016, and requiring monthly payments of approximately $540 per month. Lease expense incurred under all leases in 2010, 2011, and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 was approximately $27,500, $33,000 and $8,500. Subsequent to December 31, 2011 future minimum payments under the leases are approximately $84,200 including:  2012 $34,000, 2013 $34,000, 2014 $14,000, 2015 $2000, 2016 $200.


NOTE 4.   GOING CONCERN


The Company has suffered a loss from operations and has a working capital and stockholders’ equity deficit, and in all likelihood will be required to make significant future expenditures in connection with marketing efforts along with general administrative expenses. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.


The Company may raise additional capital through the sale of its equity securities, through an offering of debt securities, or through borrowings from financial institutions or related parties. By doing so, the Company hopes to generate sufficient capital to execute its business plan of selling medical supplies on an ongoing basis. Management believes that actions presently being taken to obtain additional funding provide the opportunity for the Company to continue as a going concern.



F-9




CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2011, & March 31, 2012 (Unaudited)



NOTE 5.   SUBSEQUENT EVENTS


The Company has evaluated subsequent events through the date these financial statements were available to be issued of June 20, 2012 and determined that there are no reportable subsequent events.





F-10





ANNEX A


Form of Common Stock Subscription Agreement


Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.

4120 Boardman-Canfield Road

Canfield, Ohio 44406


Gentlemen:


This subscription agreement relates to the offer made by Canfield Medical Supply, Inc., a Colorado corporation (the “Company”), to sell between $40,000 (the “Minimum Offering”) and $300,000 (the “Maximum Offering”) in shares of Company’s common stock (the “Shares”), pursuant to the prospectus filed with the SEC, and as same may be amended or supplemented from time to time (the “Prospectus”). The undersigned has received a copy of the Prospectus and wishes to purchase Shares on the terms, and subject to the conditions, set forth below and in the Prospectus. The undersigned understands that pending sale of the $40,000 minimum, all proceeds will be held in a non-interest bearing escrow account by the Escrow Agent for this offering.


1.

Subscription


1.1     The undersigned hereby irrevocably subscribes, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Subscription Agreement (the “Agreement”), for the purchase of the number of Shares, at the price per Share, set forth on the signature page to the Agreement. The undersigned hereby delivers to the Company (i) an executed copy of this Agreement, and (ii) personal, bank, cashier’s check or wire transfer for the aggregate purchase price, as reflected on the signature page to this Agreement (the “Purchase Price”) payable to “Corporate Stock Transfer, Inc., Escrow Agent, for Canfield Medical Supply, Inc., as Escrow Agent”, as follows:


[Escrow Agent]

[Bank]

[ABA Routing No.]

[Account No.]

[Reference]


1.2

The Purchase Price and the executed Agreement will be held, for the benefit of the undersigned until accepted by the Company. If the Agreement is not accepted by _____ , 2012 (the “Termination Date”), then, the Purchase Price will be promptly returned to the undersigned.


1.3

After a determination has been made by the Company to accept this subscription, the payment will be retained in the Escrow Account until such time as the $40,000 minimum has been reached, at which time the funds will be released to the Company.   If the minimum amount is not raised before the Termination Date, the funds will be returned promptly to the undersigned.


2.

Acceptance of Agreement. It is understood and agreed that the Company shall have the right to accept or reject this Agreement, in whole or in part, for any reason whatsoever. The shares will be offered at a price of $0.25 per share for a period of one hundred and twenty (120) days from the date of the Prospectus, subject to a ninety (90) day extension, for a potential total of 210 days.





A-1





3.

Representations and Warranties of Subscriber. The undersigned hereby represents and warrants to the Company that the undersigned has received the Prospectus.


4.

The type of ownership in which the undersigned is applying to purchase Shares is as follows: (Check One)


____

INDIVIDUAL OWNERSHIP (One signature required)


____

JOINT TENANTS WITH RIGHT OF SURVIVORSHIP (Both parties must sign)


____

TRUST (Please include name of trustee, date trust was formed and a copy of the Trust Agreement or other authorization)


____

CORPORATION (Please include Certified Corporate Resolution authorizing signature)


____

PARTNERSHIP  (Please include a copy of the Statement of Partnership or Partnership Agreement authorizing signature)


____

COMMUNITY PROPERTY  (Two signatures required)

____

TENANTS-IN-COMMON (Both parties must sign)



5.

Miscellaneous.


5.1

Survival. The representations and warranties made herein shall survive the consummation of the transaction contemplated hereby.


5.2

Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Colorado, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.


[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]




A-2





IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Agreement this _______ day of ______________________, 2012.



Name(s) of Subscriber(s)


Address


_____________________________

_____________________________

_____________________________

_____________________________


Social Security or Tax I.D. No.


_____________________________




ACCEPTANCE


The foregoing subscription is hereby accepted and receipt of payment is hereby acknowledged with respect to Shares.



Dated: __________

CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.



By

    Authorized Officer






A-3





PART II - INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS



Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.


Expenses incurred or (expected) relating to this Registration Statement and distribution are as follows:


Legal fees and costs

$22,500

Accounting

7,500

Registration fees

100

Printing of Prospectus

1,000

Escrow Agent

1,000

Miscellaneous

       400

     Total

$32,500


Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.  


Pursuant to the Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws of the corporation, we may indemnify an officer or director who is made a party to any proceeding, including a law suit, because of his position, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in our best interest. In certain cases, we may advance expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding. To the extent that the officer or director is successful on the merits in any such proceeding as to which such person is to be indemnified, we must indemnify him against all expenses incurred, including attorney’s fees. With respect to a derivative action, indemnity may be made only for expenses actually and reasonably incurred in defending the proceeding, and if the officer or director is judged liable, only by a court order. The prior discussion of indemnification in this paragraph is intended to be to the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of Colorado.


Indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to directors or officers pursuant to the foregoing provisions. However, we are informed that, in the opinion of the Commission, such indemnification is against public policy, as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.


LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of our common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon by Sichenzia Ross Ference LLP, is acting as counsel for the placement agent. Sichenzia Ross Ference LLP or certain members or employees of Sichenzia Ross Ference LLP have been issued common stock of the Company.

EXPERTS

The audited financial statements of Splash Beverage Group, Inc. as of December 31, 2019 and for the year then ended included in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement have been so included in reliance upon the report of Daszkal Bolton LLP, independent registered public accountants, upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. 

The audited financial statements of Canfield Medical Supply, Inc. as of December 31, 2019 and for the year then ended included in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement have been so included in reliance upon the report of Pinnacle Accounting Group of Utah, independent registered public accountants, upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The audited financial statements of Splash Beverage Group, Inc. as of December 31, 2018 and for the year then ended included in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement have been so included in reliance upon the report of Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered public accountants, upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


On April 20, 2020, we dismissed Pinnacle Accountancy Group of Utah (a DBA of Heaton & Company, PLLC) (“PAG”) as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm. The decision to dismiss PAG as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm was made by the Company’s board of directors.

The reports of PAG in the Company’s financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 did not contain an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion and were not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principles, except that, the reports included an explanatory paragraph with respect to the uncertainty as to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

During the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, and in the subsequent interim period through April 22, 2020, there were no reportable events, as defined in Item 15. Recent Sales304(a)(1)(v) of Unregistered Securities.Regulation S-K.


SetOn April 22, 2020, the Board authorized management of the Company to engage Daszkal Bolton LLP (“Daszkal Bolton“) as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm for the Company’s fiscal year ending December 31, 2020. On April 22, 2020, the Company entered into an engagement agreement with Daszkal Bolton to provide audit services for the year ending December 31, 2020. Daszkal Bolton was the independent registered public accounting firm for Splash Beverage Group, Inc., the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, for the year ended December 31, 2019.

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, and in the subsequent interim period through April 22, 2020, neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf consulted with Daszkal Bolton regarding (i) the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction either completed or proposed or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on the Company’s financial statements, and neither a written report nor oral advice was provided that Daszkal Bolton concluded was an important factor considered by the Company in reaching a decision as to the accounting, auditing or financial reporting issue, or (ii) any matter that was either the subject of a disagreement between the Company and its predecessor auditor as described in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K or a reportable event as described in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.

On December 13, 2019, Grant Thornton LLP, which was serving as the independent auditors of Splash Beverage Group, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2018 notified the Company that they would not stand for reappointment as independent auditors for the year ending December 31, 2019.

Grant Thornton LLP’s audit report on Splash Beverage Group, Inc.’s financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion, and was not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principles, except for the modification related to the going concern uncertainty.

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 and in the subsequent interim period through September 30, 2019 there were (i) no disagreements, within the meaning of Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K , and the related instructions thereto, with Grant Thornton LLP on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of Grant Thornton LLP, would have caused it to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreements in connection with its reports, and (ii) no reportable events within the meaning of Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K and the related instructions thereto, except material weaknesses in their internal control over financial reporting existed related to the limited resources and specialized skills of Company personnel during those periods resulting in the inadequate design of internal controls, including reconciliation controls, related to the accounting for certain transactions including but not limited to revenue recognition and intangible asset accounting.

The Company has provided Grant Thornton LLP with the disclosures stated above, and has requested Grant Thornton LLP to furnish the Company with a letter addressed to the Securities and Exchange Commission stating whether it agrees with the above statements made by the Company and, if not, stating the respects in which it does not agree. A copy of Grant Thornton LLP’s letter, dated August 18, 2020, is filed as Exhibit 16.1 to this Form S-1.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the securities offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth belowin the registration statement or the exhibits filed with the registration statement. For further information about us and the securities offered hereby, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits filed with the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. A copy of the registration statement and the filed exhibits may be inspected without charge at the public reference room maintained by the SEC, located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from that office at prescribed rates. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference room. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the issuanceSEC. The address of the website is www.sec.gov.

We are subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, are required to file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information are available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referenced above. We make available free of charge, on or through the investor relations section of our website, annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. The information found on our website is not part of this prospectus.


PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

                                                                              , which we refer to as the Placement Agent, has agreed to act as the placement agent in connection with this offering subject to the terms and conditions of the placement agent agreement dated                            . The Placement Agent is not purchasing or selling any securities offered by this prospectus, nor is it required to arrange the purchase or sale of any specific number or dollar amount of securities, but has agreed to use its best efforts to arrange for the sale of all of the securities offered hereby. Therefore, we will enter into a subscription agreement directly with investors in connection with this offering, and we may not sell the entire amount of securities offered pursuant to this prospectus. The Placement Agent may retain other brokers or dealers to act as sub-agents or selected-dealers on its behalf in connection with the offering.

The Placement Agent is required to use only its best efforts to sell the securities offered. The offering will close or terminate, as the case may be, upon the earlier of: (i) a date mutually acceptable to us and the Placement Agent after the minimum offering amount of our offering is raised, or (ii) 120 days from the effective date (the “Effective Date”) of the registration statement that this prospectus forms a part of (and for a period of up to 60 additional days if extended by agreement of the Company and the Placement Agent) (the “Termination Date”). On the closing date, the following will occur:

we will receive funds in the amount of the aggregate purchase price of the shares being sold by us on such closing date;

we will cause to be delivered the common stock being sold on such closing date; and

we will pay the Placement Agent their commissions.

Pursuant to an escrow agreement among us, the Placement Agent and (the “Escrow Agent”), as escrow agent, until at least               shares of common stock and warrants to purchase 625,000 shares of common stock are sold, all funds received in payment for securities sold in this offering will be required to be submitted by subscribers to a non-interest bearing escrow account with the Escrow Agent and will be held by the Escrow Agent for such account. There will be a minimum subscription of $             , which may be waived by Company. The Placement Agent and we shall require all investor checks for payment for the securities to be made payable to         . All subscription agreements and checks should be delivered to   , Attention:       . Failure to do so will result in checks being returned to the investor who submitted the check. The investors will have sole claim to the proceeds held in trust prior to the receipt of the minimum offering proceeds. The funds are held for the benefit of the investors until the minimum is reached. Prior to reaching the minimum claims may not be reached by creditors of the Company. If the Placement Agent does not sell at least shares of common stock and warrants to purchase shares of common stock by the Termination Date, all funds will be returned to the investors in this offering by noon of the next business day after the termination of the offering without charge, interest or deduction. If this Offering is completed, then on the closing date, net proceeds will be delivered to us and we will issue the common stocks to purchasers. Unless purchasers instruct us otherwise, we will deliver the common stocks electronically upon receipt of purchaser funds to the accounts of those purchasers who hold accounts at the Placement Agent, or elsewhere, as specified by the purchaser, as soon as practical upon the closing of the Offering. Alternately, purchasers who do not carry an account at the Placement Agent may request that the shares be held in book-entry at the Company’s transfer agent, or may be issued in book-entry at the Company’s transfer agent and subsequently delivered electronically to the purchasers’ respective brokerage account upon request of the purchasers.

We have agreed to pay the Placement Agents a fee of (i) cash equal to        percent of the aggregate purchase price of the shares of common stock sold in this offering and (ii) warrants to purchase a number of Shares of our common stock equal to    % of the shares sold in this offering at a purchase price per share equal to       % of the public offering price.


We may sell shares in one or more closings, provided that we sell a minimum of               shares and warrants to purchase                 shares at our initial closing and do not sell more than an aggregate of                shares and warrants to purchase                                   shares in this offering. Effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part will not be requested and no investor funds will be accepted until indications of interest have been received for at least the Minimum Offering Amount. Confirmations and final prospectuses will be distributed to all investors at the time of pricing, informing investors of the closing date. No investor funds will be accepted prior to effectiveness of the registration statement. After the registration statement is declared effective and prior to the closing date, all investor funds will be placed promptly, and in any event no later than noon Eastern Standard Time of the next business day following receipt, in escrow with the Escrow Agent in an escrow account established for the benefit of the investors. Prior to the initial closing date, the Escrow Agent will advise us whether the investors have deposited the Minimum Offering Amount in the escrow account with the Escrow Agent. If the Minimum Offering Amount has been deposited and the other closing conditions have been not, the Company’s transfer agent will deposit with The Depository Trust Company the securities to be credited to the respective accounts of the investors. Investor funds will be collected by the Company through the facilities of the Escrow Agent on the scheduled closing date. In the event that Minimum Offering Amount is not received by 120 days after the effective date of the registration statement, unless extended by 60 days by the Placement Agent and us, or the other closing conditions have not been satisfied, all funds deposited in the escrow account will promptly be returned in full without interest as deduction. Any investors in such additional closings will need to place their funds with the Escrow Agent prior to such Closings.

Under the Placement Agent Agreement, we have agreed to pay. We will reimburse the Placement Agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the performance of its services under the placement agent agreement not to exceed $                     .

The following table shows the public offering price, placement agent cash fees, maximum expense allowance and proceeds before expenses to us.

Per Common ShareMinimum Offering AmountMaximum Offering Amount
Public offering price$$$
Placement Agent cash fee$$$
Proceeds, before expenses, to us$$$

Because there cannot be any assurance that Maximum Offering Amount will be sold in this offering, the actual total offering commissions, if any, are not presently determinable and may be substantially less than the maximum amount set forth above.

Our obligations to issue and sell the shares of common stock to the purchasers is subject to the conditions set forth in the subscription agreement, which may be waived by us at our discretion. A purchaser’s obligation to purchase the shares of common stock is subject to the conditions set forth in the subscription agreement as well, which may also be waived.

We estimate the total offering expenses in this offering that will be payable by us, excluding the placement agents’ fees, will be approximately $                        which include legal, accounting and printing costs, various other fees and reimbursement of the placement agent’s expenses.

The foregoing does not purport to be a complete statement of the terms and conditions of the placement agent agreement and the subscription agreement. A copy of the placement agent agreement and the form of subscription agreement with investors are included as exhibits to the Registration Statement of which this prospectus forms a part.


The Placement Agent may be deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act, and any commissions received by it and any profit realized on the resale of the securities sold by it while acting as principal might be deemed to be underwriting discounts or commissions under the Securities Act. As an underwriter, the Placement Agent would be required to comply with the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including without limitation, Rule 10b-5 and Regulation M under the Exchange Act. These rules and regulations may limit the timing of purchases and sales of our securities by the Placement Agent acting as principal. Under these rules and regulations, the Placement Agent:

may not engage in any stabilization activity in connection with our securities; and
may not bid for or purchase any of our securities or attempt to induce any person to purchase any of our securities, other than as permitted under the Exchange Act, until it has completed its participation in the distribution.

Placement Agent’s Warrants

We have agreed to issue to the Placement Agent warrants, or the Placement Agents’ warrants, to purchase up to a total of up to 8% of the shares of common stock sold in this offering (             shares assuming the sale of the Minimum Offering Amount, and            shares assuming the sale of the Maximum Offering Amount). The warrants are exercisable at a per share price equal to $            , at any time, and from time to time, in whole or in part, during the five-year period commencing six months from the effective date of the registration statement, which period shall not extend further than five years from the effective date of the offering in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G). The warrants have been deemed compensation by FINRA and are therefore subject to a 180-day lock-up pursuant to Rule 5110(g)(1) of FINRA. The Placement Agent (or permitted assignees under Rule 5110(g)(1)) will not sell, transfer, assign, pledge, or hypothecate these warrants or the securities underlying these warrants, nor will they engage in any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the warrants or the underlying securities for a period of 180 days from the effective date of the offering. We will bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the securities issuable on exercise of the warrants other than commissions incurred and payable by the holders. The exercise price and number of shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, extraordinary cash dividend or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the warrant exercise price or underlying shares will not be adjusted for issuances of shares of common stock at a price below the warrant exercise price.

Lock-Up Agreements

We and each of our officers, directors, and all existing stockholders agree not to offer, issue, sell, contract to sell, encumber, grant any option for the sale of or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock or other securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock for a period of 12 months after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part without the prior written consent of the placement agent.

The placement agent may in its sole discretion and at any time without notice release some or all of the shares subject to lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the lock-up period. When determining whether or not to release shares from the lock-up agreements, the placement agent will consider, among other factors, the security holder’s reasons for requesting the release, the number of shares for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time.

Price Stabilization

The Placement Agent will be required to comply with the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, including without limitation, Rule 10b-5 and Regulation M under the Exchange Act. These rules and regulations may limit the timing of purchases and sales of shares of capital stock by the Placement Agent acting as principal. Under these rules and regulations, the Placement Agent:

may not engage in any stabilization activity in connection with our securities; and

may not bid for or purchase any of our securities or attempt to induce any person to purchase any of our securities, other than as permitted under the Exchange Act, until it has completed its participation in the distribution.


Determination of Offering Price

The public offering price of the shares and warrants to purchase the shares we are offering was determined by us in consultation with the Placement Agent based on discussions with potential investors in light of the history and prospects of our company, the stage of development of our business, our business plans for the future and the extent to which they have been implemented, an assessment of our management, the public stock price for similar companies, general conditions of the securities markets at the time of the Offering and such other factors as were deemed relevant.

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Securities.

A prospectus in electronic format may be delivered to potential investors by the Placement Agent. The prospectus in electronic format will be identical to the paper version of such prospectus. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the Placement Agent’s website and any information contained in any other website maintained by the Placement Agent is not part of the prospectus or the registration since inception.statement of which this Prospectus forms a part.

Indemnification

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriter against liabilities relating to the Offering arising under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and to contribute to payments that the placement agent may be required to make for these liabilities.

Offer restrictions outside the United States

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the Placement Agent that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

56

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2019 and 2018

Table of Contents

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting FirmsF-2 - F-3
Financial Statements
Consolidated Balance SheetsF-4
Consolidated Statements of OperationsF-5
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Deficiency in Stockholders’ EquityF-6
Consolidated Statements of Cash FlowsF-7
Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsF-8 – F-27

 F-1

 


grant thornton llp
101 E KENNEDY BLVD, SUITE 3850
TAMPA, FL 33602

D +1 813 229 7201
F +1 813 223 3015


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Shareholders

Splash Beverage Group, Inc. (formerly Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.)

Opinion on the financial statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Splash Beverage Group, Inc. (a Colorado corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2018, the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in deficiency in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2018, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Going concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 3 to the financial statements, the Company incurred a net loss of approximately $3.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2018. This condition, along with other matters as set forth in Note 3, raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.  Management’s plans in regards to these matters are also described in Note 3. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

We served as the Company’s auditor from 2018 to 2019.

Tampa, Florida

August 18, 2020

 F-2

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and
Stockholders of Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

(FKA Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.)

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Splash Beverage Group, Inc. (formerly known as Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.) (the “Company”) at December 31, 2019, and the related consolidated statements operations, changes in deficiency in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Going Concern Uncertainty

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 3 to the financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations and has a net capital deficiency that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 3. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Daszkal Bolton LLP

Daszkal Bolton LLP

April 3, 2020, except for note 1 to which the date is July 31, 2020

Boca Raton, Florida

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.

 F-3

Splash Beverage Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 2019 and 2018

  2019 2018
Assets    
Current assets:        
Cash and cash equivalents $42,639  $938,040 
Accounts receivable, net  11,430   —   
Prepaid expenses  5,449   5,648 
Inventory  304,012   276,788 
Other receivables  7,132   5,700 
Total current assets  370,662   1,226,176 
         
Non-current assets:        
Deposit  34,915   14,402 
Right of use asset, net  162,008   —   
Property and equipment, net  37,729   34,513 
Total non-current assets  234,652   48,915 
         
Total assets $605,314  $1,275,091 
         
Liabilities and Deficiency in Stockholders' Equity        
Liabilities:        
Current liabilities        
Accounts payable and accrued expenses $703,885  $831,070 
Right of use liability – current  81,502   —   
Due to related parties  429,432   302,934 
Bridge loan payable, net  2,200,000   1,858,385 
Related party notes payable – current  1,505,100   —   
Convertible bridge loan payable – current  2,202,664   100,000 
Notes payable  875,000   875,000 
Royalty payable  39,000   21,062 
Revenue financing arrangements  45,467   77,108 
Shareholder advances  46,250   16,250 
Accrued interest payable  1,604,498   1,119,909 
Accrued interest payable - related parties  546,362   426,740 
Total current liabilities  10,279,160   5,628,458 
         
Long-term Liabilities:        
Related party notes payable - non-current  —     1,375,100 
Convertible bridge loan payable - non-current  —     2,102,664 
Right of use liability – noncurrent  82,238   —   
Total long-term liabilities  82,238   3,477,764 
         
Total liabilities  10,361,398   9,106,222 
         
Deficiency in stockholders' equity:        
Common Stock, $0.001 par, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 44,021,389 and 40,165,002 issued and 43,885,096 and 39,892,417 outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively  44,021   40,165 
Additional paid in capital  22,095,403   18,938,480 
Treasury Stock, $0.001 par, 136,293 and 272,585 shares for the years ended December 31 2019 and 2018, respectively  (50,000)  (100,000)
Accumulated deficit  (31,845,506)  (26,709,776)
Total deficiency in stockholders' equity  (9,756,083)  (7,831,131)
         
Total liabilities and deficiency in stockholders' equity $605,314  $1,275,091 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 F-4

Splash Beverage Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Operations

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

  2019  2018 
Net revenues $20,387  $16,176 
Cost of goods sold  (245,500)  (109,706)
Negative gross margin  (225,113)  (93,530)
         
Operating expenses:        
Contracted services  2,109,146   1,493,076 
Salary and wages  1,078,730   508,769 
Other general and administrative  1,006,603   888,817 
Sales and marketing  67,467  ��112,506 
Total operating expenses  4,261,946   3,003,168 
         
Loss from operations  (4,487,059)  (3,096,698)
         
Other income/(expense):        
Interest income  132   - 
Interest expense  (665,195)  (684,833)
Gain/(loss) from debt extinguishment  16,391   (42,382)
Total other income/(expense)  (648,672)  (727,215)
         
Provision for income taxes  -   - 
         
Net loss $(5,135,731) $(3,823,913)
         
Net loss per share (basic and diluted) $(0.12) $(0.11)
         
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding  42,154,947   36,108,948 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 F-5

Splash Beverage Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Deficiency in Stockholders’ Equity

For the Year Ended December 31, 2019

              Deficiency in
  Common Stock Treasury Stock Additional Accumulated Stockholders'
  Shares Amount Shares Amount Paid-In Capital Deficit Equity
               
Balances at December 31, 2017  35,150,103  $35,150   408,877  $(150,000) $15,716,749  $(22,885,863) $  (7,283,964) 
                             
Issuance of Common stock for cash  4,878,607   4,879   —     —     2,180,444   —     2,185,323 
Issuance of Common stock from treasury  136,292   136   (136,292)  50,000   49,864   —     100,000 
Warrants issued with debt  —     —     —     —     991,423   —     991,423 
Net loss  —     —     —     —     —     (3,823,913)  (3,823,913)
                             
Balances at December 31, 2018  40,165,002  $40,165   272,585  $(100,000) $18,938,480  $(26,709,776) $  (7,831,131)
                             
Issuance of Common stock for cash  2,146,601   2,146   —     —     1,572,854   —    $  1,575,000 
Issuance of Common stock for services  1,709,785   1,709   —     —     1,252,914   —     1,254,623 
Issuance of Common stock from treasury  —     —     (136,292)  50,000   49,900   —     99,900 
Warrants issued in connection with debt modification  —     —     —     —     15,667   —     15,667 
Share-based compensation  —     —     —     —     265,589   —     265,589 
Net loss  —     —     —     —     —     (5,135,731)  (5,135,731)
                             
Balances at December 31, 2019  44,021,389  $44,021   136,293  $(50,000) $22,095,403  $(31,845,506) $(9,756,083)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 F-6

Splash Beverage Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

December 31, 2019 and 2018

  2019  2018 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities       
Net loss $(5,135,731) $(3,823,913)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:        
Depreciation and amortization  9,334   7,257 
Amortization of right-of-use asset  53,194   - 
Gain from debt extinguishment  (16,391)  - 
Deferred loan cost amortization  -   130,055 
Noncash finance charge in connection with a debt modification  15,667   - 
Share-based compensation  265,589   - 
Shares issued in exchange for services  1,354,503   664,815 
Warrants issued for services  -   991,423 
Other noncash charges  360,923   32,252 
Changes in assets and liabilities:        
Accounts receivable  (11,428)  - 
Inventory  (27,224)  (276,788)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  (1,233)  (20,049)
Due to related party  -   5,496 
Deposits  (20,513)  - 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses  (127,167)  255,352 
Royalty payable  17,938   (326,750)
Accrued interest payable  604,211   (110,345)
Net cash used in operating activities  (2,658,328)  (2,471,195)
         
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:        
Capital expenditures  (12,552)  (1,336)
Net cash used in investing activities  (12,552)  (1,336)
         
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:        
Proceeds from issuance of common stock  1,575,000   1,398,197 
Shareholder advances  153,582   - 
Proceeds from issuance of debt  130,000   2,702,664 
Principal repayment of debt  (31,641)  (422,425)
Debt issuance costs  -   (271,670)
Reduction of right-of-use liability  (51,462)  - 
Net cash provided by financing activities  1,775,479   3,406,766 
         
Net Decrease in Cash and Cash Equivalents  (895,401)  934,235 
         
Cash and Cash Equivalents, beginning of year  938,040   3,805 
         
Cash and Cash Equivalents, end of year $42,639  $938,040 
         
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:        
Cash paid for interest $23,851  $586,075 
Cash paid for taxes $-  $- 
         
Supplemental Disclosure of Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities        
Notes converted to common stock $-  $684,450 
Loss on debt extinguishment $-  $42,382 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 F-7

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 – Business Organization and Nature of Operations

Splash Beverage Group (“SBG”), f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc. (the “CMS”), was incorporated in the State of Ohio on September 3, 1992, and changed domicile to Colorado on April 18, 2012. CMS is in the business of home health services, primarily the selling of durable medical equipment and medical supplies to the public, nursing homes, hospitals and other end users.

On December 31, 2019, CMS entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with SBG Acquisition Inc. (“Merger Sub”), a Nevada Corporation wholly-owned by CMS, and Splash Beverage Group, Inc. a Nevada corporation (“Splash”) pursuant to which Merger Sub merged with and into Splash (the “Merger”) with Splash as the surviving company and a wholly-owned subsidiary of CMS. The Merger was consummated on March 31, 2020.

As the owners and management of Splash have voting and operating control of CMS following the Merger, the Merger transaction was accounted for as a reverse acquisition (that is with Splash as the acquiring entity), followed by a recapitalization.

As part of the recapitalization, previously issued shares of SBG preferred stock have been reflected as shares of common stock that were received in the Merger. These common shares have been retrospectively presented as outstanding for all periods.

Splash specializes in the manufacturing, distribution, and sales & marketing of various beverages across multiple channels. Splash operates in both the non-alcoholic and alcoholic beverage segments. Additionally, Splash operates its own vertically integrated B-to-B and B-to-C e-commerce distribution platform called Qplash, further expanding its distribution abilities and visibility.

On July 2, 2020, CMS received a Certificate of Good Standing from the State of Colorado. This certificate allowed us to change our name from Canfield Medical Supply, Inc. to Splash Beverage Group, Inc. a Colorado company. On July 31, 2020, we received approval from FINRA to change the Company’s name from Canfield Medical Supply, Inc. to Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

These financial statements represent the operations of SBG and do not include the operations of CMS.

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation

Our accounting and reporting policies conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). These consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Splash and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Splash International Holdings, LLC, Splash Beverage Holdings, LLC and Splash Mex SA de CV. All intercompany balances have been eliminated in consolidation. 

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash Equivalents and Concentration of Cash Balance

We consider all highly liquid securities with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. We had no cash equivalents at December 31, 2019. Our cash in bank deposit accounts, at times, may exceed federally insured limits of $250,000. Our bank deposit accounts in Mexico are uninsured.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable are carried at their estimated collectible amounts and are periodically evaluated for collectability based on past credit history with clients and other factors. We establish provisions for losses on accounts receivable on the basis of loss experience, known and inherent risk in the account balance, and current economic conditions.  At December 31, 2019 and 2018, our accounts receivable amounts are reflected net of allowances of $11,430 and $0, respectively.

 F-8

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, continued

Inventory

Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, accounted for using the weighted average cost method. The inventory balances at December 31, 2019 and 2018 consisted of finished goods held for distribution. The cost elements in inventory consist of purchase of products, transportation, and warehousing. Inventory valuation is impacted by excess or inventory near expiration based on management’s estimates for excess or inventory near expiration based on management’s estimates of forecast turnover of inventories on hand and under contract. A significant change in the timing or level of demand for certain products as compared to forecast amounts may result in recording expense for excess or expired inventory in the future. The costs for excess inventory are included in cost of goods sold and have historically been adequate to provide for losses on inventory. We manage inventory levels and purchase commitments in an effort to maximize utilization of inventory on hand and under commitments.

Property and Equipment

We record property and equipment at cost when purchased. Depreciation is recorded for property, equipment, and software using the straight-line method over the estimated economic useful lives of assets, which range from 3-10 years. Company management reviews the recoverability of all long-lived assets, including the related useful lives, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of a long-lived asset might not be recoverable.

Depreciation expense totaled $19,781 and $7,257 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Property and equipment as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 consisted of the following:

  2019  2018 
Property and equipment, at cost $88,758  $76,205 
Accumulated depreciation  (51,029)  (41,692)
Property and equipment, net $37,729  $34,513 

Licensing Agreements

We capitalize the costs for our licensing agreements with ABG TapouT, LLC and Salt Tequila USA, LLC, which are amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the agreements.

The initial amount of the TapouT agreement as entered into by a related party prior to the Company’s assumption in 2013 was $4,000,000 to be paid over several years pursuant to a guaranteed minimum royalty agreement. Royalty costs incurred under the agreements, guaranteed minimum royalty amounts, are expensed as incurred. See Notes 5 and 13 for further information.

We have not made any payments to Salt Tequila USA, LLC under the licensing agreement due to the immaterial nature of our sales from the brand. See Note 10 for further information.


Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, continued

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) guidance specifies a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect market assumptions. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurement) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurement). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

Level 1-Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date. Level 1 primarily consists of financial instruments whose value is based on quoted market prices such as exchange-traded instruments and listed equities.

Level 2-Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly (e.g., quoted prices of similar assets or liabilities in active markets, or quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active).

Level 3-Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability. Financial instruments are considered Level 3 when their fair values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flows or similar techniques and at least one significant model assumption or input is unobservable.

The liabilities and indebtedness presented on the consolidated financial statements approximate fair values at December 31, 2019 and 2018, consistent with recent negotiations of notes payable and due to the short duration of maturities.

Convertible Instruments

U.S. GAAP requires the bifurcation of certain conversion rights contained in convertible indebtedness and account for them as free standing derivative financial instruments according to certain criteria. This criteria include circumstances in which (a) the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative instrument are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract, (b) the hybrid instrument that embodies both the embedded derivative instrument and the host contract is not re-measured at fair value under otherwise applicable generally accepted accounting principles with changes in fair value reported in earnings as they occur and (c) a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative instrument would be considered a derivative instrument. An exception to this rule is when the host instrument is deemed to be conventional as that term is described under applicable U.S. GAAP.

When bifurcation is required, the embedded conversion options are bifurcated from the convertible note, resulting in the recognition of discounts to convertible notes for the intrinsic value of conversion options embedded in debt instruments based upon the differences between the fair value of the underlying common stock at the commitment date of the note transaction and the effective conversion price embedded in the note.  Debt discounts under these arrangements are amortized over the term of the related debt to their stated date of redemption.


Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, continued

Convertible Instruments, continued

With respect to convertible preferred stock, we record a dividend for the intrinsic value of conversion options embedded in preferred securities based upon the differences between the fair value of the underlying common stock at the commitment date of the transaction and the effective conversion price embedded in the preferred shares.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue under ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). This guidance sets forth a five-step model which depicts the recognition of revenue in an amount that reflects what we expect to receive in exchange for the transfer of goods or services to customers.

We recognize revenue when our performance obligations under the terms of a contract with the customer are satisfied. Product sales occur once control of our products is transferred upon delivery to the customer. Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration that we expect to receive in exchange for transferring goods and is presented net of provisions for customer returns and allowances. The amount of consideration we receive and revenue we recognize varies with changes in customer incentives we offer to our customers and their customers. Sales taxes and other similar taxes are excluded from revenue.

Distribution expenses to transport our products, where applicable, and warehousing expense after manufacture are accounted for within operating expenses.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold include the costs of products, packaging, transportation, warehousing, and costs associated with valuation allowances for expired, damaged or impaired inventory.

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, “Compensation - Stock Compensation” and ASU 2018-07, “Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting”. Under the fair value recognition provisions, cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense ratably over the requisite service period, which is generally the option vesting period. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options.

Income Taxes

We use the liability method of accounting for income taxes as set forth in ASC 740, “Income Taxes”.  Under the liability method, deferred taxes are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using tax rates expected to be in effect during the years in which the basis differences reverse.  We record a valuation allowance when it is not more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized.

Company management assesses its income tax positions and records tax benefits for all years subject to examination based upon its evaluation of the facts, circumstances and information available at the reporting date.  In accordance with ASC 740-10, for those tax positions where there is a greater than 50% likelihood that a tax benefit will be sustained, our policy is to record the largest amount of tax benefit that is more likely than not to be realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information.


Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, continued

Income Taxes, continued

For those income tax positions where there is less than 50% likelihood that a tax benefit will be sustained, no tax benefit will be recognized in the financial statements. Company management has determined that there are no material uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.

Advertising

We conduct advertising for the promotion of our products. In accordance with ASC 720-35, advertising costs are charged to operations when incurred; such amounts aggregated to $4,767 and $8,148 during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Related Parties

We are indebted to certain members of our Board of Directors as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. Transactions between the Company and its Board members are summarized in Notes 4 and 9.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (Topic 606). This ASU supersedes the previous revenue recognition requirements in ASC Topic 605—Revenue Recognition and most industry-specific guidance. The core principle within Topic 606 is to recognize revenues when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration expected to be received for those goods or services. Transition methods under ASU 2014-09 must be through either (i) retrospective application to each prior reporting period presented, or (ii) retrospective application with a cumulative effect adjustment at the date of initial application.

On January 1, 2018, we adopted ASU 2014-09 Revenue from Contracts with Customers and all subsequent amendments to the ASU (collectively, “ASC 606”), using the retrospective application with a cumulative effect adjustment at the date of initial application, which (i) creates a single framework for recognizing revenue from contracts with customers that fall within its scope and (ii) revises when it is appropriate to recognize a gain (loss) from the transfer of nonfinancial asset. The adoption did not have a material effect on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases” (Topic 842). We adopted the standard effective January 1, 2019 using the modified retrospective method. The adoption of this standard resulted in recognition of a right-of-use asset and a lease liability, initially measured at the present value of the lease payments, for all leases with a term greater than 12 months. When available, we would use the rate implicit in the lease to discount lease payments to present value. However, our leases generally do not provide a readily determinable implicit rate. Therefore, our management estimates the incremental borrowing rate to discount lease payments based on the information at the lease commencement. The accounting for finance leases is substantially unchanged. Given the nature of our operation, the adoption of Topic 842 did not have a material impact on our balance sheet, statement of operations, or liquidity. Refer to Note 11 – Operating Lease Obligations for information regarding our adoption of Topic 842 and the Company’s undiscounted future lease payments and the timing of those payments.


Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, continued

Recent Accounting Pronouncements, continued

Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards could have a material effect on the accompanying financial statements. As new accounting pronouncements are issued, we will adopt those that are applicable under the circumstances.

Management’s Evaluation

Management has evaluated subsequent events through the date the financial statements were issued.

Net Loss Per Share

Basic net loss per common share (“Basic EPS’’) excludes dilution and is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted net loss per common share (“Diluted EPS’’) reflects the potential dilution that could occur if stock options or other contracts to issue shares of common stock were exercised or converted into common stock. The computation of Diluted EPS does not assume exercise or conversion of securities that would have an anti-dilutive effect on net loss per common share

  2019  2018 
Numerator      
Net loss applicable to common shareholders $(5,135,731) $(3,823,913)
         
Denominator        
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding  42,154,948   36,108,948 
         
Net loss per share (basic and diluted) $(0.12) $(0.11)

Note 3 – Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business.  Our business operations have not yet generated significant revenues, and we have sustained net losses of approximately $5.1 million and $3.8 million during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and have an accumulated deficit of approximately $35.6 million and $30.5 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. In addition, we have current liabilities in excess of current assets of approximately $9.8 million at December 31, 2019. Further, we are in default on approximately $3.8 million of indebtedness, including accrued interest.

Our ability to continue as a going concern in the foreseeable future is dependent upon our ability to generate revenues and obtain sufficient long-term financing to meet current and future obligations and deploy such to produce profitable operating results. Management has evaluated these conditions and plans to raise capital as needed and to generate revenues to satisfy our capital needs. No assurance can be given that we will be successful in these efforts.

These factors, among others, raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern for a reasonable period of time. These financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should we be unable to continue as a going concern.


Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 4 – Notes Payable, Related Party Notes Payable, Convertible Bridge Loans Payable, Revenue Financing Arrangements and Bridge Loan Payable

Notes payable are generally nonrecourse and secured by all Company owned assets.

  Interest       
Notes Payable Rate  2019  2018 
          
In October 2013, we entered into a short-term loan agreement with an entity in the amount of $25,000. The note matured and in March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $25,000 and unpaid accrued interest of $11,345 was converted into 234,767 shares of common stock according to the Merger Agreement.  7% $25,000  $25,000 
             
In February 2014, we entered into a 12-month term loan agreement with an individual in the amount of $200,000. The note included warrants for 68,146 shares of common stock at $0.73 per share.  The warrants expired on February 28, 2017 and none were exercised at that date. The note matured and remains unpaid.  15%  150,000   150,000 
             
In March 2014, we entered into a 12-month term loan agreement with an individual in the amount of $500,000.  The note included warrants for 681,461 shares of common stock at $0.92 per share. The warrants expired on February 28, 2017 and none were exercised at that date.  The note matured and in March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $500,000 and unpaid accrued interest of $373,065 was converted into 1,124,802 shares of common stock according to the Merger Agreement.  15%  500,000   500,000 
             
In March 2014, we entered into a short-term loan agreement with an entity in the amount of $200,000. The note included warrants for 272,584 shares of common stock at $0.92 per share. The warrants expired on February 28, 2017 and none were exercised at that date. The loans matured and remain unpaid.  8%  200,000   200,000 
             
             
      $875,000  $875,000 

Interest expense on notes payable was $105,966 and $115,250 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and accrued interest was $581,693 and $475,728 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.


Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 4 – Notes Payable, Related Party Notes Payable, Convertible Bridge Loans Payable, Revenue Financing Arrangements and Bridge Loan Payable, continued

  Interest       
Related Parties Notes Payable Rate  2019  2018 
          
During 2012, we entered into two 6-month term loan agreements with an entity, totaling $150,000. The notes included warrants for 68,146 shares of common stock at $0.73 per share which expired unexercised in 2017. The note matured and in March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $41,500 and unpaid accrued interest of $31,515 was converted into 98,726 shares of common stock according to the Merger Agreement.  7% $41,500  $41,500 
             
In March 2014, we entered into a $50,000 12-month term loan agreement. The note included warrants for 136,292 shares of common stock at $0.92 per share. The warrants expired unexercised on February 28, 2017.  The note matured and in March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $50,000 and unpaid accrued interest of $24,145 was converted into 99,252 shares of common stock according to the Merger Agreement.  8%  50,000   50,000 
             
During 2015, we entered into a 12-month term loan agreement with an individual in the amount $250,000.  The note matured and in March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $250,000 and unpaid accrued interest of $101,850 was converted into 98,726 shares of common stock according to the Merger Agreement.  8%  250,000   250,000 
             
In February 2012, we entered into a loan agreement with an officer of the Company in the amount of $100. On September 25, 2018 an additional $10,500 loan agreement was entered into. The note matured and in March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $10,600 and unpaid accrued interest of $1,189 was converted into 15,734 shares of common stock according to the Merger Agreement.  7%  10,600   10,600 
             
During 2013, 2014, 2015, and 2016, we entered into several 12-month term loan agreements with an officer of the Company in the amounts of $57,000, $225,000, $105,000, and $9,000, respectively. The note matured and in March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $396,000 and unpaid accrued interest of $146,828 was converted into 727,344 shares of common stock according to the Merger Agreement.  7%  396,000   396,000 

Continued on next page


Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 4 – Notes Payable, Related Party Notes Payable, Convertible Bridge Loans Payable, Revenue Financing Arrangements and Bridge Loan Payable, continued

  Interest       
Related Parties Notes Payable, continued Rate  2019  2018 
          
During 2012, 2013, 2014, and 2016, we entered into 6-month term loan agreements with an officer of the Company in the amounts of $155,000, $210,000, $150,000 and $40,000, all respectively. The notes included warrants for issuances of 204,438 shares of common stock at $0.92 per share. The warrants expired unexercised on March 1, 2017. The note matured and in March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $495,000 and unpaid accrued interest of $213,010 was converted into 942,504 shares of common stock according to the Merger Agreement.  7%  495,000   495,000 
             
During 2013, 2014 and 2017, we entered into 12-month term loan agreements with an officer of the Company in the amounts of $60,000, $50,000 and $10,000. The note matured and in March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $120,000 and unpaid accrued interest of $50,305 was converted into 228,328 shares of common stock according to the Merger Agreement.  7%  120,000   120,000 
             
During 2018, we entered into a long term note payable with an entity owned by an officer for $12,000 to be payable on July 10, 2020. In March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $12,000 and unpaid accrued interest of $1,050 was converted into 17,407 shares of common stock according to the Merger Agreement.  12%  12,000   12,000 
             
During 2019, we entered into a term note payable with an entity owned by an officer for $130,000 to be paid on August 8, 2019. The note matured and in March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $130,000 and unpaid accrued interest of $9,078 was converted into 182,525 shares of common stock according to the Merger Agreement.  12%  130,000   - 
             
      $1,505,100  $1,375,100 

Interest expense on related party notes payable was $95,183 and $99,532 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and accrued interest was $546,362 and $426,740 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.


Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 4 – Notes Payable, Related Party Notes Payable, Convertible Bridge Loans Payable, Revenue Financing Arrangements and Bridge Loan Payable, continued

  Interest       
Convertible Bridge Loans Payable Rate  2019  2018 
          
In May 2015, we entered into a 3-month term loan agreement with an individual in the amount of $100,000. The annual interest rate for this bridge loan was 32% for the first 90 days, and 4% thereafter, compounded monthly.  See left  $100,000  $100,000 
             
In October 2015, we entered into a 3-month term loan agreement with two individuals in the amount of $25,000. On December 26, 2018, the outstanding principal and accrued interest of $14,388 was consolidated into a new $39,388 term loan due August 26, 2020. In March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $39,388 and unpaid accrued interest of $5,973 was converted into 59,694 shares of common stock according to the Merger Agreement.  12%  39,388   39,388 
             
In June 2015, we entered into a 3-month term loan with two individuals in the amount of $100,000. On December 26, 2018, the outstanding principal amount of $100,000 and accrued interest of $64,307 was consolidated into a new $164,307 term loan due August 26, 2020. In March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $164,307 and unpaid accrued interest of $24,916 was converted into 249,013 shares of common stock according to the Merger Agreement.  12%  164,307   164,307 

Continued on next page

 F-17

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 4 – Notes Payable, Related Party Notes Payable, Convertible Bridge Loans Payable, Revenue Financing Arrangements and Bridge Loan Payable, continued

  Interest       
Convertible Bridge Loans Payable, continued Rate  2019  2018 
          
During 2016, 2017 and 2018, we entered into multiple loan agreements with an entity in varying amounts. On December 26, 2018, the outstanding principal of $235,500 and accrued interest of $155,861 was consolidated into a new $391,361 term due August 26, 2020. In March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $391,361 and unpaid accrued interest of $43,823 was converted into 435,184 shares of common stock according to the Merger Agreement.  12%  391,361   391,361 
             
During 2016, we entered into 3-month term loan agreements with an individual totaling $20,000. The loan was extended to August 14, 2020. In March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $20,000 and unpaid accrued interest of $10,096 was converted into 41,336 shares of common stock according to the Merger Agreement.  9%  20,000   20,000 
             
During 2014 through 2018, we entered into convertible promissory note agreements with various terms ranging from 90 days to 18 months at 18% interest with an entity which were consolidated into one loan at 12% in 2018 totaling $795,137 with a due date of August 26, 2020. In March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $795,137 and unpaid accrued interest of $89,037 was converted into 884,174 shares of common stock according to the Merger Agreement.  12%  795,137   795,137 
             
During 2015 and 2016, we entered into a series of 3-month term convertible promissory note agreements at 18% interest with an entity which were consolidated into one loan at 12% in 2018 totaling $692,471 with a due date of August 26, 2020. In March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $692,471 and unpaid accrued interest of $77,541 was converted into 770,012 shares of common stock according to the Merger Agreement.  12%  692,471   692,471 
             
      $2,202,664  $2,202,664 

Interest expense on the convertible bridge loans payable was $310,865 and $430,317 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and accrued interest was $439,344 and $489,015 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.


Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 4 – Notes Payable, Related Party Notes Payable, Convertible Bridge Loans Payable, Revenue Financing Arrangements and Bridge Loan Payable, continued

  Interest       
Revenue Financing Arrangements Rate  2019  2018 
          
During August 2015, we entered into a 3-month term loan agreement with an entity in the amount of $50,000, with required daily payments of $999. We entered into two additional 3-month loan agreements with the entity in 2016 in the amounts of $60,000 and $57,000, with required daily payments of $928 and $713, respectively.   The term loans matured and remains unpaid.  10%  28,032   28,032 
             
During September 2016, the Company entered into a short-term loan agreement with an entity in the amount of $55,000 with required daily payments of $929. The note was paid off in 2019.  15%  -   15,009 
             
During November 2016, we entered into a short-term loan agreement with an entity in the amount of $55,000 with required daily payments of $1,299. The note was in default as of December 31, 2018. In 2019, we entered into a settlement agreement with monthly installment payments of $6,000.  The loan is scheduled to be fully repaid in 2020.  12%  17,435   34,067 
             
      $45,467  $77,108 

Interest expense on the revenue financing arrangements was $2,577 and $11,132 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and accrued interest was $32,154 and $126,333 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Bridge Loan Payable

We issued an additional bridge loan in October 2018 for $2 million with a one-year maturity to GMA Bridge Fund LLC (“GMA”). This bridge loan contains a 10% administration fee of which the full $200,000 was accrued at December 31, 2019 and included in bridge loan payable, net. We incurred $271,670 of loan costs, which was fully amortized at December 31, 2019. Interest on the bridge loan was 0.5% monthly for the first six months and 0.75% monthly for the next six months. At the same time the debt was issued, we entered into a separate agreement in which GMA provided consulting services for one year (“Consulting Agreement”). We compensated GMA for the Consulting Agreement services by issuance of a warrant with a 5-year term to acquire 1,362,922 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.007 per share. The warrant vested immediately. The value of the warrant, based on a Black-Scholes option pricing model, was $991,423 and was expensed in full in 2018. Interest expense on the bridge loan for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $137,637 and $28,603, respectively, and accrued interest at December 31, 2019 was $166,240. As part of the merger, these warrants were retired.


Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 4 – Notes Payable, Related Party Notes Payable, Convertible Bridge Loans Payable, Revenue Financing Arrangements and Bridge Loan Payable, continued

Future Minimum Debt Payments

Future minimum debt payments under the Company’s outstanding loans are as follows as of December 31, 2019:

  Related       
  Party  Other  Total 
          
2020  1,505,100   5,277,664   6,782,764 
Thereafter  -   -   - 
             
Total $1,505,100  $5,277,664  $6,782,764 

Note 5 – Licensing Agreement and Royalty Payable

During 2012, we entered into an assignment agreement with ABG TapouT, LLC (“TapouT”) to obtain the licensing rights of the brand “TapouT” on energy drinks, energy shots, water, teas and sports drinks for beverages sold in the United States of America, its territories, possessions, U.S. military bases and Mexico. Under the terms of the agreement, we are required to pay ABG Tapout, LLC a 6% royalty on net sales (gross revenue less discounts and allowances). The agreement requires us to make varying guaranteed minimum royalty payments in the total amount of $3,500,000 for the initial period of 5 years beginning in 2012. The terms of the license agreement were subsequently amended on several occasions between 2012 and 2016. During April 2017, the license agreement was again amended, to extend the term through December 31, 2018 with a 5-year renewal option if $5 million of net sales were achieved in 2018. The amendment also stated we were required to make a $30,000 payment on the date of the executed amendment, monthly payments of $30,000 starting on April 30, 2017 through December 31, 2017, and monthly payments of $26,484 starting on January 31, 2018 through December 31, 2018. We did not achieve the minimum net sales requirement per the amendment terms for 2018. In 2019 the agreement was once again amended extending the term through December 31, 2019. Per the 2019 amendment, the Company is required to make twelve monthly payments of $39,000. See Note 13.

The unpaid amount of royalties was $39,000 and $21,062 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Guaranteed minimum royalty payments totaled $468,000 and $326,750 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, which is included in other general and administrative expenses.

Note 6 – Income Taxes

We have evaluated the positive and negative evidence in assessing the realizability of its deferred tax assets. This assessment included the evaluation of scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, estimates of projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies to determine which deferred tax assets are more likely than not to be realized in the future.


Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 6 – Income Taxes, continued

At December 31, 2019, our net operating loss carryforward for Federal income tax purposes was approximately $23.2 million, which will be available to offset future taxable income subject to potential annual limitations. If not used, these carry forwards will begin to expire in 2032, except for the current year net operating loss generated which can be carried forward indefinitely.

There was no income tax expense or benefit for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 due to the full valuation allowance recorded in each period.

The reconciliation of the income tax benefit is computed at the U.S. federal statutory rate as follows:

  2019  2018 
       
US federal statutory tax rate  21.00%  21.00%
Permanent differences  -6.56%  -0.03%
Change in valuation allowance  -14.44%  -20.97%
Total  0.00%  0.00%

The tax effects of temporary differences which give rise to the significant portions of deferred tax assets or liabilities at December 31 are as follows:

  2019  2018 
       
Deferred tax assets:      
Net operating losses $5,887,022  $5,315,433 
Deferred rent  1,381   - 
Accrued expenses/interest expense limitation  962,838   641,141 
Total deferred tax assets  6,851,241   5,956,574 
         
Deferred tax liabilities:        
Depreciation  (7,354)  (7,666)
Total deferred tax liabilities  (7,354)  (7,666)
Less: valuation allowance  (6,843,887)  (5,948,908)
         
Total net deferred tax liabilities $-  $- 

We continually evaluate expiring statutes of limitations, audits, proposed settlements, changes in tax law and new authoritative rulings. The open tax years subject to examination with respect to our operations are 2015 through 2019. 


Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 7 – Deficiency in Stockholders’ Equity

Common Stock

In 2019, we issued 1,846,078 shares of our common stock in exchange for services provided to us. The shares were valued at $0.73 per share. We recognized share-based compensation expense of $1,354,500, which is classified within the contracted services line on the Statement of Operations.

In 2018, we issued 906,090 shares of common stock valued at $0.73 per share in exchange for services provided to the Company.

On May 28, 2018, we issued to a consultant or its designees common stock equal to 718,682 shares in exchange for services provided to the Company.

In December 2018, the full outstanding principal balance of a bridge note of $175,000 and unpaid accrued interest balance of $144,410 was converted to 290,220 shares of the Company’s common stock at $1.10 per share.

In October 2018, the full outstanding principal balance of a bridge note of $200,000 and unpaid accrued interest balance of $165,040 was converted to 331,681 shares of the Company’s common stock at $1.10 per share.

Certain common shareholders have the right to exchange their common shares for shares of preferred stock or convertible debt if the Company is unable to achieve the capital raise event as defined in the Merger Agreement by September 30, 2020 (see Note 13). Shares would consist of:

·Series A Convertible Preferred Stock – 6,276,432
·Series B Convertible Preferred Stock – 7,653,981
·Convertible Debt – 10,560,090

As of December 31, 2019, the convertible debt was still classified as debt on the balance sheet.

Series A and B Convertible Preferred Stock

As part of the merger consummated on March 31, 2020, all series A and B convertible preferred stock were converted to common stock. If the Company is unable to achieve the capital raise event as defined in the Merger Agreement by September 30, 2020, these shareholders can rescind their common shares back to preferred shares. Below are the new rights to these shareholders if they decide to rescind:

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock:

Rank. The Series A Preferred Stock shall rank, with respect to dividend rights and to rights upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company (each, a “Liquidation Event”), (a) senior in preference and priority to the common stock of the Company (the “Common Stock”) and any other class or series of equity security established and designated by the Board of Directors the terms of which do not expressly provide that it ranks senior in preference or priority to or on parity with the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to dividend rights and rights upon a Liquidation Event (collectively, “Junior Securities”), (b) on parity, without preference or priority, with each other class or series of equity security established and designated by the Board of Directors the terms of which expressly provide that it ranks on parity, without preference or priority to, the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to dividend rights and rights upon a Liquidation Event (collectively, “Parity Securities”), and (c) junior in preference and priority to each other class or series of equity security established and designated by the Board of Directors the terms of which expressly provide that it ranks senior in preference or priority to the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to dividend rights and rights upon a Liquidation Event (collectively, “Senior Securities”).

Dividends. Holders of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board, out of funds legally available for the payment of dividends, cumulative cash dividends at an annual rate of eight percent (8%) of the Original Issue Price per share (equal to $.08 per share per annum). Dividends shall accrue on each share of Series A Preferred Stock from the date of issuance thereof, whether paid or not, and shall be cumulative and compounded annually.

Liquidation Preference. In the event of any Liquidation Event, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of any Junior Securities by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Series A Original Issue Price (the “Liquidation Preference”), plus the amount of accrued and unpaid dividends thereon from the Original Issue Date through the date of liquidation. If upon any such Liquidation Event the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Parity Securities shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

Conversion. The holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “Conversion Rights”):

Optional Conversion. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Series A Original Issue Price by the Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The Conversion Price at which shares of Common Stock shall be deliverable upon conversion of Series A Preferred Stock without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof (the “Conversion Price”) shall initially be $1.28 per share. Such initial Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Series A Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below. All accrued and unpaid dividends may be converted by each holder of Series A Preferred Stock into Common Stock by first determining the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock that could be purchased based on the Series A Original Issue Price then in effect and then determining the number of shares of Common Stock such additional shares of Series A Preferred Stock are convertible into. By way of illustration only, if the accrued and unpaid dividends are equal to $100,000, then based on the Series A Original Issue Price of $1.00 and a Conversion Price of $0.85, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock would receive an additional 85,000 shares of Common Stock.

Automatic Conversion. Upon the consummation of an underwritten public offering of the Common Stock of the Company (“IPO”) , each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock at a Conversion Price equal to the lesser of (i) the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the consummation of the IPO or (ii) fifty percent (50%) of the public offering price of the Common Stock in the IPO. All accrued and unpaid dividends may be converted by each holder of Series A Preferred Stock into Common Stock by first determining the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock that could be purchased based on the Series A Original Issue Price then in effect and then determining the number of shares of Common Stock such additional shares of Series A Preferred Stock are convertible into. By way of illustration only, if the accrued and unpaid dividends are equal to $100,000, then based on the Series A Original Issue Price of $1.00 and a Conversion Price of $0.85, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock would receive an additional 85,000 shares of Common Stock.

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock:

Rank. The Series B Preferred Stock shall rank, with respect to dividend rights and to rights upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company (each, a “Liquidation Event”), (a) senior in preference and priority to the common stock of the Company (the “Common Stock”) and any other class or series of equity security established and designated by the Board of Directors the terms of which do not expressly provide that it ranks senior in preference or priority to or on parity with the Series B Preferred Stock with respect to dividend rights and rights upon a Liquidation Event (collectively, “Junior Securities”), (b) on parity, without preference or priority, with the Series A Preferred Stock and with each other class or series of equity security established and designated by the Board of Directors the terms of which expressly provide that it ranks on parity, without preference or priority to, the Series B Preferred Stock with respect to dividend rights and rights upon a Liquidation Event (collectively, “Parity Securities”), and (c) junior in preference and priority to each other class or series of equity security established and designated by the Board of Directors the terms of which expressly provide that it ranks senior in preference or priority to the Series B Preferred Stock with respect to dividend rights and rights upon a Liquidation Event (collectively, “Senior Securities”).

Dividends. The holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive cash dividends, when, as and if declared by the Board, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on any other class of Preferred Stock, except for the Series A Preferred Stock which shall be paid at the same time as the Series B Preferred Stock is paid, and Common Stock of the Corporation at an annual rate of nine percent (9%) of the Original Issue Price per share (equal to $.09 per share per annum) payable out of legally available funds. Dividends shall accrue on each share of Series B Preferred Stock from the date of issuance thereof, whether paid or not, and shall be cumulative and compounded annually. Such dividends shall be payable on the first day of each January, April, July and October commencing with respect to each share of Series B Preferred Stock, on the first of such dates to occur after the issuance of such share (each such date a “Dividend Payment Date”) to the holders of record at the close of business on the fifteenth day of each December, March, June and September, respectively, subject to declaration of such dividends by the Board. All dividends paid with respect to shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be paid pro rata to the holders entitled thereto. Dividends, if paid, must be paid, on all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock contemporaneously. If any dividend shall not be paid on a Dividend Payment Date, for any reason, the right of the holders to receive such dividend shall not lapse or terminate but each such dividend shall accrue and be paid to such holders, subject to the conversion provisions below. No dividend shall be paid to the holders of any shares of Common Stock until all dividends, including accrued dividends, then owing to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, shall have been paid in full.

Liquidation Preference. In the event of any Liquidation Event, the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of any Junior Securities by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Series B Original Issue Price (the “Liquidation Preference”), plus the amount of accrued and unpaid dividends thereon from the Original Issue Date through the date of liquidation. If upon any such Liquidation Event the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Section , the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Parity Securities shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

Conversion. The holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “Conversion Rights”):

Optional Conversion. Each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Series B Original Issue Price by the Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The Conversion Price at which shares of Common Stock shall be deliverable upon conversion of Series B Preferred Stock without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof (the “Conversion Price”) shall initially be $1.28 per share. Such initial Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Series B Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below. All accrued and unpaid dividends may be converted by each holder of Series B Preferred Stock into Common Stock by first determining the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock that could be purchased based on the Series B Original Issue Price then in effect and then determining the number of shares of Common Stock such additional shares of Series B Preferred Stock are convertible into. By way of illustration only, if the accrued and unpaid dividends are equal to $100,000, then based on the Series B Original Issue Price of $1.50 and a Conversion Price of $1.28, the holders of Series B Preferred Stock would receive an additional 78,125 shares of Common Stock.

Automatic Conversion. Upon the consummation of an underwritten public offering of the Common Stock of the Company (“IPO”), each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock at a Conversion Price equal to the lesser of (i) the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the consummation of the IPO or (ii) fifty percent (50%) of the public offering price of the Common Stock in the IPO. All accrued and unpaid dividends may be converted by each holder of Series B Preferred Stock into Common Stock by first determining the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock that could be purchased based on the Series B Original Issue Price then in effect and then determining the number of shares of Common Stock such additional shares of Series B Preferred Stock are convertible into. By way of illustration only, if the accrued and unpaid dividends are equal to $100,000, then based on the Series B Original Issue Price of $1.50 and a Conversion Price of $1.28, the holders of Series B Preferred Stock would receive an additional 78,125 shares of Common Stock.

Undesignated Preferred Stock

The Company has the ability to authorize Series A and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock.

Treasury Stock

Since its inception, we have repurchased shares from our shareholders. To date, we have repurchased 1,226,630 shares, of which 817,753 have been retired.

In connection with a 2018 consulting agreement, we are committed to issue 408,877 shares held in treasury upon the occurrence of certain events or milestones. We issued, out of treasury, 136,292 shares in July 2018 and 136,292 shares in July 2019.

Warrant Issuance-Common Stock

As part of the sale and issuance of 3,913,414 shares of our Series B Convertible Preferred Stock of SBG, we issued warrants to purchase 2,666,837 shares of our common stock at a price of $1.10 per share. The warrants have a 5-year term. At December 31, 2019, there are 2,593,486 warrants outstanding with a weighted average remaining life of 0.9 years.


Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 8 – Share-Based Payments

Warrant Issuance-Loan Agreements

In 2014, the Company issued seven (7) warrants for the purchase of 1,362,922 shares of the Company’s common stock. The warrants were issued with various loan agreements as described above in Note 4. Two warrants for a total of 136,292 shares of common stock were issued with exercise prices of $0.73 per share and five warrants for a total of 1,226,630 shares of common stock were issued with an exercise price of $0.92 per share. The Company estimated the fair value of the warrants totaling $161,626 based on its estimate of the fair value of the Company’s common stock at the issuance date, an average risk-free interest rate of 1.69%, the estimated life of half of the term of the warrant, a zero dividend yield and, a volatility rate of 50%, which was recorded as a discount to the notes and amortized over the notes’ lives under the effective interest rate method. The fair value of the warrants were expensed over the life of the loans which was 12 months. These warrants have expired as of December 31, 2018.

Warrant Issuance-GMA Consulting Services

During 2018, we issued warrants to purchase 1,362,922 shares of our common stock at $0.007 per share as part of our consulting agreement with GMA (see Note 4), At December 31, 2019, the weighted average life of the outstanding warrants is 3.75 years.

The warrants entitle the holder to purchase one share per warrant of the Company’s common stock at a price of $0.007 per share during the five-year period commencing on October 2, 2018, or, if greater, the number of common shares with a market value equivalent to two percent of the enterprise value of the Company at an exercise price of $0.006 per share.

Stock Plan

We have adopted the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), which provides for the grant of common stock and stock options to employees. We have reserved 4,088,765 shares for issuance under the Plan. The option exercise price generally may not be less than the underlying stock’s fair market value at the date of the grant and generally have a term of ten years. On December 31, 2018, the sole option holder at the time, our CEO, exercised his options to purchase 2,657,698 shares of common stock at a purchase price of $0.12 per share, totaling $312,000, which total purchase price was paid by the cancelation of the equivalent amount of debt owed by us to the CEO. On December 7, 2019, our Board of Directors granted 1,124,410 options to certain employees and consultants. None of these options were exercised at December 31, 2019. There are 1,124,410 options issued and outstanding under the Plan at December 31, 2019. As of December 31, 2019, the total number of options available for grant is 306,657.


Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 8 – Share-Based Payments, continued

Stock Plan, continued

We measure employee stock-based awards at the grant-date fair value and recognizes employee compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the award. Determining the appropriate fair value of stock-based awards requires the input of subjective assumptions, including the fair value of our common stock, and for stock options, the expected life of the option, and expected stock price volatility and exercise price. We used the Black-Scholes option pricing model to value its stock option awards. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock-based awards represent management’s best estimates and involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. As a result, if factors change and management uses different assumptions, stock-based compensation expense could be materially different for future awards. The expected life of stock options was estimated using the “simplified method,” which calculates the expected term as the midpoint between the weighted average time to vesting and the contractual maturity, we have limited historical information to develop reasonable expectations about future exercise patterns and employment duration for its stock options grants. The simplified method is based on the average of the vesting tranches and the contractual life of each grant. For stock price volatility, we use comparable public companies as a basis for its expected volatility to calculate the fair value of options granted. The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury notes with a term approximating the expected life of the option. The estimation of the number of stock awards that will ultimately vest requires judgment, and to the extent actual results or updated estimates differ from the Company’s current estimates, such amounts are recognized as an adjustment in the period in which estimates are revised.

We recognized stock-based compensation expense of $265,589 and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. There was no unrecognized compensation cost related to stock option awards at December 31, 2019.

A summary of information related to stock options for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 is as follows:

  December 31, 2019  December 31, 2018 
     Weighted Average     Weighted Average 
  Options  Exercise Price  Options  Exercise Price 
             
Outstanding - beginning of year  -  $-   2,657,698  $0.12 
Granted  1,124,410  $0.73   .     
Exercised  -  $-   (2,657,698) $(0.12)
Cancelled/forfeited  -  $-   -     
Outstanding - end of year  1,124,410  $0.73   -     
                 
Exercisable at end of year  1,124,410  $0.73   -     
                 
Weighted average grant date fair value of options during year  N/A       N/A     
                 
Weighted average duration to expiration of outstanding options at year-end  5.0       N/A     


Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 9 – Related Parties

During the normal course of business, we incurred expenses related to services provided by our CEO or Company expenses paid by our CEO, resulting in related party payables, net of $429,432 and $302,934 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The related party payable to the CEO bears no interest payable and is due on demand.

During 2018, $312,000 of the related party was paid in kind as the CEO exercised 2,657,698 options to acquire common stock at $0.12 per share against the payable.

There are related party notes payable of $1,505,100 and $1,375,100 outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, as discussed in Note 4.

Note 10 – Investment in Salt Tequila USA, LLC

On December 9, 2013, we entered into a marketing and distribution agreement with SALT Tequila USA, LLC (“SALT”) in Mexico for the manufacturing of our product line. The agreement was for a one-year term with an additional two-year renewal. On December 28, 2015, the agreement was extended through 2020. In the December 9, 2013 agreement, we received a 5% ownership interest in SALT, 12 months after the date of the agreement we received an additional 5% ownership interest in SALT, and 24 months after the date of the agreement we received an additional 5% interest, resulting in a total interest of 15% in SALT. We have not recorded the cost of the investment or our share of its results of operations as the amounts are considered immaterial.

SALT also has sold product to an unrelated international alcohol distributor, American Spirits Exchange, for preliminary market testing in 9 of 16 states that they distribute to, that are government-controlled alcohol resellers. In 2018 and 2019 we had no sales involvedof SALT Tequila. On December 31, 2018, we created a Mexican subsidiary, Splash MEX SA DE CV (“Splash Mex”) for the exporting of SALT Tequila from Mexico to the USA, South and Central Americas. Splash Mex will also act as the manufacturing and distribution agent of TapouT in Central and South Americas. Applications for the appropriate licenses required for import and wholesale of alcohol in the USA have been completed for at the Federal and State levels. These licenses will permit direct alcohol sales to distributors and wholesalers thereby limiting the use of agents for importing SALT Tequila to the USA for distribution.

Note 11 – Operating Lease Obligations

Effective July 2018, we entered into a lease agreement for the right to use and occupy office space. The lease term commenced July 1, 2018 and is scheduled to expire after 36 months, on June 30, 2021. Total rent expense for the ten months, beginning in March, in 2018 was $32,855.

Prior to the current lease, we entered into a lease agreement in 2014 for the right to use and occupy office space. The lease term commenced November 1, 2014 and was scheduled to expire after 62 months, on December 31, 2019. The lease was terminated in February 2018. Total rent expense for the two months in 2018 was $19,641.

Effective November 2019, we entered into a new lease agreement for our NY affiliate. The lease is for six months and will expire on April 30, 2020. This lease was not subjected to the new lease standard, Topic 842.


Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 11 – Operating Lease Obligations, continued

Effective November 2019, we entered into a new lease with Interport Logistics, LLC. The lease term commenced on November 11, 2019 and is scheduled to expire on November 11, 2020. This lease was subjected to the new lease standard, Topic 842.

Effective May 2019, we entered into a new lease in Mexico. The lease commenced May 1, 2019 and is scheduled to expire after 24 months, on April 1, 2021. This lease was subjected to the new lease standard, Topic 842.

The following table presents a reconciliation of the undiscounted future minimum lease payments, under the leases for our office and warehouses to the amounts reported as financial lease liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2019:

Undiscounted Future Minimum Lease Payments Operating Lease 
    
2020 $87,734 
2021  59,291 
Thereafter  25,911 
Total  172,936 
Amount representing imputed interest  (9,196)
Total operating lease liability  163,740 
Current portion of operating lease liability  (81,502)
Operating lease liability, non-current $82,238 

The table below presents information for lease costs related to our operating leases at December 31, 2019:

Operating lease cost:   
Amortization of leased assets $52,692 
Interest of lease liabilities  5,716 
Total operating lease cost $58,408 

The table below presents lease-related terms and discount rates at December 31, 2019:

Remaining term on leases16 to 34 months
Incremented borrowing rate5.0%


Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 12 - Contingencies

We are a party to asserted claims and are subject to regulatory actions in the ordinary course of business. The results of such proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, but the Company does not anticipate that the outcome, if any, arising out of any such matter will have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition or results of operations.

Litigation

On April 24, 2017, a note holder filed a complaint against the Company for a promissory note in default. The note holder is requesting summary judgment in the amount of $246,632.

Note 13 – Subsequent Events

TapouT Licensing Agreement

Effective January 1, 2020, we have amended our license agreement with TapouT as previously disclosed in Note 5. The agreement has been extended through December 31, 2022. Under the terms of the amendment, we are required to make guaranteed minimum royalty monthly payments of $45,000 through December 31, 2022. We also are required to meet a minimum net sales threshold of $9,000,000 for 2020. There can be no assurance that the net sales threshold will be achieved, or that further amendments to the agreement will be executed for it to remain effective in 2021 and later periods.

SALT Tequila Purchase Agreement

On March 26, 2020, we entered into a new amended stock sale and purchase agreement. The agreement is for $1,000,000 to be paid in 4 tranches of $250,000 and entitles us to additional equity interest in Salt Tequila USA, LLC as follows:

Tranche 1 – 7.5%

Tranche 2 – 5.0%

Tranche 3 – 5.0%

Tranche 4 – 5.0%

Once all tranches are paid-out we will have a total equity stake of 37.5% of Salt Tequila USA, LLC.

Merger with Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.

As previously described in Note 1, Splash entered into a Merger Agreement with CMS. Upon completion of the merger, the Splash shareholders collectively own, as a group, on a fully diluted basis approximately 85% of the combined company.

The Merger Agreement was consummated on March 31, 2020. As part of the merger, pursuant to a Promissory Note Conversion Agreement, all outstanding debt of Splash, except for $450,000 in principal, was converted in common shares of the combined entity. Under the Promissory Note Conversion Agreement, if the Company shall fail to raise $9,000,000 of additional capital no later than six months from the date of the Merger, then the holder may seek to rescind the Promissory Note Conversion Agreement, return the Note Conversion Shares and receive a replacement promissory note from the Company.

In addition, in connection with the Merger, pursuant to Preferred Stock Conversion Agreements, all Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, and accreted dividends of Splash were converted into common shares of the combined entity, and have been reflected as outstanding for all periods presented. Under the Preferred Stock Conversion Agreement, if the Company shall fail to raise $9,000,000 of additional capital no later than six months from the date of the Merger, then the holder may seek to rescind the Preferred Stock Conversion Agreement, return the Preferred Stock Conversion Shares and receive replacement shares of preferred stock from the Company.

Alcohol License

On February 4, 2020 we received a Florida Alcohol License. This license gives us the ability to import and sell liquor within the United States.

Warrant Expiration

Subsequent to December 31, 2019, warrants to purchase 754,741 shares of our common stock have expired.

Mezzanine Equity

As part of the merger, dated March 31, 2020, we converted the majority of our debt into equity. As stated in the debt conversion agreements, each debt holder can convert their shares back to debt if we are not able to adequately raise $9,000,000 additional capital within six months of the date of the merger. As a result, these shares have been classified as mezzanine equity in the consolidated balance sheet on March 31, 2020.

Q1 2020 Notes Received

During the first quarter of 2020, we received $1.5 million from one of our shareholders to be used to finance the operations of the Company. As part of the merger, the entire $1.5 million was converted into mezzanine equity.

 F-27

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

[f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.]

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

June30, 2020


Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

[f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.]

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019

(Unaudited)

     
  June 30, 2020 December 31, 2019
Assets    
Current assets:        
Cash and cash equivalents $118,751  $42,639 
Accounts Receivable, net  359,657   11,430 
Prepaid Expenses  19,114   5,449 
Inventory  479,230   304,012 
Other receivables  9,544   7,132 
Total current assets  986,296   370,662 
         
Non-current assets:        
Deposit $56,366  $34,915 
Goodwill  9,448,852   —   
Investment in Salt Tequila USA, LLC  250,000   —   
Right of use asset, net  130,101   162,008 
Property and equipment, net  64,269   37,729 
Total non-current assets  9,948,049   234,652 
         
Total assets $10,935,884  $605,314 
         
Liabilities and Deficiency in Stockholders' Equity        
         
Liabilities:        
  Current liabilities        
Accounts payable and accrued expenses $1,118,582  $703,885 
Right of use liability – current  89,950   81,502 
Due to related parties  517,875   429,432 
Bridge loan payable, net  —     2,200,000 
Related party notes payable  —     1,505,100 
Convertible Loan Payable  100,000   2,202,664 
Notes payable, current portion  539,611   875,000 
Royalty payable  90,000   39,000 
Revenue financing arrangements  12,710   45,467 
Shareholder advances  88,000   46,250 
Accrued interest payable  805,602   1,604,498 
Accrued interest payable - related parties  —     546,362 
Total current liabilities  3,362,330   10,279,160 
         
Long-term Liabilities:        
Related party notes payable – noncurrent  64,200   —   
Right of use liability – noncurrent  40,151   82,238 
Total long-term liabilities  104,351   82,238 
         
Total liabilities  3,466,681   10,361,398 
         
Common stock, (mezzanine shares) 12,605,283 shares, contingently convertible to notes payable at June 30, 2020  9,248,720   —   
         
         
Deficiency in stockholders' equity:        
Common Stock, $0.001 par, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 57,002,247 and 44,021,382 shares        
issued 57,002,247 and 43,885,090 outstanding, at June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively  57,002   44,021 
Additional paid in capital  34,898,641   22,095,403 
Treasury Stock, $0.001 par, 136,292 shares at cost  —     (50,000)
Accumulated deficit  (36,735,159)  (31,845,508)
Total deficiency in stockholders' equity  (1,779,517)  (9,756,084)
         
Total liabilities, mezzanine shares and deficiency in stockholders' equity $10,935,884  $605,314 

The accompanying notes are an underwriter;integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.


Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

[f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.]

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

For the Three- and Six- Months Ended June 30, 2020 and 2019

(Unaudited)

  Three months ended June 30, 2020 Three months ended June 30, 2019 Six months ended June 30, 2020 Six months ended June 30, 2019
Net revenues $612,308  $42,775  $724,311  $48,105 
Cost of goods sold  (287,773)  (48,215)  (394,987)  (74,418)
Gross margin  324,535   (5,440)  329,324   (26,313)
                 
Operating expenses:                
Contracted services  165,697   179,714   423,678   430,770 
Salary and wages  365,013   16,378   606,689   412,262 
Other general and administrative  156,258   79,456   1,189,671   301,843 
Sales and marketing  24,230   27,164   47,242   32,652 
  Total operating expenses  711,198   302,712   2,267,280   1,177,527 
                 
Loss from operations  (386,663)  (308,152)  (1,937,956)  (1,203,840)
                 
Other income/(expense):                
Interest income  205   —     16,356   —   
Interest expense  (21,854)  89,763     (1,935,491)  (420,524)
Gain from debt extinguishment  34,962   —     34,962   —   
Total other income/(expense)  13,313   89,763   (1,884,172)  (420,524)
                 
Provision for income taxes  —     —     —     —   
                 
Net loss $(373,350) $(218,389) $(3,822,129) $(1,624,364)
                 
Net loss per share (basic and diluted) $(0.01) $(0.01) $(0.07) $(0.04)
                 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding  56,908,703   41,807,563   51,113,403   41,603,074 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 F-30

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

[f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.]

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Deficiency in Stockholders’ Equity

For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019

(Unaudited)

             Total
    Common Stock Treasury Stock Additional Accumulated Stockholders'
    Shares Amount Shares Amount Paid-In Capital Deficit Equity (Deficit)
                 
Balances at December 31, 2018  40,165,002   40,165   272,585  $(100,000) $18,938,480  $(26,709,776) $(7,831,132)
                              
Issuance of Common stock for cash  27,258   27   —     —     19,973   —    $20,000
Issuance of Common stock for services  1,363   1   —     —     999   —    1,000
Share-based compensation  —     —     —     —     —     —    -
Net loss  —     —     —     —     —     (703,624) (703,624)
                              
Balances at March 31, 2019  40,193,623   40,193   272,585  $(100,000) $18,959,452  $(27,413,400) $(8,513,755)
                              
Issuance of Common stock for cash  483,837   484   —     —     354,516   —    $355,000
Issuance of Common stock for services  —     —     —     —     —     —    -
Issuance of series B convertible preferred stock  —     —     —     —     —     —    -
Issuance of Common stock from treasury  —     —     —     —     —     —    -
Warrants issued in connection with debt modification  —     —     —     —     —     —    -
Share-based compensation  —     —     —     —     —     —    -
Net loss  —     —     —     —     —     (921,520) (921,520)
                              
Balances at June 30, 2019  40,677,460   40,677   272,585  $(100,000) $19,313,968  $(28,334,920) $(9,080,275)
                              
      Common Stock   Treasury Stock   Additional    Accumulated  

Total

Stockholders'

      Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Paid-In Capital   Deficit  Equity (Deficit)
Balances at December 31, 2019  44,021,389   44,021   136,293  $(50,000) $22,095,403  $(31,845,506) $(9,756,084)
                              
Issuance of common stock for convertible debt  —     —     —     ��     145,579   —    145,579
Incremental beneficial conversion for preferred A  —     —     —     —     240,770   (240,770) -
Issuance of warrants on convertible instruments  —     —     —     —     2,486,706   (828,903) 1,657,803
Issuance of common stock for services  817,753   818   (136,293)  50,000   549,182   —    600,000
Issuance of common stock for acquisition  11,913,200   11,913   —     —     9,161,251   —    9,173,164
Net loss  —     —     —     —     —     (3,446,630) (3,446,630)
                              
Balances at March 31, 2020  56,752,342   56,752   —    $—    $34,678,891  $(36,361,809) $(1,626,167)
                              
Issuance of warrants  —     —     —     —     77,434   —    77,434
Issuance of common stock for services  —     —     —     —         —    -
Issuance of common stock for cash  249,912   250   —     —     142,316   —    142,566
Net loss  —     —     —     —         (373,350) (373,350)
                              
Balances at June 30, 2020  57,002,254   57,002   —    $—    $34,898,641  $(36,735,159) $(1,779,517)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.


Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

[f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.]

Condensed Consolidated Statement Cash Flows

For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2020 and 2019

(Unaudited)

  Six months ended June 30, 2020 Six months ended June 30, 2019
Net loss $(3,822,129) $(1,624,364)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash        
used in operating activities:        
Depreciation and amortization  13,045   4,711 
Amortization of ROU Asset  39,684   502 
Debt discount  (5,222)   _
Gain from debt extinguishment  (34,962)  —   
Interest on notes payable converted to common stock  231,692   —   
Interest expense due to the issuance of warrants  1,657,805   —   
Share-based compensation  —     —   
Shares issued in exchange for services  600,000   1,000 
Other noncash charges  (252,280)  —   
Changes in working capital items:      —   
Accounts receivable  (36,641)  2,598 
Inventory  (153,804)  (80,648)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  (16,077)  38,187 
Deposits  (39,451)  (1,043)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses  (56,268)  (122,896)
Royalty payable  51,000   (21,062)
Accrued Interest payable  40,601   403,530 
Net cash used in operating activities  (1,783,007)  (1,399,485)
         
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:        
Capital Expenditures  (5,439)  (4,526)
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets  1,098     
Investment in Salt Tequila USA, LLC  (150,000)  —   
Net cash acquired in merger  72,442   —   
Net cash used in investing activities  (81,899)  (4,526)
         
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:        
Proceeds from issuance of Common stock  1,610,000   375,000 
Repayment of shareholder advance  (120,106)  —   
Cash advance from shareholder  288,000   —   
Proceeds from issuance of debt  264,249   160,413 
Principal repayment of debt  (61,248)  —   
Reduction of ROU Liability  (39,877)  —   
Net cash provided by financing activities  1,941,018   535,413 
         
Net Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents  76,112   (868,598)
         
Cash and Cash Equivalents, beginning of year  42,639   938,040 
         
         
Cash and Cash Equivalents, end of period $118,751  $69,442 
         
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:        
Cash paid for interest $3,424  $—   
         
         
Supplemental Disclosure of Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities        
Notes payable and accrued interest converted to common stock (12,605,283 shares)  9,248,721   —   
Series A & B preferred stock and declared dividends converted to common stock  14,587,623   —   
Liability issued for investment in SALT Tequila USA, LLC  100,000   —   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.


Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

[f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.]

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 – Business Organization and Nature of Operations

Splash Beverage Group (“SBG”), f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc. (the “CMS”), was incorporated in the State of Ohio on September 3, 1992, and changed domicile to Colorado on April 18, 2012. CMS is in the business of home health services, primarily the selling of durable medical equipment and medical supplies to the public, nursing homes, hospitals and other end users.

On December 31, 2019, CMS entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with SBG Acquisition Inc. (“Merger Sub”), a Nevada Corporation wholly-owned by CMS, and Splash Beverage Group, Inc. a Nevada corporation (“Splash”) pursuant to which Merger Sub merged with and into Splash (the “Merger”) with Splash as the surviving company and a wholly-owned subsidiary of CMS. The Merger was consummated on March 31, 2020.

As the owners and management of Splash have voting and operating control of CMS following the Merger, the Merger transaction was accounted for as a reverse acquisition (that is with Splash as the acquiring entity), followed by a recapitalization.

As part of the recapitalization, previously issued shares of SBG preferred stock have been reflected as shares of common stock that were received in the Merger. These common shares have been retrospectively presented as outstanding for all periods.

Splash specializes in the manufacturing, distribution, and sales & marketing of various beverages across multiple channels. Splash operates in both the non-alcoholic and alcoholic beverage segments. Additionally, Splash operates its own vertically integrated B-to-B and B-to-C e-commerce distribution platform called Qplash, further expanding its distribution abilities and visibility.

On July 2, 2020, CMS received a Certificate of Good Standing from the State of Colorado. This certificate allowed us to change our name from Canfield Medical Supply, Inc. to Splash Beverage Group, Inc. a Colorado company. On July 31, 2020, we received approval from FINRA to change the Company’s name from Canfield Medical Supply, Inc. to Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation

These condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Splash Beverage Group and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Holdings and Splash Mex, in addition to the accounts of the CMS from March 31, 2020, the merger consummation date. All intercompany balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Our accounting and reporting policies conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP).

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared by us without audit. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (which include only normal recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly the financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the three months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 have been made.

Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America have been condensed or omitted. It is suggested that these financial statements be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in our December 31, 2019 audited financial statements. The results of operations for the period ended June 30, 2020 are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for the full year.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash Equivalents and Concentration of Cash Balance

We consider all highly liquid securities with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. We had no cash equivalents at June 30, 2020 or December 31, 2019.

Our cash in bank deposit accounts, at times, may exceed federally insured limits of $250,000. At June 30, 2020 we had no bank accounts over the federally insured limits. Our bank deposit accounts in Mexico are uninsured.


Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

[f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.]

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, continued

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable are carried at their estimated collectible amounts and are periodically evaluated for collectability based on past credit history with clients and other factors. We establish provisions for losses on accounts receivable on the basis of loss experience, known and inherent risk in the account balance, and current economic conditions.  At June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, our accounts receivable amounts are reflected net of allowances of$359,657 and $11,430, respectively.

Inventory

Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, accounted for using the weighted average cost method. The inventory balances at June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 consisted of finished goods held for distribution. The cost elements of inventory consist of purchase of products, transportation, and warehousing. We establish provisions for excess or inventory near expiration are based on management’s estimates of forecast turnover of inventories on hand and under contract. A significant change in the timing or level of demand for certain products as compared to forecast amounts may result in recording additional provisions for excess or expired inventory in the future. Provisions for excess inventory are included in cost of goods sold and have historically been adequate to provide for losses on inventory. We manage inventory levels and purchase commitments in an effort to maximize utilization of inventory on hand and under commitments.

Property and Equipment

We record property and equipment at cost when purchased. Depreciation is recorded for property, equipment, and software using the straight-line method over the estimated economic useful lives of assets, which range from 3-10 years. Company management reviews the recoverability of all long-lived assets, including the related useful lives, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of a long-lived asset might not be recoverable.

Depreciation expense totaled $10,750 and$1,806 for the three months ended June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2019, respectively. Depreciation expense totaled $13,045 and $4,711 for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2019, respectively. Property and equipment as of June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 consisted of the following:

  June 30,
2020
 December 31,
2019
Property and equipment, at cost  206,006   88,758 
Accumulated depreciation  (141,738)  (51,029)
Property and equipment, net  64,269   37,729 

Licensing Agreements

We capitalize the costs for our licensing agreements with ABG TapouT, LLC and Salt Tequila USA, LLC, which are amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the agreements.

The initial amount of the TapouT agreement as entered into by a related party prior to the Company’s assumption in 2013 was $4,000,000 to be paid over several years pursuant to a guaranteed minimum royalty agreement. Royalty costs incurred under the agreements, guaranteed minimum royalty amounts, are expensed as incurred.

We have not made any payments to Salt Tequila USA, LLC under the licensing agreement due to the immaterial level of our sales to date from the brand.


Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

[f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.]

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, continued

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Financial Accounting Standards (“FASB”) guidance specifies a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect market assumptions. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurement) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurement). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

Level 1 - Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date. Level 1 primarily consists of financial instruments whose value is based on quoted market prices such as exchange-traded instruments and listed equities.

Level 2 - Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly (e.g., quoted prices of similar assets or liabilities in active markets, or quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active).

Level 3 - Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability. Financial instruments are considered Level 3 when their fair values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flows or similar techniques and at least one significant model assumption or input is unobservable.

The liabilities and indebtedness presented on the consolidated financial statements approximate fair values at June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, consistent with recent negotiations of notes payable and due to the short duration of maturities.

Convertible Instruments

U.S. GAAP requires the bifurcation of certain conversion rights contained in convertible indebtedness and account for them as free standing derivative financial instruments according to certain criteria. This criteria include circumstances in which (a) the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative instrument are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract, (b) the hybrid instrument that embodies both the embedded derivative instrument and the host contract is not re-measured at fair value under otherwise applicable generally accepted accounting principles with changes in fair value reported in earnings as they occur and (c) a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative instrument would be considered a derivative instrument. An exception to this rule is when the host instrument is deemed to be conventional as that term is described under applicable U.S. GAAP.

When bifurcation is required, the embedded conversion options are bifurcated from the convertible note, resulting in the recognition of discounts to convertible notes for the intrinsic value of conversion options embedded in debt instruments based upon the differences between the fair value of the underlying common stock at the commitment date of the note transaction and the effective conversion price embedded in the note.  Debt discounts under these arrangements are amortized over the term of the related debt to their stated date of redemption.

With respect to convertible preferred stock, we record a dividend for the intrinsic value of conversion options embedded in preferred securities based upon the differences between the fair value of the underlying common stock at the commitment date of the transaction and the effective conversion price embedded in the preferred shares.


Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

[f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.]

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, continued

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue under ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). This guidance sets forth a five-step model which depicts the recognition of revenue in an amount that reflects what we expect to receive in exchange for the transfer of goods or services to customers.

We recognize revenue when our performance obligations under the terms of a contract with the customer are satisfied. Product sales occur once control of our products is transferred upon delivery to the customer. Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration that we expect to receive in exchange for transferring goods and is presented net of provisions for customer returns and allowances. The amount of consideration we receive and revenue we recognize varies with changes in customer incentives we offer to our customers and their customers. Sales taxes and other similar taxes are excluded from revenue.

Distribution expenses to transport our products, where applicable, and warehousing expense after manufacture are accounted for within operating expenses.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold include the costs of products, packaging, transportation, warehousing, and costs associated with valuation allowances for expired, damaged or impaired inventory.

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, “Compensation - Stock Compensation”.  Under the fair value recognition provisions, cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense ratably over the requisite service period, which is generally the option vesting period.  We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options.  We early adopted ASU 2018-07, “Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting”, which aligns accounting treatment for such awards to non-employees with the existing guidance on employee share-based compensation in ASC 718.

Income Taxes

We use the liability method of accounting for income taxes as set forth in ASC 740, “Income Taxes”.  Under the liability method, deferred taxes are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using tax rates expected to be in effect during the years in which the basis differences reverse.  We record a valuation allowance when it is not more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized.

Company management assesses its income tax positions and records tax benefits for all years subject to examination based upon its evaluation of the facts, circumstances and information available at the reporting date.  In accordance with ASC 740-10, for those tax positions where there is a greater than 50% likelihood that a tax benefit will be sustained, our policy is to record the largest amount of tax benefit that is more likely than not to be realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information.

For those income tax positions where there is less than 50% likelihood that a tax benefit will be sustained, no tax benefit will be recognized in the financial statements. Company management has determined that there are no material uncertain tax positions at June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019.


Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

[f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.]

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, continued

Net loss per share

The net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted average number of shares of common outstanding. Warrants, stock options, and common stock issuable upon the conversion of the Company's convertible debt or preferred stock (if any), are not included in the computation if the effect would be anti-dilutive.

  Three-months ended Three-months ended Six-months ended Six-months ended
Numerator June 30, 2020 June 30, 2019 June 30 2020 June 30, 2019 
Net loss applicable to common shareholders $(373,350) $(218,389) $(3,822,129) $(1,624,364)
                 
Denominator                
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding  56,908,703   41,807,563   51,113,403   41,603,563 
                 
Net loss per share (basic and diluted) $(0.01) $(0.01) $(0.07) $(0.04)

Weighted average number of shares outstanding excludes anti-dilutive common stock equivalents, including warrants to purchase 3 million shares of common stock for nominal consideration.

Advertising

We conduct advertising for the promotion of our products. In accordance with ASC 720-35, advertising costs are charged to operations when incurred.

Related Parties

We are indebted to certain members of our Board of Directors at June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019. Transactions between us and the Board members are summarized in Notes 4 and 8.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases” (Topic 842). This ASU requires a lessee to recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for most leases in its balance sheet.

We adopted the standard on January 1, 2019, using the modified retrospective method. The adoption of this standard resulted in recognition of a right-of-use asset and a lease liability, initially measured at the present value of the lease payments, for all leases with a term greater than 12 months. When available, we would use the rate implicit in the lease to discount lease payments to present value. However, our leases generally do not provide a readily determinable implicit rate. Therefore, our management estimates the incremental borrowing rate to discount lease payments based on the information at the lease commencement. The accounting for finance leases is substantially unchanged. Given the nature of our operation, the adoption of Topic 842 did not have a material impact on our balance sheet, statement of income, or liquidity. Refer to Note 10 – Operating Lease Obligations for information regarding our adoption of Topic 842 and the Company’s undiscounted future lease payments and the timing of those payments.

Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards could have a material effect on the accompanying financial statements. As new accounting pronouncements are issued, we will adopt those that are applicable under the circumstances.

Note 3 – Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business.  Our business operations have not yet generated significant revenues, and we have sustained net losses of approximately $3.8 million during the six months ended June 30, 2020 and have an accumulated deficit of approximately $40.5 million at June 30, 2020. In addition, we have current liabilities in excess of current assets of approximately $2.4 million at June 30, 2020. Further, we are in default on approximately $0.6 million of indebtedness, including accrued interest.

Our ability to continue as a going concern in the foreseeable future is dependent upon our ability to generate revenues and obtain sufficient long-term financing to meet current and future obligations and deploy such to produce profitable operating results. Management has evaluated these conditions and plans to raise capital as needed and to generate revenues to satisfy our capital needs. No assurance can be given that we will be successful in these efforts.

These factors, among others, raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern for a reasonable period of time. These financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should we be unable to continue as a going concern.


Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

[f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.]

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 4 – Notes Payable, Related Party Notes Payable, Convertible Bridge Loans Payable, Revenue Financing Arrangements and Bridge Loan Payable

Notes payable are generally nonrecourse and secured by all Company owned assets.

  Interest Rate June 30, 2020 December 31, 2019
Notes Payable            
             
In October 2013, we entered into a short-term loan agreement with an entity in the amount of $25,000. In March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $25,000 and unpaid accrued interest of $11,345 was converted into 234,767 shares of common stock according to the Merger Agreement.  7% $—    $25,000 
             
In February 2014, we entered into a 12-month term loan agreement with an individual in the amount of $200,000. The note included warrants for 66,146 shares of common stock at $0.73 per share.  The warrants expired on February 28, 2017 and none were exercised at that date. The note matured and remains unpaid.  15%  150,000   150,000 
             
In March 2014, we entered into a 12-month term loan agreement with an individual in the amount of $500,000.  The note included warrants for 681,461 shares of common stock at $0.92 per share. The warrants expired on February 28, 2017 and none were exercised at that date.  In March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $500,000 and unpaid accrued interest of $373,065 was converted into 1,124,802 shares of common stock according to the Merger Agreement.  15%  —     500,000 
             
In March 2014, we entered into a short-term loan agreement with an entity in the amount of $200,000. The note included warrants for 272,584 shares of common stock at $0.94 per share. The warrants expired on February 28, 2017 and none were exercised at that date. The loans matured and remain unpaid.  8%  200,000   200,000 
             
In May 2020, we entered into a two year loan with an entity under the Paycheck Protection Program established by the CARES Act in the amount of $94,833.32. The note requires monthly payments of principal and interest starting in December 2020 and maturing in May 2020. We expect $73,167 of the loan amount to be forgiven in accordance with the CARES Act.  1%  94,833   —   
             
In June 2020, we entered into a six-month loan with an individual in the amount of $100,000. The loan matures in December 2020 with principal and interest due at maturity.  12%  100,000   —   
      $544,833  $875,000 

Interest expense on notes payable was $10,429 and $28,813 for the three months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Interest expense on notes payable was $59,859 and $57,626 for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Accrued interest was $245,005 at June 30, 2020

Concurrently with the consummation of the Merger, notes payable of $525,000 and accrued interest were converted to shares of Splash common stock, which were exchanged for Splash Beverage Group, Inc. [Formerly known as Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.] shares. Pursuant to the terms of the conversion agreements, these investors have the right to rescind the common shares received and receive replacement notes payable if we fail to raise $9 million in a secondary initial public solicitationsoffering by September 30, 2020. As a result, these shares are classified as mezzanine equity in our condensed consolidated balance sheet.


Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

[f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.]

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 4 – Notes Payable, Related Party Notes Payable, Convertible Bridge Loans Payable, Revenue Financing Arrangements and Bridge Loan Payable, continued

  Interest Rate June 30, 2020 December 31, 2019
Related Parties Notes Payable            
             
During 2012, we entered into two 6-month term loan agreements with an entity, totaling $150,000. The notes included warrants for 68,146 shares of common stock at $0.73 per share which expired unexercised in 2017. In March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $41,500 and unpaid accrued interest of $31,515 was converted into 98,726 shares of common stock according to the Merger Agreement.  7% $—    $41,500 
             
In March 2014, we entered into a $50,000 12-month term loan agreement. The note included warrants for 136,292 shares of common stock at $0.92 per share. The warrants expired unexercised on February 28, 2017.  In March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $50,000 and unpaid accrued interest of $24,145 was converted into 99,252 shares of common stock according to the Merger Agreement.  8%  —     50,000 
             
During 2015, we entered into a 12-month term loan agreement with an individual in the amount $250,000.  In March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $250,000 and unpaid accrued interest of $101,850 was converted into 98,726 shares of common stock according to the Merger Agreement.  8%  —     250,000 
             
In February 2012, we entered into a loan agreement with an officer of the Company in the amount of $100. On September 25, 2018 an additional $10,500 loan agreement was entered into. In March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $10,600 and unpaid accrued interest of $1,189 was converted into 15,734 shares of common stock according to the Merger Agreement.  7%  —     10,600 
             
During 2013, 2014, 2015, and 2016, we entered into several 12-month term loan agreements with an officer of the Company in the amounts of $57,000, $225,000, $105,000, and $9,000, respectively. In March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $396,000 and unpaid accrued interest of $146,828 was converted into 727,344 shares of common stock according to the Merger Agreement.  7%  —     396,000 

Continued on next page


Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

[f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.]

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 4 – Notes Payable, Related Party Notes Payable, Convertible Bridge Loans Payable, Revenue Financing Arrangements and Bridge Loan Payable, continued

  Interest Rate June 30, 2020 December 31, 2019
Related Parties Notes Payable, continued            
             
During 2012, 2013, 2014, and 2016, we entered into 6-month term loan agreements with an officer of the Company in the amounts of $155,000, $210,000, $150,000 and $40,000, all respectively. The notes included warrants for issuances of 204,438 shares of common stock at $.092 per share. The warrants expired unexercised on March 1, 2017. In March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $495,000 and unpaid accrued interest of $213,010 was converted into 942,504 shares of common stock according to the Merger Agreement.  7%  —     495,000 
             
During 2013, 2014 and 2017, we entered into 12-month term loan agreements with an officer of the Company in the amounts of $60,000, $50,000 and $10,000. In March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $120,000 and unpaid accrued interest of $50,305 was converted into 228,328 shares of common stock according to the Merger Agreement.  7%  —     120,000 
             
During 2018, we entered into a long term note payable with an entity owned by an officer for $12,000 to be payable on July 10, 2020. In March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $12,000 and unpaid accrued interest of $1,050 was converted into 17,407 shares of common stock according to the Merger Agreement.  12%  —     12,000 
             
During 2019, we entered into a term note payable with an entity owned by an officer for $130,000 to be paid on August 8, 2019. In March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $130,000 and unpaid accrued interest of $9,078 was converted into 182,525 shares of common stock according to the Merger Agreement.  12%  —     130,000 
      $—    $1,505,100 

Interest expense on related party notes payable was $0 and $24,814 for the three months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Interest expense on related party notes payable was $37,967 and $49,628 for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Accrued interest was $0 as of June 30, 2020.

Concurrently with the consummation of the Merger, notes payable of $1,505,100 and accrued interest were involved;converted to shares of Splash common stock, which were exchanged for Splash Beverage Group, Inc. [Formerly known as Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.] shares. Pursuant to the securities bearterms of the conversion agreements, these investors have the right to rescind the common shares received and receive replacement notes payable if we fail to raise $9 million in a restrictive legend;secondary initial public offering by September 30, 2020. As a result, these shares are classified as mezzanine equity in our condensed consolidated balance sheet.


Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

[f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.]

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 4 – Notes Payable, Related Party Notes Payable, Convertible Bridge Loans Payable, Revenue Financing Arrangements and no commissionsBridge Loan Payable, continued

  Interest Rate June 30, 2020 December 31, 2019
Convertible Bridge Loans Payable            
             
In May 2015, we entered into a 3-month term loan agreement with an individual in the amount of $100,000. The annual interest rate for this bridge loan was 32% for the first 90 days, and 4% thereafter, compounded monthly.  See left  $100,000  $100,000 
             
In October 2015, we entered into a 3-month term loan agreement with two individuals in the amount of $25,000. On December 26, 2018, the outstanding principal and accrued interest of $14,388 was consolidated into a new $39,388 term loan due August 26, 2020. In March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $39,388 and unpaid accrued interest of $5,973 was converted into 59,694 shares of common stock according to the Merger Agreement.  12%  —     39,388 
             
In June 2015, we entered into a 3-month term loan with two individuals in the amount of $100,000. On December 26, 2018, the outstanding principal amount of $100,000 and accrued interest of $64,307 was consolidated into a new $164,307 term loan due August 26, 2020. In March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $164,307 and unpaid accrued interest of $24,916 was converted into 249,013 shares of common stock according to the Merger Agreement.  12%  —     164,307 
             
During 2016, 2017 and 2018, we entered into multiple loan agreements with an entity in varying amounts. On December 26, 2018, the outstanding principal of $235,500 and accrued interest of $155,861 was consolidated into a new $391,361 term due August 26, 2020. In March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $391,361 and unpaid accrued interest of $43,823 was converted into 435,184 shares of common stock according to the Merger Agreement.  12%  —     391,361 
             
During 2016, we entered into 3-month term loan agreements with an individual totaling $20,000. The loan was extended to August 14, 2020. In March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $20,000 and unpaid accrued interest of $10,096 was converted into 41,336 shares of common stock according to the Merger Agreement.  9%  —     20,000 
             
During 2014 through 2018, we entered into convertible promissory note agreements with various terms ranging from 90 days to 18 months at 18% interest with an entity which were consolidated into one loan at 12% in 2018 totaling $795,137 with a due date of August 26, 2020. In March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $795,137 and unpaid accrued interest of $89,037 was converted into 884,174 shares of common stock according to the Merger Agreement.  12%  —     795,137 
             
During 2015 and 2016, we entered into a series of 3-month term convertible promissory note agreements at 18% interest with an entity which were consolidated into one loan at 12% in 2018 totaling $692,471 with a due date of August 26, 2020. In March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $692,471 and unpaid accrued interest of $77,541 was converted into 770,012 shares of common stock according to the Merger Agreement.  12%  —     692,471 
      $100,000  $2,202,664 

During 2018, we issued convertible bridge loans payable which are convertible, at the holders’ option, into shares of our common stock.

During 2018 multiple convertible bridge loans payable to five counterparties, and related unpaid interest were consolidated into five new convertible bridge loans payable totaling $2,082,665. The notes are of varying amounts and are due in August 2020, at an interest rate of 12%. We analyzed the notes and concluded the conversion terms did not constitute beneficial conversion features. The principal amount and any accrued and unpaid interest are convertible at the conversion price of a potential future offering of the Company.


Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

[f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.]

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 4 – Notes Payable, Related Party Notes Payable, Convertible Bridge Loans Payable, Revenue Financing Arrangements and Bridge Loan Payable, continued

Interest expense on the convertible bridge loans payable was $8,000 and $70,480 for the three months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Interest expense on the convertible bridge loans payable was $101,785 and $140,960 for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Accrued interest was $155,215 at June 30, 2020.

On April 24, 2017, a note holder filed a complaint against the Company for a promissory note in default. The note holder is requesting summary judgment in the amount of $247,215.

Concurrently with the consummation of the Merger, notes payable of $2,102,664 and accrued interest were converted to shares of Splash common stock, which were exchanged for Splash Beverage Group, Inc. [Formerly known as Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.] shares. Pursuant to the terms of the conversion agreements, these investors have the right to rescind the common shares received and receive replacement notes payable if we fail to raise $9 million in a secondary initial public offering by September 30, 2020. As a result, these shares are classified as mezzanine equity in our condensed consolidated balance sheet.

  Interest Rate June 30, 2020 December 31, 2019
Revenue Financing Arrangements            
             
During August 2015, we entered into a 3-month term loan agreement with an entity in the amount of $50,000, with required daily payments of $999. we entered into two additional 3-month loan agreements with the entity in 2016 in the amounts of $60,000 and $57,000, with required daily payments of $928 and $713, respectively.   The term loans matured and remain unpaid.  10%  28,032   28,032 
             
During November 2016, we entered into a short-term loan agreement with an entity in the amount of $55,000 with required daily payments of $1,299. The note was in default as of December 31, 2018. In 2019, we entered into a settlement agreement with monthly installment payments of $6,000.  The loan is scheduled to be fully repaid in 2020.  12%  17,435   17,435 
      $45,464  $45,464 

Interest expense on the revenue financing arrangements was $25,067 and $1,723 for the year ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Accrued interest was $0 at June 30, 2020.

Bridge Loan Payable

We issued an additional bridge loan in October 2018 for $2 million with a one-year maturity to GMA Bridge Fund LLC (“GMA”). This bridge loan contains a 10% administration fee of which the full $200,000 was accrued at December 31, 2019 and included in bridge loan payable, net. We incurred $271,670 of loan costs, which was fully amortized at December 31, 2019. Interest on the bridge loan was 0.5% monthly for the first six months and 0.75% monthly for the next six months. At the same time the debt was issued, we entered into a separate agreement in which GMA provided consulting services for one year (“Consulting Agreement”). We compensated GMA for the Consulting Agreement services by issuance of a warrant with a 5-year term to acquire 1,362,922 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share. The warrant vested immediately. The value of the warrant, based on a Black-Scholes option pricing model, was $991,423 and was expensed in full in 2018. Interest expense on the bridge loan for the six months ended June 30, 2020 was $0 and accrued interest at June 30, 2020 was $0.

As part of GMA’s conversion agreement, we replaced the original warrants to purchase 1 million shares and granted additional warrants. To purchase 1 million shares. The value of the warrants based on a Black-Scholes option pricing model, was $1,657,805, and was expensed.

Concurrently with the consummation of the Merger, the $2,500,000 note payable of was converted to shares of Splash common stock, which were exchanged for Splash Beverage Group, Inc. [Formerly known as Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.] shares. Pursuant to the terms of the conversion agreements, GMA has the right to rescind the common shares received and receive replacement notes payable if we fail to raise $9 million in a secondary initial public offering by September 30, 2020. As a result, these shares are classified as mezzanine equity in our condensed consolidated balance sheet.


Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

[f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.]

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 5 – Licensing Agreement and Royalty Payable

We have a licensing agreement with ABG TapouT, LLC (“TapouT”), providing us with licensing rights to the brand “TapouT” on energy drinks, energy shots, water, teas and sports drinks for beverages sold in the United States of America, its territories, possessions, U.S. military bases and Mexico. Under the terms of the agreement, we are required to pay a 6% royalty on net sales, as defined. In 2020 and 2019, we are required to make monthly payments of $45,000 and $39,000, respectively.

The unpaid amount of royalties was $90,000 at June 30, 2020. Guaranteed minimum royalty payments totaled $135,000 and $117,000 for the three months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, which is included in general and administrative expenses. Guaranteed minimum royalty payments totaled $270,000 and $234,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, which is included in general and administrative expenses.

Note 6 – Deficiency in Stockholders’ Equity

Series A and B Convertible Preferred Stock

As part of the merger consummated on March 31, 2020, all series A and B convertible preferred stock were converted to common stock. If the Company is unable to achieve the capital raise event as defined in the Merger Agreement by September 30, 2020, these shareholders can rescind their common shares back to preferred shares. Below are the new rights to these shareholders if they decide to rescind:

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock:

Rank. The Series A Preferred Stock shall rank, with respect to dividend rights and to rights upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company (each, a “Liquidation Event”), (a) senior in preference and priority to the common stock of the Company (the “Common Stock”) and any other class or series of equity security established and designated by the Board of Directors the terms of which do not expressly provide that it ranks senior in preference or priority to or on parity with the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to dividend rights and rights upon a Liquidation Event (collectively, “Junior Securities”), (b) on parity, without preference or priority, with each other class or series of equity security established and designated by the Board of Directors the terms of which expressly provide that it ranks on parity, without preference or priority to, the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to dividend rights and rights upon a Liquidation Event (collectively, “Parity Securities”), and (c) junior in preference and priority to each other class or series of equity security established and designated by the Board of Directors the terms of which expressly provide that it ranks senior in preference or priority to the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to dividend rights and rights upon a Liquidation Event (collectively, “Senior Securities”).

Dividends. Holders of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board, out of funds legally available for the payment of dividends, cumulative cash dividends at an annual rate of eight percent (8%) of the Original Issue Price per share (equal to $.08 per share per annum). Dividends shall accrue on each share of Series A Preferred Stock from the date of issuance thereof, whether paid or not, and shall be cumulative and compounded annually.

Liquidation Preference. In the event of any Liquidation Event, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of any Junior Securities by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Series A Original Issue Price (the “Liquidation Preference”), plus the amount of accrued and unpaid dividends thereon from the Original Issue Date through the date of liquidation. If upon any such Liquidation Event the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Parity Securities shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

Conversion. The holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “Conversion Rights”):

Optional Conversion. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Series A Original Issue Price by the Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The Conversion Price at which shares of Common Stock shall be deliverable upon conversion of Series A Preferred Stock without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof (the “Conversion Price”) shall initially be $1.28 per share. Such initial Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Series A Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below. All accrued and unpaid dividends may be converted by each holder of Series A Preferred Stock into Common Stock by first determining the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock that could be purchased based on the Series A Original Issue Price then in effect and then determining the number of shares of Common Stock such additional shares of Series A Preferred Stock are convertible into. By way of illustration only, if the accrued and unpaid dividends are equal to $100,000, then based on the Series A Original Issue Price of $1.00 and a Conversion Price of $0.85, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock would receive an additional 85,000 shares of Common Stock.

Automatic Conversion. Upon the consummation of an underwritten public offering of the Common Stock of the Company (“IPO”) , each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock at a Conversion Price equal to the lesser of (i) the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the consummation of the IPO or (ii) fifty percent (50%) of the public offering price of the Common Stock in the IPO. All accrued and unpaid dividends may be converted by each holder of Series A Preferred Stock into Common Stock by first determining the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock that could be purchased based on the Series A Original Issue Price then in effect and then determining the number of shares of Common Stock such additional shares of Series A Preferred Stock are convertible into. By way of illustration only, if the accrued and unpaid dividends are equal to $100,000, then based on the Series A Original Issue Price of $1.00 and a Conversion Price of $0.85, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock would receive an additional 85,000 shares of Common Stock.


Note 6 – Deficiency in Stockholders’ Equity, continued

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock:

Rank. The Series B Preferred Stock shall rank, with respect to dividend rights and to rights upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company (each, a “Liquidation Event”), (a) senior in preference and priority to the common stock of the Company (the “Common Stock”) and any other class or series of equity security established and designated by the Board of Directors the terms of which do not expressly provide that it ranks senior in preference or priority to or on parity with the Series B Preferred Stock with respect to dividend rights and rights upon a Liquidation Event (collectively, “Junior Securities”), (b) on parity, without preference or priority, with the Series A Preferred Stock and with each other class or series of equity security established and designated by the Board of Directors the terms of which expressly provide that it ranks on parity, without preference or priority to, the Series B Preferred Stock with respect to dividend rights and rights upon a Liquidation Event (collectively, “Parity Securities”), and (c) junior in preference and priority to each other class or series of equity security established and designated by the Board of Directors the terms of which expressly provide that it ranks senior in preference or priority to the Series B Preferred Stock with respect to dividend rights and rights upon a Liquidation Event (collectively, “Senior Securities”).

Dividends. The holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive cash dividends, when, as and if declared by the Board, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on any other class of Preferred Stock, except for the Series A Preferred Stock which shall be paid at the same time as the Series B Preferred Stock is paid, and Common Stock of the Corporation at an annual rate of nine percent (9%) of the Original Issue Price per share (equal to $.09 per share per annum) payable out of legally available funds. Dividends shall accrue on each share of Series B Preferred Stock from the date of issuance thereof, whether paid or not, and shall be cumulative and compounded annually. Such dividends shall be payable on the first day of each January, April, July and October commencing with respect to each share of Series B Preferred Stock, on the first of such dates to occur after the issuance of such share (each such date a “Dividend Payment Date”) to the holders of record at the close of business on the fifteenth day of each December, March, June and September, respectively, subject to declaration of such dividends by the Board. All dividends paid with respect to shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be paid pro rata to the holders entitled thereto. Dividends, if paid, must be paid, on all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock contemporaneously. If any dividend shall not be paid on a Dividend Payment Date, for any reason, the right of the holders to receive such dividend shall not lapse or terminate but each such dividend shall accrue and be paid to such holders, subject to the conversion provisions below. No dividend shall be paid to the holders of any shares of Common Stock until all dividends, including accrued dividends, then owing to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, shall have been paid in full.

Liquidation Preference. In the event of any Liquidation Event, the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of any Junior Securities by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Series B Original Issue Price (the “Liquidation Preference”), plus the amount of accrued and unpaid dividends thereon from the Original Issue Date through the date of liquidation. If upon any such Liquidation Event the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Section , the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Parity Securities shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

Conversion. The holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “Conversion Rights”):

Optional Conversion. Each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Series B Original Issue Price by the Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The Conversion Price at which shares of Common Stock shall be deliverable upon conversion of Series B Preferred Stock without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof (the “Conversion Price”) shall initially be $1.28 per share. Such initial Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Series B Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below. All accrued and unpaid dividends may be converted by each holder of Series B Preferred Stock into Common Stock by first determining the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock that could be purchased based on the Series B Original Issue Price then in effect and then determining the number of shares of Common Stock such additional shares of Series B Preferred Stock are convertible into. By way of illustration only, if the accrued and unpaid dividends are equal to $100,000, then based on the Series B Original Issue Price of $1.50 and a Conversion Price of $1.28, the holders of Series B Preferred Stock would receive an additional 78,125 shares of Common Stock.

Automatic Conversion. Upon the consummation of an underwritten public offering of the Common Stock of the Company (“IPO”), each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock at a Conversion Price equal to the lesser of (i) the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the consummation of the IPO or (ii) fifty percent (50%) of the public offering price of the Common Stock in the IPO. All accrued and unpaid dividends may be converted by each holder of Series B Preferred Stock into Common Stock by first determining the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock that could be purchased based on the Series B Original Issue Price then in effect and then determining the number of shares of Common Stock such additional shares of Series B Preferred Stock are convertible into. By way of illustration only, if the accrued and unpaid dividends are equal to $100,000, then based on the Series B Original Issue Price of $1.50 and a Conversion Price of $1.28, the holders of Series B Preferred Stock would receive an additional 78,125 shares of Common Stock.

Common Stock

In 2019, we issued 1,846,078 shares of our common stock in exchange for services provided to us. The shares were valued at $0.73 per share. We recognized share-based compensation expense of $1,354,500, which is classified within the contracted services line on the Statement of Operations. At June 30, 2020, we issued 249,912 shares of common stock in exchange for cash. The shares were valued at $0.73 per share.

Treasury Stock

Since its inception, we have repurchased shares from our shareholders. To date, we have repurchased 1,226,630 shares, of which 817,753 have been retired.

In connection with a 2018 consulting agreement, we were committed to issue the 408,877 shares held in treasury upon the occurrence of certain events or milestones. We issued 136,292 shares in July 2018, 136,292 shares in July 2019 and 136,292 shares on March 31, 2020.

Warrant Issuance-Common Stock

As part of the sale and issuance of 4,088,765 shares of our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, we issued 4,088,765 warrants to purchase shares of our common stock at a price of $0.73 per share. The warrants had a five-year term and expired during 2019.

As an incentive to convert their Series A preferred stock we issued 1,000,000 new warrants to purchase shares of SBG common stock at $0.18 per share. Concurrently with the consummation of the Merger, these warrants were exchanged for 1,362,922 of Splash Beverage Group, Inc. [Formerly known as Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.] shares. These warrants have a 3-year term.

Warrant Issuance-Common Stock

As part of the sale and issuance of 5,333,675 shares of our Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, we issued 2,666,839 warrants to purchase shares our common stock at a price of $1.10 per share. The warrants have a 5-year term. At June 30, 2020, there are 1,145,786   warrants outstanding with a weighted average remaining life of 0.3 years.

As part of the sale of 100,000 shares of common stock, we issued 325,000 warrants to purchase shares of our common stock at a price of $0.25 per share. These warrants have a 3-year term.


Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

[f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.]

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 7 – Share-Based Payments

Warrant Issuance-GMA Consulting Services

We issued 1,362,922 warrants to purchase shares of our common stock at $0.007 per share as part of our consulting agreement with GMA, at December 31, 2019, the weighted average life of the outstanding warrants is 3.75 years.

The warrants entitle the holder to purchase one share per warrant of the Company’s common stock at a price of $0.01 per share during the five-year period commencing on October 2, 2018, or, if greater, the number of common shares with a market value equivalent to two percent of the enterprise value of the Company at an exercise price of $0.008 per share.

As an incentive for GMA to convert their debt and accrued interest into shares of common stock, we retired the original 1,362,922 warrants and issued 2,725,844 pre-merger new warrants to purchase shares of our common stock at $0.18 per share. These warrants have a 3-year term.

Stock Plan

We have adopted the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan for SBG (the “Plan”), which provides for the grant of common stock and stock options to employees. We have reserved 4,088,765 shares for issuance under the Plan. The option exercise price generally may not be less than the underlying stock’s fair market value at the date of the grant and generally have a term of ten years. On December 31, 2018, the sole option holder at the time, our CEO, exercised his options to purchase 2,657,698 shares of common stock at a purchase price of $0.12 per share, totaling $312,000, which total purchase price was paid by the cancelation of the equivalent amount of debt owed by us to the CEO. On December 7, 2019, our Board of Directors granted 1,124,410 options to certain employees and consultants. None of these options were exercised at June 30, 2020. There are 1,124,410 options issued and outstanding under the Plan at June 30, 2020. As of June 30, 2020, the total number of options available for grant is 306,657.

We measure employee stock-based awards at the grant-date fair value and recognizes employee compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the award. Determining the appropriate fair value of stock-based awards requires the input of subjective assumptions, including the fair value of our common stock, and for stock options, the expected life of the option, and expected stock price volatility and exercise price. We used the Black-Scholes option pricing model to value its stock option awards. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock- based awards represent management’s best estimates and involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. As a result, if factors change and management uses different assumptions, stock-based compensation expense could be materially different for future awards. The expected life of stock options was estimated using the “simplified method,” which calculates the expected term as the midpoint between the weighted average time to vesting and the contractual maturity, we have limited historical information to develop reasonable expectations about future exercise patterns and employment duration for its stock options grants. The simplified method is based on the average of the vesting tranches and the contractual life of each grant. For stock price volatility, we use comparable public companies as a basis for its expected volatility to calculate the fair value of options granted. The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury notes with a term approximating the expected life of the option. The estimation of the number of stock awards that will ultimately vest requires judgment, and to the extent actual results or updated estimates differ from the Company’s current estimates, such amounts are recognized as an adjustment in the period in which estimates are revised.

We recognized stock-based compensation expense of $265,589 for the year ended December 31, 2019. There was no unrecognized compensation cost related to stock option awards at June 30, 2020.

Concurrently with the consummation of the Merger, options to purchase 825,000 SBC shares were converted to options to purchase 1,124,410 Splash Beverage Group, Inc. [Formerly Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.] shares.

  Options Weighted Average Exercise Price
     
Outstanding - beginning of year  1,124,410  $0.77 
Granted  —       
Exercised  —    $—   
Cancelled/forfeited  —    $—   
Outstanding - June 30, 2020  1,124,410  $0.77 
         
Exercisable at June, 30 2020  1,124,410  $0.77 
         
Weighted average grant date fair value of options during year   N/A     
         
Weighted average duration to expiration of outstanding options at June 30, 2020  4.8     


Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

[f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.]

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 8 – Related Parties

During the normal course of business, we incurred expenses related to services provided by our CEO or Company expenses paid by our CEO, resulting in related party payables, net of $517,875 as of June 30, 2020. The related party payable to the CEO bears no interest payable and is due on demand. We also assumed a $50,000 note for the President of WesBev who is the majority shareholder of Splash Beverage Group, Inc. [Formerly known as Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.].

There are related party notes payable of $0 outstanding as of June 30, 2020 as discussed in Note 4.

Note 9 – Investment in Salt Tequila USA, LLC

On December 9, 2013, we entered into a marketing and distribution agreement with SALT Tequila USA, LLC (“SALT”) in Mexico for the manufacturing of our product line. The agreement was for a one-year term with an additional two-year renewal. On December 28, 2015, the agreement was extended through 2020. In the December 9, 2013 agreement, we received a 5% ownership interest in SALT, 12 months after the date of the agreement we received an additional 5% ownership interest in SALT, and 24 months after the date of the agreement we received an additional 5% interest, resulting in a total interest of 15% in SALT. We have not recorded the cost of the investment or our share of its results of operations as the amounts are considered immaterial.

SALT also has sold product to an unrelated international alcohol distributor, American Spirits Exchange, for preliminary market testing in 9 of 16 states that they distribute to, that are government-controlled alcohol resellers. In 2019 we had no sales for SALT Tequila. On December 31, 2018, we created a Mexican subsidiary, Splash MEX SA DE CV (“Splash Mex”) for the exporting of SALT Tequila from Mexico to the USA, South and Central Americas. Splash Mex will also act as the manufacturing and distribution agent of TapouT in Central and South Americas. Applications for the appropriate licenses required for import and wholesale of alcohol in the USA have been completed for at the Federal and State levels. These licenses will permit direct alcohol sales to distributors and wholesalers thereby limiting the use of agents for importing SALT Tequila to the USA for distribution.

On March 26, 2020, we entered into a new amended stock sale and purchase agreement. The agreement is for $1,000,000 to be paid in 4 tranches of $250,000 and entitles us to additional equity interest in Salt Tequila USA, LLC as follows:

Tranche 1 – 7.5%

Tranche 2 – 5.0%

Tranche 3 – 5.0%

Tranche 4 – 5.0%

Once all tranches are paid-out we will have a total equity stake of 37.5% of Salt Tequila USA, LLC.


Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

[f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.]

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 10 – Operating Lease Obligations

Effective July 2018, we entered into a lease agreement for the right to use and occupy office space. The lease term commenced July 1, 2018 and is scheduled to expire after 36 months, on June 30, 2021.

Prior to the current lease, we entered into a lease agreement in 2014 for the right to use and occupy office space. The lease term commenced November 1, 2014 and was scheduled to expire after 62 months, on March 31, 2020. The lease was terminated in February 2018.

Effective November 2019, we entered into a new lease agreement for our NY affiliate. The lease is for six months and will expire on April 30, 2020. This lease was not subjected to the new lease standard, Topic 842.

Effective November 2019, we entered into a new lease with Interport Logistics, LLC. The lease term commenced on November 11, 2019 and is scheduled to expire on November 11, 2020.

Effective May 2019, we entered into a new lease in Mexico. The lease commenced May 1, 2019 and is scheduled to expire after 24 months, on April 1, 2021.

The following table presents the discounted present value of minimum lease payments for our office and warehouses to the amounts reported as financial lease liabilities on the condensed consolidated balance sheet at June 30, 2020:

Undiscounted Future Minimum Lease Payments Operating Lease 
   
2020 $47,456 
2021  59,291 
Thereafter  29,086 
Total  135,832 
Amount representing imputed interest  (5,732) 
Total operating lease liability  130,101 
Current portion of operating lease liability  89,950 
Operating lease liability, non-current $40,151 

The table below presents information for lease costs related to our operating leases at June 30, 2020:

Operating lease cost:  
Amortization of leased assets $87,798 
Interest of lease liabilities  9,180 
Total operating lease cost $96,978 

The table below presents lease-related terms and discount rates at June 30, 2020:

Remaining term on leases10 to 28 months
Incremented borrowing rate5.0%


Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

[f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.]

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 11 – Line of Credit

At June 30, 2020 SBG owed $68,000 to a financial institution under a revolving line of credit which is classified within other current liabilities. The line of credit is secured by the assets of SBG is due on demand, and bears interest at variable rates approximately 6.1% at June 30, 2020. Interest expense under the note was approximately $900 during the three months ended June 30, 2020. Interest expense under the note was approximately $2,000 during the six months ended June 30, 2020.

Note 12 – PPP Loan

On January 30, 2020, the World Health Organization (“WHO”) announced a global health emergency because of a new strain of coronavirus originating in Wuhan, China (the “COVID-19 outbreak”) and the risks to the international community as the virus spreads globally beyond the point of origin. On March 20, 2020, the WHO classified the COVID-19 outbreak as a pandemic, based on the rapid increase in exposure globally.

In response to the COVID-19 outbreak in the United States, the CARES Act (the “Act”) was passed by Congress and signed into law on March 27, 2020. In connection with the CARES Act, the Company and its subsidiary applied for and received loans with an original aggregate principal balance of approximately $158,000. These loans and interest will be forgiven as long as the funds are used for qualifying expenditures as outlined in the Act. The loans bear interest at 1%, with an 18 month term, and has a 6-month initial payment deferral.

Note 13 – Business Combinations

As stated in Note 1, we consummated the merger of SBG on March 31, 2020 which was accounted for as a reverse merger.

The value of our merger was approximately $9.2 million based on the valuation of the SBG equity on the date of consummation.

The following summarizes our allocation of the purchase price for the acquisition:

Cash and cash equivalents $72,442 
Accounts receivable $311,586 
Inventory $21,415 
Property and equipment $38,110 
Goodwill $9,448,832 
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities $719,221 
Purchase price $9,173,164 

Note 14 – Segment Reporting

The Company evaluates segment reporting in accordance with the FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 280, Segment Reporting, each reporting period, including evaluating the reporting package reviewed by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer.

  Three-Months Ending Six-Months Ending
Revenue Q2 2020 Q2 2019 Q2 2020 Q2 2019
Beverages  412,729   42,775   524,732   48,105 
Medical Devices  199,579   —     199,579   —   
                 
Total Revenues  612,308   42,775   724,311   48,105 
                 
                 
Total assets  June 2020   December 2019         
Beverages  1,172,224   605,314         
Medical Devices  9,763,660   —           
                 
Total Assets  10,935,884   605,314         

Note 15 – Commitment and Contingencies

We are a party to asserted claims and are subject to regulatory actions in the ordinary course of business. The results of such proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, but we do not anticipate that the outcome, if any, arising out of any such matter will have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition or results of operations.

Capital Raise

In connection with the merger we are committed to our previous preferred stock and debt holders to raise $9 million in a secondary IPO, as defined in the agreements.

Stock Price Guarantee

We have a commitment to issue additional shares associated with specific stock price guarantee granted to an investor. See Note 4.

Note 16 – Subsequent Events

Private Placement Memorandum (PPM)

Our Board of Directors has determined that it is in the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders to obtain working capital by conducting a private placement offering of 2,727,272 shares of the common stock of the Company, no par value per share at a purchase price of $1.10 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of $3,000,000. As part of the PPM, each common share holds one-half warrant. As of August 14, 2020 the company has not sold any shares.

Company Name Change

In July 2020, we filed a Certificate of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation to change our name to Splash Beverage Group Inc. On July 31, 2020, we received approval from FINRA regarding our name change.

New Stock Issuance

On July 1, 2020, we enter a subscription agreement with one of our existing shareholders for $110,000 in exchange for 100,000 of our common stock at $1.10 per share. As part of the agreement we granted 325,000 warrants at a purchase price of $0.25 per warrant.

On July 8, 2020, we enter a subscription agreement with one of our existing shareholders for $500,000 in exchange for 454,546 of our common stock at $1.10 per share. As part of the agreement we granted 554,546 warrants.


CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.

Financial Statements

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRMF-50
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Balance SheetsF-51
Statements of OperationsF-52
Statements of Changes in Stockholders' DeficitF-53
Statements of Cash FlowsF-54
Notes to Financial StatementsF-55 - F-62


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.

Canfield, OH

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Canfield Medical Supply, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Consideration of the Company’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. The Company has suffered recurring losses and has working capital and stockholders' equity deficits, which raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans regarding these matters are described in Note 8. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Pinnacle Accountancy Group of Utah

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.

Pinnacle Accountancy Group of Utah

(a DBA of Heaton & Co., PLLC)

Farmington, Utah

March 27, 2019 


CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.

BALANCE SHEETS

  December 31, December 31,
  2019 2018
ASSETS        
Current Assets        
Cash $23,315  $6,980 
Accounts receivable  309,622   300,993 
Inventory  30,559   41,695 
Right-of-use asset  18,718   —   
Total Current Assets  382,214   349,668 
         
         
Other Assets        
Equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $95,488 and $92,907  43,845   58,627 
         Total Assets $426,059  $408,295 
         
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)        
         
Current Liabilities        
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities $353,849  $331,034 
Line of credit  69,534   66,181 
Due to officer  197,849   —   
Lease liability  18,718   —   
Current portion of long-term debt  3,152   8,241 
Total Current Liabilities  643,102   405,456 
Long-term liabilities        
Long-term debt  2,064   5,498 
Total Long-term Liabilities  2,064   5,498 
          Total Liabilities  645,166   410,954 
         
Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)        
Preferred stock, no par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding  —     —   
 Common stock, no par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 11,813,200 (December 31, 2019) and 11,477,200 (December 31, 2018) shares  issued and outstanding  345,515   245,515 
Additional paid-in capital  160,786   —   
Accumulated deficit  (725,408)  (248,174)
Total Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)  (219,107)  (2,659)
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) $426,059  $408,295 

The accompanying footnotes are an integral part of these financial statements.



CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

  Year Ended Year Ended
  December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
     
Sales (net of returns) $1,017,833  $1,309,178 
Cost of goods sold  508,874   605,273 
Gross profit  508,959   703,905 
         
Operating expenses:        
Salaries and wages  517,725   320,470 
Professional fees  193,797   59,625 
Depreciation  63,758   62,825 
Other selling, general and administrative  204,075   194,310 
    Total operating expenses  979,355   637,230 
         
Income (loss) from operations  (470,396)  66,675 
         
Other income (expense):        
Interest income  501   —   
Interest expense  (8,376)  (5,715)
Gain on sale of fixed assets  1,037   7,246 
   Total other income (expense)  (6,838)  1,531 
         
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes  (477,234)  68,206 
Provision for income tax  —     —   
         
Net income (loss) $(477,234) $68,206 
         
Net income (loss) per share applicable to common shareholders - basic $(0.04) $0.01 
Net income (loss) per share applicable to common shareholders - diluted  (0.04) $0.01 
         
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding - basic  11,635,534   11,385,693 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding - diluted  11,935,534   11,385,693 

The accompanying footnotes are an integral part of these financial statements.


CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.

STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

  Common Stock (No Par) Additional Paid-in Accumulated Stockholders'
  Shares Amount Capital Deficit Equity (Deficit)
           
Balances at December 31, 2017  11,277,200  $243,515  $—    $(316,380) $(72,865)
                     
Common stock issued for cash  200,000   2,000           2,000 
                     
Net income for the year              68,206   68,206 
                     
Balances at December 31, 2018  11,477,200  $245,515  $—    $(248,174) $(2,659)
                     
Common stock issued for cash  336,000   100,000           100,000 
                     
Stock options granted and vested          160,786       160,786 
                     
Net (loss) for the year              (477,234)  (477,234)
                     
Balances at December 31, 2019  11,813,200  $345,515  $160,786  $(725,408) $(219,107)

The accompanying footnotes are an integral part of these financial statements


CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

  December 31, December 31,
  2019 2018
     
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:        
Net income (loss) $(477,234) $68,206 
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities:        
Gain on disposal of fixed assets  (1,037)  (7,246)
Depreciation  63,758   62,825 
Stock-based compensation  160,786   —   
Changes in current assets and liabilities        
Increase in accounts receivable  (8,629)  (149,731)
(Increase) decrease in inventory  11,136   (16,486)
Increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities  22,815   104,824 
     Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities  (228,405)  62,392 
         
Cash Flows From Investing Activities:        
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets  6,446   8,064 
Purchase of property and equipment  (54,385)  (75,633)
     Net cash (used for) investing activities  (47,939)  (67,569)
         
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:        
Net borrowings on line of credit  3,353   3,803 
Proceeds from officer  276,550   —   
Payments to officer  (78,701)  —   
Payments on long-term debt  (8,523)  (11,567)
Proceeds from sales of common stock.  100,000   2,000 
       Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities  292,679   (5,764)
         
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash  16,335   (10,941)
Cash at the Beginning of the Period  6,980   17,921 
Cash at the End of the Period $23,315  $6,980 
         
Schedule Of Non-Cash Investing And Financing Activities        
Recognition of right-of use asset and lease liability $43,677  $—   
Amortization of right-of-use asset $24,959  $—   
         
Supplemental Disclosure        
Cash paid for interest $8,376  $5,715 
Cash paid for income taxes $—    $—   

The accompanying footnotes are an integral part of these financial statements.


CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

NOTE 1. ORGANIZATION, OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Canfield Medical Supply, Inc. (the “Company”), was incorporated in the State of Ohio on September 3, 1992, and changed domicile to Colorado on April 18, 2012. The Company is in the business of home health services, primarily the selling of durable medical equipment and medical supplies to the public, nursing homes, hospitals and other end users.

Effective June 21, 2019 WesBev LLC, a Nevada limited liability company ("WesBev"), acquired 8,000,000 shares of common stock from Michael J. West, a founder, director and former principal shareholder of the Company, consisting of approximately 69.7% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company at the time of the purchase. As part of his agreement with WesBev, Mr. West undertook to appoint or cause the appointment of up to three persons nominated by WesBev to the board of directors of the Company. Effective June 21, 2019 the Company sold 336,000 shares of common stock to WesBev for $100,000. Following these stock purchases WesBev beneficially owns 8,336,000 shares, or approximately 71% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company and may be deemed to be in control of the registrant.

On December 31, 2019, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with SBG Acquisition Inc. (“Merger Sub”), a Nevada Corporation wholly-owned by the Company, and Splash Beverage Group, Inc. a Nevada corporation (“Splash”) pursuant to which Merger Sub shall be merged with and into Splash (the “Merger”) with Splash as the surviving company and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The closing of the Merger shall take place on the first business day following satisfaction or waiver of the closing terms and conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement.

Completion of the Merger is subject to customary closing terms and conditions including, among others: 

the adoption of the Merger Agreement by Splash’s stockholders;
the representations and warranties of the respective parties being true and correct in all material respects as of the closing day of the Merger;
since June 1, 2019 through the closing of the Merger, Splash shall have raised from the aggregate sale of its equity securities not less than $1,500,000 which shall be available or was utilized for inventory purchases, reductions to accounts payable and for other general working capital purposes;
on the closing of the Merger liabilities of Splash debt shall not exceed $500,000;
Splash shall have entered into note conversion agreements with substantially all holders of its debt pursuant to which such debt is converted into shares Splash’s common stock at a conversion price of $1.00 per share;
designated shareholders of Splash shall have entered into lock-up/leak out agreements by which they will agree to restrict post-Merger sales of Canfield securities for a period of up to one year following the Merger, as more particularly described within the Merger Agreement;
the Company and Michael West, the Company’s former Chief Executive Officer, and a current director, shall have entered into a Business Transfer and Indemnity Agreement  pursuant to which all operations, assets and liabilities of the Company’s home health services business shall be transferred and conveyed to Mr. West or an entity designated by Mr. West in exchange for his indemnifying the Company for certain liabilities and claims;
the Company shall not have any liabilities exceeding $50,000 in the aggregate;
the Company’s directors and officers shall have tendered their resignations;
Robert Nistico, Chief Executive Officer of Splash, shall be appointed as chief executive officer of the Company; and
the composition of the Company’s board of directors shall be as set forth in the Merger Agreement.

As of the date of this annual report, all conditions to closing have been completed, except for the fourth, and the seventh through eleventh bulleted conditions listed above. The items listed in the seventh, ninth and tenth bulleted conditions above have been finalized, but will not be delivered until the closing date.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less as cash equivalents.

Accounts Receivable

The majority of the Company’s revenues are received from Medicare, Medicaid, and private insurance companies. As such, the Company records revenues at allowable amounts, net of estimated allowances and discounts based on contracted prices and historical collection rates. The Company reviews accounts receivable periodically for collectability and establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts and records bad debt expense when deemed necessary. At December 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the Company has determined that no allowance for doubtful accounts is necessary.


CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

NOTE 1. ORGANIZATION, OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued):

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated under straight line methods over each item's estimated useful life.

Inventory

The Company carries inventory of durable medical equipment and medical supplies for resale.  Inventory is accounted for on a first–in first-out basis. Inventory consists of the following:

  December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
Durable medical equipment $22,759  $33,570 
Medical supplies  249   1,076 
Enteral  7,551   7,049 
TOTALS $30,559  $41,695 

Revenue recognition

It is the Company’s policy that revenues from product sales is recognized in accordance with ASC 606 "Revenue Recognition."  Five basic steps must be followed before revenue can be recognized; (1) Identifying the contract(s) with a customer that creates enforceable rights and obligations; (2) Identifying the performance obligations in the contract, such as promising to transfer goods or services to a customer; (3) Determining the transaction price, meaning the amount of consideration in a contract to which an entity expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring promised goods or services to a customer; (4) Allocating the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract, which requires the company to allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation on the basis of the relative standalone selling prices of each distinct good or services promised in the contract; and (5) Recognizing revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation by transferring a promised good or service to a customer.  The amount of revenue recognized is the amount allocated to the satisfied performance obligation.  For sales of our Company products, a purchase arrangement is evidenced by a written order, with delivery considered as made after physical customer acceptance. Although rare, defective products may be returned, with other return issues considered on a case by case basis. Services such as periodic scheduled deliveries are contracted in writing, and generally billed monthly. Any service revenue earned by the Company for services such as safety and set up consulting or claims processing is recorded after the service is performed. Rental of durable home medical equipment is evidenced by written contract, with revenue recognized when rent is earned. 


CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

NOTE 1. ORGANIZATION, OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued):

The Company’s primary source of revenue is reimbursement from Medicare, Medicaid, and private insurance companies for the procurement and sale of medical equipment and supplies to patients. The amount of revenue earned from each classification as a percent of total revenues is as follows:

  December 31,
  2019 2018
Medicare  19%  29%
Medicaid  7%  9%
Private pay/private insurance  73%  58%
Other  1%  4%
Total  100%  100%

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. The Company had advertising costs during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 of $13,453 and $18,129, respectively.

Income Tax

The Company accounts for income taxes pursuant to ASC 740. Under ASC 740, deferred taxes are provided for using the liability method whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and operating loss carryforwards and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. Temporary differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment.

 Through February 2012, the Company was an S-Corporation for income tax purposes, and therefore a pass-through entity paying no income tax at the corporate level. The Company had no material loss carryforwards as of December 31, 2011. Included in the Company’s accumulated deficit from February 2012 forward is approximately $99,000 in undistributed S-Corporation losses. At December 31, 2019 and 2018 the Company had net operating loss carryforwards (NOL’s) of approximately $462,000 and $144,000 respectively, which may be applied against future taxable income. However, if certain substantial changes in the Company’s ownership should occur, there could be an annual limitation on the amount of net operating loss carryforwards that can be utilized. The amount of and ultimate realization of the benefits from the operating loss carryforwards for income tax purposes is dependent, in part, upon the tax laws in effect, the future earnings of the Company, and other future events, the effects of which cannot be determined. Because of the uncertainty surrounding the realization of the loss carryforwards, the Company has established a valuation allowance equal to the tax effect (2019 and 2018: 21% federal and 5% state) of the loss carryforwards of approximately $120,000 and $37,440 at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and therefore, no deferred tax asset has been recognized for the loss carryforwards. The change in valuation allowance is approximately $82,560 and ($19,760) for the periods ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The tax effect of remaining NOL’s and resulting deferred tax assets of $120,000 remain fully reserved by valuation allowance, due to continued uncertainty as to their utilization.


CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

NOTE 1. ORGANIZATION, OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued):

Net Income (Loss) per Share

Basic net income per common share ("Basic EPS'') excludes dilution and is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per common share ("Diluted EPS'') reflects the potential dilution that could occur if stock options or other contracts to issue shares of common stock were exercised or converted into common stock. The computation of Diluted EPS does not assume exercise or conversion of securities that would have an anti-dilutive effect on net income per common share.

  Year Ended
December 31, 2019
 Year Ended December 31, 2018
Numerator    
Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders $(477,234) $68,206 
         
Denominator        
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic  11,635,534   11,385,693 
Stock options  300,000   —   
Weighted average common shares outstanding, diluted  11,935,534   11,385,693 
Net Income per share – Basic $(0.04) $0.01 
Income per shares – Diluted $(0.04) $0.01 

Financial Instruments

The carrying value of the Company’s financial instruments, as reported in the accompanying balance sheets, approximates fair value.

Concentrations

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk include cash and cash equivalents. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents at well-known financial institutions, where at times, such balances may exceed FDIC insurance limits.

The Company receives a significant amount of its revenues in reimbursements from Medicare and Medicaid through competitive bidding processes. There is no guarantee that the Company will be selected as a winning contract supplier under future bidding rounds.

Other Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Other selling, general and administrative expenses included the following:

  December 31,
  2019 2018
Rent $27,504  $27,504 
Office expenses  25,765   40,727 
Other SG&A  150,806   126,079 
Total $204,075  $194,310 


CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018 

NOTE 1.  ORGANIZATION, OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued):

Long-Lived Assets

In accordance with ASC 350, the Company regularly reviews the carrying value of intangible and other long-lived assets for the existence of facts or circumstances, both internally and externally, that suggest impairment. If impairment testing indicates a lack of recoverability, an impairment loss is recognized by the Company if the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds its fair value. No impairment was noted during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

Products and Services, Geographic Areas and Major Customers

The Company’s business of medical supply sales constitutes one operating segment. All revenues each year were domestic and to external customers.

Leases

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2016-02, “Lease (Topic 842),” a new lease standard requiring lessees to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities for most leases classified as operating leases under previous U.S. GAAP. A lessee should recognize in the statement of financial position a liability to make lease payments (the lease liability) and a right-of-use asset (“ROU” asset) representing its right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. The Company has adopted this standard effective January 1, 2019. The Company elected the optional transition method that permits adoption of the new standard prospectively, as of the effective date, without adjusting comparative periods presented. See Note 6 for disclosure required by ASC 842.

NOTE 2.  EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and consist of the following:

  December 31,
  2019 2018
Office equipment $2,934  $2,934 
Vehicles  70,208   70,208 
Wheelchair rental pool  66,191   78,392 
Total property and equipment  139,333   151,534 
Accumulated depreciation  (95,488)  (92,907)
Net property and equipment $43,845  $58,627 

Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method based upon estimated useful lives as follows:

Office equipment7 years
Vehicles5 years
Wheelchair rental pool13 months

Depreciation for 2019 and 2018 was $63,758 and $62,825, respectively.

The wheelchair rental pool consists of wheelchairs rented to customers over the shorter of the 13 month use period as mandated by Medicare and Medicaid, or the period over which the customer requires use of a wheelchair. At the end of the use period, the chair is either returned to the pool to be rented to another customer, or title of the chair is transferred to the customer.

NOTE 3.  LINE OF CREDIT

At December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the Company owed a bank $69,534 and $66,181, respectively, under a revolving line of credit. The line of credit is secured by all Company assets, is capped at $100,000, is due on demand, and bears interest at variable rates approximating 7% on average. Interest expense under the note totaled $5,410 and $4,327 during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.  During 2019 and 2018, the Company made net borrowings $3,353 and $3,803, respectively.


CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

NOTE 4. RELATED PARTY LOAN

On June 21, 2019, the Company entered into a short-term loan with Michael West, an officer of the Company, for $276,550. The loan has a one-year term from June 21, 2019, and is non-interest bearing. The Company made payments of $78,701 on this loan, resulting in a loan balance of $197,849 and $0 as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

NOTE 5.  LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt consists of the following vehicle loans, which are collateralized by their underlying vehicles with net carrying values exceeding the outstanding loan amounts:

  December 31,
2019
 December 31,
2018
     
3.53% installment note payable $352 monthly,  including    interest, through July 2019 $—    $2,782 
         
3.79% installment note payable $299 monthly, including        
interest, through July 2021  5,216   8,532 
         
         
2.99% installment note payable $350 monthly, including    interest, through August 2019  —     2,425 
Total  5,216   13,739 
         
Less principal due within one year  (3,152)  (8,241)
         
     TOTAL LONG-TERM DEBT $2,064  $5,498 

Principal payments due on long-term debt subsequent to December 31, 2019, are as follows:

 2020  $3,152 
 2021   2,064 
 TOTAL  $5,216 


CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

NOTE 6.  STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common Stock

In June 2019, the Company received net proceeds of $100,000 from the sale of 336,000 shares of no-par value common stock at $0.298 per share.

In July 2018, the Company received net proceeds of $2,000 from the sale of 200,000 shares of no-par value common stock at $0.01 per share. 

2019 Stock Options Granted

On November 26, 2019, the Board granted stock options to each of two officers, one director, and one advisor for the purchase of 300,000 shares of the common stock of the Company. The options expire in five years from the issuance date, have an exercise price of $0.55, and were immediately vested and exercisable.  On the grant date, total recognized compensation of $160,786 was recorded as salaries and wages.

  

For the year ended

December 31, 2019

Number of shares  300,000 
Fair market value per share $0.54 
Stock based compensation recognized $160,786 

As of December 31, 2019, total unrecognized compensation remaining to be recognized in future periods totaled $0. The fair value of each option award above is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions at the measurement date, which was deemed to be the November 26, 2019 grant date: 

  Measurement date
Dividend yield  0%
Expected volatility  314.95%
Risk-free interest rate  1.58%
Expected life (years)  2 
Stock Price $0.55 
Exercise Price $0.55 

A summary of the activity for the Company's stock options is as follows:

  December 31, 2019
  Shares Weighted Average
Exercise Price
Outstanding, beginning of year  0  $0 
Granted  300,000  $0.55 
Exercised  0  $0 
Canceled  0  $0 
Outstanding, end of year  300,000  $0.55 
Weighted average fair value of options granted     $0.55 


CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

NOTE 7.  LEASE COMMITMENTS

The Company rents office space under a non-cancellable lease through September 2020 with monthly payments of approximately $2,292. Pursuant to ASC 842, an operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) asset and liability were recognized at January 1, 2019 based on the present value of lease payments over the remaining lease term. The ROU asset represents the Company’s right to use the underlying office space asset for the lease term, and the lease liability represents the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Generally, the implicit rate of interest in arrangements is not readily determinable and the Company utilizes its incremental borrowing rate in determining the present value of lease payments. The operating lease ROU asset includes any lease payments made and excludes lease incentives. The Company recognized $27,504 in lease expense during each of the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

Remaining lease term at December 31, 2019 (in months)9
Discount rate5%

  Year Ended December 31, 2019
Operating lease expense $27,504 
Cash paid for amounts included in measurement of lease liability $27,504 

The supplemental balance sheet information related to leases for the period is as follows:

 Right-of-Use Asset  
 ROU Asset, January 1, 2019 $43,677 
 Amortization of ROU Asset  (24,959)
 ROU Asset, December 31, 2019 $18,718 

 Maturities of the Company’s lease liabilities are as follows:

 Year Ending Payments
 2020  $20,628 
 Less: Imputed interest/present value discount   (1,910)
 Present value of lease liability at December 31, 2019  $18,718 

NOTE 8.  GOING CONCERN

The Company has suffered losses from operations and has working capital and stockholders’ equity deficits. In all likelihood, the Company will be required to make significant future expenditures in connection with marketing efforts along with general administrative expenses. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

The Company may raise additional capital through the sale of its equity securities, through an offering of debt securities, or through borrowings from financial institutions or related parties. By doing so, the Company hopes to generate sufficient capital to execute its business plan of selling medical supplies on an ongoing basis. Management believes that actions presently being taken to obtain additional funding provide the opportunity for the Company to continue as a going concern.

NOTE 9.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through the date these financial statements were issued and determined that there are no reportable subsequent events.


UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statement gives effect to the Merger Agreement transaction (the "Merger Agreement") between Canfield Medical Supply, Inc. (“CMS”) and Splash Beverage Group, Inc. ("SBG"). In the Merger Agreement, CMS issued 54,677,690 shares of its common stock to the shareholders of SBG in exchange for all of the issued and outstanding common shares of SBG, which resulted in SBG becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary of CMS. CMS also issued warrants to acquire 6,024,174 shares of its common stock to existing SBG warrant holders. As owners and management of SBG have voting and operating control of CMS following the Merger Agreement, the transaction is accounted for as a reverse acquisition.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements presented below are prepared by applying the acquisition method of accounting to a business combination that is a reverse acquisition. Pro forma adjustments which give effect to certain transactions occurring as a direct result of the Merger Agreement are described in the accompanying unaudited notes presented on the following page. The accompanying unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2019 presents the combined results of operations as if the Reverse Acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2019. 

These unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements are presented for illustrative purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of the consolidated financial position or results of operations in future periods or the results that actually would have been realized had CMS and SBG been a combined company during the specified periods. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto, are qualified in their entirety by reference to, and should be read in conjunction with, SBG's audited financial statements at and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, SBG’s Q2 2020 Form 10-Q and CMS's audited financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, as included in herein for the year ended December 31, 2019.

 F-63

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

2019 Proforma Condensed Statement of Operations

(UNAUDITED) 

          Pro Forma
        Pro Forma Condensed
  Splash Canfield   Adjustments Consolidated
Revenues  20,387   1,017,833       —     1,038,220 
                     
Cost of Sales  (245,500)  (508,874)      —     (754,374)
                     
Gross Margin  (225,113)  508,959       —     283,846 
                     
Operating Expenses  4,261,946   979,355       —     5,241,301 
                     
Loss from Operations  (4,487,059)  (470,396)      —     (4,957,455)
                     
Interest Expense  (665,195)  (8,376)  (a)   584,830   (88,741)
Other Income (Expense)  16,523   1,538           18,061 
                     
Net Loss  (5,135,731)  (477,234)      584,830   (5,028,135)
                     
Net loss per share                  (0.12)
                     
Pro forma weighted                    
average shares outstanding                  42,154,947 

(a) To reverse interest expense on notes payable which were converted to Common stock concurrently with the Merger Agreement


Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

June 30, 2020 Proforma Condensed Statement of Operations

(UNAUDITED) 

           Pro Forma
         Pro Forma Condensed
  Splash  Canfield   Adjustments Consolidated
Revenues  724,311 (a) 175,273       —     899,584 
                      
Cost of Sales  (394,987) (a) (105,964)      —     (500,951)
                      
Gross Margin  329,324    69,309       —     398,633 
                      
Operating Expenses  2,267,280 (a) 178,811       —     2,446,091 
                      
Loss from Operations  (1,937,956)   (109,502)      —     (2,047,458)
                      
Interest Expense  (1,935,491) (a) (2,513)  (b)   145,579   (1,792,425)
Other Income (Expense)  51,318 (a) 454           51,772 
                      
Net Loss  (3,822,129)   (111,561)      145,579   (3,788,111)
                      
Net loss per share                   (0.08)
                      
Pro forma weighted                     
average shares outstanding                   50,428,177 

(a) - to include the pre-acquisition results of operations of Canfield Medical Supply, Inc. 

(b) To reverse interest expense on notes payable which were converted to Common stock concurrently with the Merger Agreement

 F-65

SPLASH BEVERAGE GROUP, INC.

Up to                 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

And

Warrants to Purchase            Shares

PROSPECTUS

August                                , 2020

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses (other than placement agent fees) payable in connection with the sale of the shares of common stock being registered. The registrant will pay all expenses of the registration and sale of the shares of common stock, other than selling commissions and fees, stock transfer taxes and fees and expenses, if any, securities.of counsel or other advisors to the selling stockholders. All of the amounts shown are estimates except the SEC registration fee.


On October 1, 1992,The following table sets forth an itemization of all estimated expenses, all of which we issued 100will pay, in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered:

Nature of Expense:Amount
SEC Registration Fee$     2,133.12
FINRA filing fee*
Accounting fees and expenses$*
Legal fees and expenses$*
Transfer agent’s fees and expenses$*
Printing and related fees$*
Miscellaneous$*
Total$

*To be filed by amendment.

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Pursuant to the Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws of the corporation, we may indemnify an officer or director who is made a party to any proceeding, including a law suit, because of his position, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in our best interest. In certain cases, we may advance expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding. To the extent that the officer or director is successful on the merits in any such proceeding as to which such person is to be indemnified, we must indemnify him against all expenses incurred, including attorney’s fees. With respect to a derivative action, indemnity may be made only for expenses actually and reasonably incurred in defending the proceeding, and if the officer or director is judged liable, only by a court order. The prior discussion of indemnification in this paragraph is intended to be to the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of Colorado.

Indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to directors or officers pursuant to the foregoing provisions. However, we are informed that, in the opinion of the Commission, such indemnification is against public policy, as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

In the six-months ended June 30, 2020, we sold 249,839 shares of our no par valuecompany stock which all are unregistered.

On August 13 2020 (the “Effective Date”), Splash Beverage Group, Inc. (formerly known as Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.” and referred to herein as the “Company”) executed a Subscription Agreement with one accredited investor (the “Subscription Agreement”). Pursuant to the Subscription Agreement the Company received gross proceeds of $550,000 and issued the investor 500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock and warrant (the “Warrant”)to Michael J. West and his wife for $500 in cash.  In 2004purchase 250,000 shares of Effective Date. If after six months from the Effective Date there is no effective registration statement registering the shares were all transferred into Mr. West’s name.  On April 18, 2012 we completedof common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrant the warrant may be exercised on a 80,000-for-1 forward stock split and increasedcashless basis as set forth in the shares owned by Mr. West to 8,000,000.


On April 18, 2012 we issued common shares at $0.01 per share for cash to the following persons and entities:



II-1





Name

Number of Shares

Consideration

Stephen H. West

            300,000

$  3,000 in cash

Michael J. West

            300,000

$  3,000 in cash

Steven Quoy

            150,000

$  1,500 in cash

Lynne Quoy

            150,000

$  1,500 in cash

Underwood Family Partners

            300,000

$  3,000 in cash

Kearney Holdings LLC

   300,000

$  3,000 in cash

      Total

         1,500,000

$15,000 in cash


Warrant.

In allconnection with the foregoing, the Company relied upon the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for transactions not involving a public offering

II-1

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

(a) Exhibits

A list of exhibits filed herewith is contained in the exhibit index that immediately precedes such exhibits and is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

See page F-1 for an index of the transactions shown above, the issuance, deliveryfinancial statements and sale of our common stock were made pursuant to the private offering exemption within the meaning of Section 4(2) of the Act because the offers were made to a limited number of accredited investors, all of whom received all material information concerning the investment and all of whom have had sophistication and ability to bear economic risk based upon their representations to us and their prior experiencefinancial statement schedules included in such investments.


In all of the transactions shown above, we have issued stop transfer orders concerning the transfer of certificates representing all the common stock issued and outstanding as reported in this section.


There have been no further issuances of securities through the date of this Registration Statement.


Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.


The following exhibits are filed as part of this Registration Statement:ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

 

Exhibit

Number



Description

3.1

Articles of Incorporation

3.2

Bylaws

5.1

Opinion re: Legality

9.0

Form of Escrow Agreement (to be filed by amendment)

10.1

Office Lease

23.1

Consent of Independent Auditors

23.2

Consent of Counsel (See Exhibit 5.1)


Item 17. Undertakings


(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:


1.

(1)To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i)To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;
(ii)To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of this registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in this registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price, set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;
(iii)To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;

provided, however, that the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by paragraphs (a)(1)(i), (a)(1) (ii) and (a)(1) (iii) above may be contained in periodic reports filed with or furnished to this registration statement to:



II-2






(a)

Include any prospectus requiredthe SEC by the registrant pursuant to Section 10(a)(3)13 or 15(d) of the SecuritiesExchange Act of 1933;


(b)

Reflect in the prospectus any facts or events which, individually or together, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in this registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and


(c)

Include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in this registration statement or any material change to such informationare incorporated by reference in the registration statement.


2.

For determining liability under the Securities Act, treat each such post-effective amendment as a new registration statement of the securities offered, and the offering of such securities at that time to be the initial bona fide offering.


3.

File a post-effective amendment to remove from registration any of the securities that remain unsold at the end of the offering.


4.

For determining liability of the undersigned registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to the purchaser:


 

(2)That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(3)To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
(4)That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser:

(i)each prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) shall be deemed to be part of the registration statement as of the date the filed prospectus was deemed part of and included in the registration statement; and

Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

II-2

(ii)each prospectus required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2), (b)(5), or (b)(7) as part of a registration statement in reliance on Rule 430B relating to an offering made pursuant to Rule 415(a)(1)(i), (vii), or (x) (§230.415(a)(1)(i), (vii), or (x)) for the purpose of providing the information required by section 10(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of and included in this registration statement as of the earlier of the date such form of prospectus is first used after effectiveness or the date of the first contract of sale of securities in the offering described in the prospectus. As provided in Rule 430B, for liability purposes of the issuer and any person that is at that date an underwriter, such date shall be deemed to be a new effective date of this registration statement relating to the securities in this registration statement to which that prospectus relates, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof; provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of this registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into this registration statement or prospectus that is part of this registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such effective date, supersede or modify any statement that was made in this registration statement or prospectus that was part of this registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such effective date;


(ii)

Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;


(iii)

The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and


(iv)

Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.


(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described above, or otherwise, we havethe registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange CommissionSEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.



II-3






In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by usthe registrant of expenses incurred or paid by one of our directors, officers,a director, officer or controlling personsperson of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by one of our directors, officers,such director, officer or controlling personsperson in connection with the securities being registered, wethe registrant will, unless in the opinion of ourits counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and we will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.


II-3



SIGNATURES

II-4





SIGNATURES


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrantregistrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Citycity of Canfield,La Jolla, State of Ohio,California, on July 10, 2012.


CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.this 18th day of August, 2020.

 



By: /s/  Michael J. West

SPLASH BEVERAGE GROUP, INC.
/s/ Robert Nistico
Robert Nistico
Chief Executive Officer

 Michael J. West, President and Chief

      Executive Officer


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.





Date:  July 9, 2012

By: /s/  Michael J. Weststated. Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Robert Nistico and Dean Huge or any of them, as such person’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power and substitution for such person and in such person’s name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign and to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, any and all amendments and post-effective amendments to this Registration Statement, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, including any registration statements or amendments thereto filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as such person might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent or any substitute therefor, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

  Michael J. West,

SignatureTitleDate
/s/ Robert Nistico
Robert Nistico

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

August 18, 2020
/s/ Dean Huge
Dean Huge

Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, Secretary

August 18, 2020

/s/ Justin Yorke
Justin YorkeDirectorAugust 18, 2020

II-4

EXHIBIT INDEX

 Executive Officer and Director

Exhibit No.Description of Exhibit
1.1Form of Placement Agent Agreement*
3.1Articles of Incorporation (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 3.1 filed with Form S-1 filed with the SEC on July 12, 2012)
3.2Bylaws (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 3.2 filed with Form S-1 filed with the SEC on July 12, 2012)
3.3Certificate of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation of Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.
5.1Opinion of Sichenzia Ross Ference LLP as to the legality of the securities being offered*
10.1Form of Subscription Agreement*
10.2Agreement and Plan of Merger dated December 31, 2019 by and among Canfield Medical Supply, Inc. SBG Acquisition, Inc., Inc. and Splash Beverage Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated January 6 2020)
10.3Canfield Medical Supply, Inc. 2020 Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference herein to the Schedule 14C Information Statement filed on June 8, 2020)
10.4Form of Replacement Promissory Note (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 2.1 filed with Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 6, 2020)
10.5Form of Lock-Up Agreement (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.1 filed with Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 6, 2020)
10.6Form of Promissory Note Conversion Agreement (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.2 filed with Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 6, 2020)
10.7Form of Preferred Stock Conversion Agreement (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.3 filed with Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 6, 2020)
10.8Form of SBG Warrant (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.4 filed with Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 6, 2020)
10.9Form of New Warrant (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.5 filed with Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 6, 2020)
10.10Escrow Agreement among the Escrow Agent, Company and        *
10.11Form of Lock-up Agreement*
16.1

Concurrence Letter to SEC

21.1

Subsidiaries

23.1Consent of Sichenzia Ross Ference Kesner LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1)*
23.2

Consent of Daszkal Bolton LLP

23.3

Consent of Grant Thornton LLP

23.4Consent of Pinnacle Accountancy Group of Utah
24.1Power of Attorney (included in signature pages)

* To be filed by amendment.

 (Principal Executive Officer)




Date:  July 10, 2012

By: /s/  Stephen H. West

 Stephen H. West

      Chief Financial Officer (PrincipalII-5

      Financial Officer and Principal

 Accounting Officer) and Director